6719 lines
334 KiB
C#
6719 lines
334 KiB
C#
using System;
|
|
using System.Collections.Generic;
|
|
using System.Text;
|
|
//using System.Drawing;
|
|
using System.Text.RegularExpressions;
|
|
using System.IO;
|
|
using iTextSharp.text.pdf;
|
|
using iTextSharp.text;
|
|
using Itenso.Rtf;
|
|
using Itenso.Rtf.Parser;
|
|
using Itenso.Rtf.Interpreter;
|
|
using Itenso.Rtf.Support;
|
|
using Volian.Controls.Library;
|
|
using VEPROMS.CSLA.Library;
|
|
using Volian.Base.Library;
|
|
|
|
namespace Volian.Print.Library
|
|
{
|
|
public partial class vlnParagraphs : List<vlnParagraph>
|
|
{
|
|
private vlnParagraph _Parent;
|
|
public vlnParagraph Parent
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _Parent; }
|
|
set { _Parent = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
public vlnParagraphs(vlnParagraph parent)
|
|
{
|
|
_Parent = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
// Step Designators are used by Comanche Peak and stored in their CAUTION2 type
|
|
// We need to save this information and not process it like a normal Caution.
|
|
private string _StepDesignator;
|
|
public string StepDesignator
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _StepDesignator; }
|
|
set { _StepDesignator = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
private float? _StepDesignatorColumn;
|
|
|
|
public float? StepDesignatorColumn
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _StepDesignatorColumn; }
|
|
set { _StepDesignatorColumn = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
private VE_Font _StepDesignatorFont;
|
|
|
|
public VE_Font StepDesignatorFont
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _StepDesignatorFont; }
|
|
set { _StepDesignatorFont = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
public bool IsEnhancedBackgroundFormat(ItemInfo itminfo)
|
|
{
|
|
return ((itminfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PurchaseOptions.Value & E_PurchaseOptions.EnhancedBackgrounds) == E_PurchaseOptions.EnhancedBackgrounds);
|
|
}
|
|
public bool IsEnhancedDeviationFormat(ItemInfo itminfo)
|
|
{
|
|
return ((itminfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PurchaseOptions.Value & E_PurchaseOptions.EnhancedDeviations) == E_PurchaseOptions.EnhancedDeviations);
|
|
}
|
|
public float Add(PdfContentByte cb, ItemInfoList itemInfoList, float xoff, float yoff, float yoffRight, int rnoLevel, int maxRNO, FormatInfo formatInfo)
|
|
{
|
|
return Add(cb, itemInfoList, xoff, yoff, yoffRight, rnoLevel, maxRNO, formatInfo, null);
|
|
}
|
|
public float Add(PdfContentByte cb, ItemInfoList itemInfoList, float xoff, float yoff, float yoffRight, int rnoLevel, int maxRNO, FormatInfo formatInfo, PromsPrinter pp)
|
|
{
|
|
int profileDepth = ProfileTimer.Push(">>>> vlnParagraphs.Add");
|
|
bool bxHlsDraw = false;
|
|
int? bxIndex = null;
|
|
vlnBox box = null;
|
|
float yTop = yoff;
|
|
ItemInfo lastChild = null;
|
|
string lastHeader = null;
|
|
bool didComponentTableRow = false;
|
|
float tableBottomMost = 0;
|
|
float xoffBase = xoff;
|
|
int prevTplRow = 0;
|
|
int maxRnoSav = maxRNO;
|
|
foreach (ItemInfo iChildItemInfo in itemInfoList)
|
|
{
|
|
if (pp != null) pp.OnStatusChanged((iChildItemInfo.DisplayNumber ?? "") == "" ? iChildItemInfo.DisplayText : iChildItemInfo.DisplayNumber, PromsPrinterStatusType.LoadVlnParagraph);
|
|
if (iChildItemInfo.IsFootnote)
|
|
{
|
|
vlnParagraph para = new vlnParagraph(Parent, cb, iChildItemInfo, xoff, yoff, rnoLevel, maxRNO, formatInfo, null, null, yoffRight, true, iChildItemInfo.IsSection ? pp : null);
|
|
continue; // don't add it, vlnParagraph adds this item to the footnote list in ToPdf.
|
|
}
|
|
maxRNO = maxRnoSav;
|
|
if (iChildItemInfo.IsHigh) bxIndex = null;
|
|
if (iChildItemInfo.IsSection && (iChildItemInfo as SectionInfo).ColumnMode != maxRNO)
|
|
maxRNO = (iChildItemInfo as SectionInfo).ColumnMode;
|
|
int maxRnoTemplate = iChildItemInfo.TemplateChildColumnMode;
|
|
if (maxRnoTemplate >= 0) maxRNO = maxRnoTemplate - 1;
|
|
ItemInfo childItemInfo = iChildItemInfo;
|
|
int? bxIndx = childItemInfo.FormatStepData == null ? -1 : childItemInfo.FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.STBoxindex;
|
|
// if the Caution or Note is not boxed, then use ColT to set the starting column of the Note or Caution
|
|
if (((bxIndx ?? -1) == -1) && (childItemInfo.IsCaution || childItemInfo.IsNote) && !childItemInfo.IsInRNO &&
|
|
!childItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionLayoutData.Dev_Format &&
|
|
!IsEnhancedBackgroundFormat(childItemInfo) && !IsEnhancedDeviationFormat(childItemInfo))
|
|
//xoff += (float)childItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionLayoutData.ColT;
|
|
xoff = xoffBase + (float)childItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionLayoutData.ColT;
|
|
|
|
// if in a ComponentTableFormat (FNP sub format 1, component list), column headers are defined
|
|
// by the first level of children. The data for the column is the child of the column header.
|
|
// Sometimes the column will not have data, the following handles that case. Also, use
|
|
// the boolean didComponentTableRow to keep track of the bottom most yoff of the table row.
|
|
if ((childItemInfo.MyDocStyle.ComponentList) && childItemInfo.MyParent.IsInTemplate() ||
|
|
(childItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm && childItemInfo.IsInTemplate()))
|
|
{
|
|
if (childItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm)
|
|
{
|
|
// if this template element has a -1 for row, print it (if = 0 this is a heading for edit
|
|
// and not printed). if this template element has a width of > 0, then also print it,
|
|
// these are headings and should be printed). This was added for Calvert Alarm (BGEALN) format for
|
|
// DEVICE/SETPOINT (row=-1), and for POSSIBLE CAUSES, AUTOMATIC ACTIONS, etc (width>0)
|
|
// find the indexes into the template for this item. The index must be for the HLS this is
|
|
// or this is under.
|
|
int tindx = childItemInfo.TemplateIndex;
|
|
if (tindx == -1)
|
|
xoff = (float)childItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin;
|
|
else if (childItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.Templates[tindx].row < 0 ||
|
|
childItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.Templates[tindx].width > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// move down for the 'POSSIBLE CAUSES'. To know it's that step type, check
|
|
// the column field in template. -1 represents staying on same row but using
|
|
// the start template field to get the xoffset.
|
|
if (prevTplRow == -1 && prevTplRow != childItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.Templates[tindx].row)
|
|
{
|
|
// position to the furthest down the page of the Device/setpoint/annunciator window:
|
|
yoff = Math.Max(yoff, Parent.YBottomMost + vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
yoff = Math.Max(yoff, tableBottomMost + vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
}
|
|
xoff = (float)childItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + (childItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.Templates[tindx].start * 7.2f);
|
|
prevTplRow = childItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.Templates[tindx].row;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// childItemInfo = 'child' and set to use a template for defining size.
|
|
// Note that the 'IsCaution1' was added for Calvert Valve lists, i.e.
|
|
// the Caution1 is a subheader & must be printed within the valve list table.
|
|
if (childItemInfo.Steps == null && !childItemInfo.IsCaution1)
|
|
continue;
|
|
if (!childItemInfo.IsCaution1) childItemInfo = childItemInfo.Steps[0];
|
|
didComponentTableRow = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (childItemInfo.FormatStepData != null && childItemInfo.FormatStepData.TabData != null && childItemInfo.FormatStepData.TabData.IsTransition)
|
|
{
|
|
lastHeader = childItemInfo.DisplayText;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if ((childItemInfo.IsCaution || childItemInfo.IsNote) &&
|
|
childItemInfo.MyPrevious != null && childItemInfo.MyPrevious.MyContent.Type != childItemInfo.MyContent.Type &&
|
|
childItemInfo.NextItem != null && childItemInfo.MyContent.Type == childItemInfo.NextItem.MyContent.Type)
|
|
childItemInfo.SetupTags(); // added for V.C. Summer Transition caution in EOP-15.0 step 5.4
|
|
if (lastHeader != null)
|
|
{
|
|
childItemInfo.SetHeader(childItemInfo.FormatStepData.TabData.Font, lastHeader);
|
|
lastHeader = null;
|
|
}
|
|
// if the format has MatchUpRNOCautNote, then add a line to yoff, if not at top of rno column.
|
|
if (childItemInfo.FormatStepData != null && childItemInfo.FormatStepData.MatchUpRNO)
|
|
{
|
|
if (childItemInfo.MyParent != null && childItemInfo.MyParent.MyParent != null && !childItemInfo.MyParent.MyParent.IsHigh)
|
|
yoff += vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
}
|
|
// if this is a caution/note and it has a caution/note substep, do it before this caution/note, so that
|
|
// it comes above it.
|
|
if (childItemInfo.Cautions != null && (childItemInfo.IsCaution || childItemInfo.IsNote))
|
|
yoff = Add(cb, childItemInfo.Cautions, xoff, yoff, yoffRight, rnoLevel, maxRNO, formatInfo);
|
|
if (childItemInfo.Notes != null && (childItemInfo.IsCaution || childItemInfo.IsNote))
|
|
yoff = Add(cb, childItemInfo.Notes, xoff, yoff, yoffRight, rnoLevel, maxRNO, formatInfo);
|
|
//int? bxIndx = childItemInfo.FormatStepData == null ? -1 : childItemInfo.FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.STBoxindex;
|
|
bool boxHLS = false;
|
|
|
|
// If this step has a previous, and its header is different than the previous's header. Allow it to go
|
|
// into the box code. Without this check, none of the box code is run. This caused a problem
|
|
// for VCS where two different type notes where not getting separate boxes.
|
|
bool doSeparateBoxHdrChg = false;
|
|
if (childItemInfo.MyPrevious != null && ((childItemInfo.MyHeader != null && childItemInfo.MyPrevious.MyHeader != null
|
|
&& childItemInfo.MyHeader.CleanText != childItemInfo.MyPrevious.MyHeader.CleanText) ||
|
|
(childItemInfo.MyHeader == null && childItemInfo.MyPrevious.MyHeader != null || childItemInfo.MyHeader != null && childItemInfo.MyPrevious.MyHeader == null)))
|
|
doSeparateBoxHdrChg = childItemInfo.MyPrevious.MyContent.Type != childItemInfo.MyContent.Type;//true;
|
|
|
|
bool alwaysBox = (childItemInfo.IsHigh && childItemInfo.FormatStepData.BoxIt);
|
|
if ((alwaysBox || (bxIndx ?? -1) != -1) && (bxIndex != bxIndx || childItemInfo.FormatStepData.BoxIt || childItemInfo.MyHeader != null || doSeparateBoxHdrChg || childItemInfo.FormatStepData.SeparateBox))
|
|
{
|
|
if (childItemInfo.FormatStepData.BoxIt) // this is a boxed HLS
|
|
{
|
|
box = new vlnBox();
|
|
box.MyBox = new Box();
|
|
box.DefBox = vlnBox.BoxThin;
|
|
StepSectionLayoutData ssld = formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData;
|
|
float colR = float.Parse(formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.ColRTable.Split(",".ToCharArray())[childItemInfo.ColumnMode]);
|
|
int widS = vlnPrintObject.ToInt(formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.WidSTablePrint, maxRNO);
|
|
box.DefEnd = (float)(ssld.ColS + colR + widS + (60 / 4.8));
|
|
box.YOffset = yoff - .75F * vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (bxIndex == null) // First boxed step
|
|
{
|
|
if (childItemInfo.IsHigh) boxHLS = true;
|
|
box = new vlnBox();
|
|
box.MyBox = formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.BoxList[(int)bxIndx];
|
|
if (box.MyBox != null)
|
|
{
|
|
box.YOffset = yoff;
|
|
int ln = 1; // a format flag determines whether there is a space before the note/caution.
|
|
if (childItemInfo.FormatStepData.OneLineBeforeTab) ln++;
|
|
if (!boxHLS || (boxHLS && !childItemInfo.HasCautionOrNote))
|
|
{
|
|
// note that in the following line of code, the Calvert Alarms' caution1 is their annunciator window
|
|
// so it needs the extra lines as defined by 'ln' or the text will be too close to the top of the box.
|
|
if (!formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm || iChildItemInfo.IsCaution1)
|
|
yoff += ln * vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
else
|
|
yoff += vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
bxIndex = bxIndx;
|
|
}
|
|
else // Change Box Style
|
|
{
|
|
bool handleSeparateBox = true;
|
|
if (childItemInfo.IsCaution && !childItemInfo.FormatStepData.SeparateBox && !childItemInfo.FormatStepData.SeparateBoxCautions) handleSeparateBox = false;
|
|
if (childItemInfo.IsNote && !childItemInfo.FormatStepData.SeparateBox) handleSeparateBox = false;
|
|
|
|
if (bxIndx != null && (handleSeparateBox || bxIndex != bxIndx || doSeparateBoxHdrChg))
|
|
{
|
|
if (box != null)
|
|
{
|
|
box.Height = yoff - box.YOffset; // new height, with children
|
|
if (formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm ||
|
|
formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvert)
|
|
{
|
|
if (childItemInfo.MyHeader != null && childItemInfo.MyPrevious != null
|
|
&& ((childItemInfo.MyPrevious.IsCautionOrNotePart && childItemInfo.IsCautionOrNotePart)
|
|
|| childItemInfo.FormatStepData.SeparateBox))
|
|
yoff += vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch * 2;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (childItemInfo.MyHeader != null && childItemInfo.MyPrevious != null
|
|
&& ((childItemInfo.MyPrevious.IsCaution && childItemInfo.IsCaution) ||
|
|
(childItemInfo.MyPrevious.IsNote && childItemInfo.IsNote) || childItemInfo.FormatStepData.SeparateBox))
|
|
yoff += vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch * 2;
|
|
else if (doSeparateBoxHdrChg)
|
|
yoff += vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch * 2;
|
|
}
|
|
box = new vlnBox();
|
|
box.MyBox = formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.BoxList[(int)bxIndx];
|
|
int ln = 1; // a format flag determines whether there is a space before the note/caution.
|
|
//if (childItemInfo.FormatStepData.OneLineBeforeTab) ln++;
|
|
if (childItemInfo.MixCautionNotesDiffType()) ln += 2;
|
|
box.YOffset = yoff + ((ln - 1) * vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
if (childItemInfo.FormatStepData.OneLineBeforeTab) ln++;
|
|
yoff += ln * vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
bxIndex = bxIndx;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (((bxIndx ?? -1) == -1) && box != null)
|
|
{
|
|
// BGE STP has a null box for its 'Date Time Stamp', i.e. Note4,
|
|
// without this code if there is a previous sibling the 'Date Time Note' was
|
|
// included in its previous sibling's box:
|
|
// (STBoxindex="" is how Note4's box in BGE STP is defined - it is the only place
|
|
// in the format files that this is done)
|
|
box.Height = yoff - box.YOffset; // new height, with children
|
|
yoff += 2 * vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
box = null;
|
|
}
|
|
// DoubleBoxHls is a format flag used by BGE to draw double lined boxes around their HLS
|
|
if (childItemInfo.IsHigh && ((childItemInfo.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.DoubleBoxHLS) == E_DocStructStyle.DoubleBoxHLS))
|
|
{
|
|
boxHLS = true;
|
|
box = new vlnBox();
|
|
box.MyBox = new Box();
|
|
box.DefBox = vlnBox.DOUBLEboxHLS;
|
|
bxHlsDraw = true;
|
|
}
|
|
// Comanche peak or WCN bck Step designator
|
|
if (childItemInfo.IsCaution2 && childItemInfo.SameRowAsParent ||
|
|
childItemInfo.IsCaution1 && childItemInfo.SameRowAsParent)
|
|
{
|
|
// Save the Step Designator information
|
|
// SameRowAsParentMultiLine currently used in Comanche Peak EOP and Flex formats - handles a hard return in the caution type
|
|
_StepDesignator = ((childItemInfo.SameRowAsParentMultiLines) ? childItemInfo.MulitLineStepDesignatorDisplayText : childItemInfo.DisplayText);
|
|
int typ = ((int)childItemInfo.MyContent.Type) % 10000;
|
|
_StepDesignatorColumn = formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.StepDataList[typ].ColOverride;
|
|
E_Style es = (E_Style)childItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.Style;
|
|
_StepDesignatorFont = new VE_Font(childItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.Family, (int)childItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.Size, es, (float)childItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CPI);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (childItemInfo is SectionInfo) formatInfo = (childItemInfo as SectionInfo).LocalFormat ?? formatInfo;
|
|
if (rnoLevel < maxRNO && childItemInfo.RNOs != null) yoff = Math.Max(yoff, yoffRight);
|
|
if (childItemInfo.ActiveSection.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionPrintData.ContActBoxOnSubSteps &&
|
|
box != null && box.MyBox != null && bxIndx == null) // point beach boxed substeps
|
|
{
|
|
box.Height = yoff - box.YOffset - (1F * vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
box = null;
|
|
yoff += 1 * vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
}
|
|
vlnParagraph para = new vlnParagraph(Parent, cb, childItemInfo, xoff, yoff, rnoLevel, maxRNO, formatInfo, null, null, yoffRight, true, pp);
|
|
|
|
// if doing the component list (FNP), keep track of the bottom most columns' data
|
|
// so this can be returned after the row is done.
|
|
tableBottomMost = Math.Max(tableBottomMost, para.YBottomMost);
|
|
if (box != null && box.MyParent == null)
|
|
{
|
|
box.MyParent = para;
|
|
para.PartsContainer.Add(box);
|
|
}
|
|
Add(para);
|
|
if (didComponentTableRow && iChildItemInfo.Steps != null && iChildItemInfo.Steps.Count > 1)
|
|
tableBottomMost = Math.Max(tableBottomMost, AddComponentTableSiblings(cb, iChildItemInfo.Steps[1], xoff, para.YBottomMost, rnoLevel, maxRNO, formatInfo, yoffRight, pp));
|
|
|
|
// Calvert Alarm's caution1 is the Annunciator window, i.e. in top right of page. Adjust
|
|
// y offset for this caution that is printed BELOW the hls.
|
|
if (childItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm && iChildItemInfo.IsCaution1) para.MyHighLevelParagraph.YBottomMost = para.YBottomMost;
|
|
|
|
// para.YBottomMost will have y for bottom of any substeps that are also enclosed in the box.
|
|
if (childItemInfo.IsStep && childItemInfo.MyHLS != null && childItemInfo.MyHLS.FormatStepData.UseSmartTemplate && para.ChildrenBelow.Count > 0 && para.ChildrenBelow[0].YBottomMost > para.YBottomMost)
|
|
yoff = para.ChildrenBelow[0].YBottomMost;
|
|
// if doing the component list (FNP), yoff for the HLS (if it's the component in the list,
|
|
// i.e. the leftmost item in the table), the yoff is either the HLS bottom, or the bottom most
|
|
// of all of the other columns' data.
|
|
else if (childItemInfo.IsHigh && childItemInfo.FormatStepData.UseOldTemplate && childItemInfo.MyDocStyle.ComponentList)
|
|
yoff = Math.Max(para.YBottom, para.YBottomMost) + vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
// increment the y offset if not doing the ComponentTableFormat
|
|
else if (!para.UseTemplateKeepOnCurLine(childItemInfo))
|
|
{
|
|
// B2019-028: These comments ARE NOT relevant and the code added, the if and the else/console.writeline
|
|
// are not correct (left in commented out so that change can be seen):
|
|
// Don't set to zero after a Word Section
|
|
// Otherwise the step section output will overlap previous step section output
|
|
// if in a sub section.
|
|
// To see the problem, create a section with three subsections.
|
|
// First section a multiple page step section
|
|
// Second section a word section
|
|
// Third section a step section
|
|
// skip the logic in the next three lines. (if to else)
|
|
//if (para.YBottomMost > 0)
|
|
yoff = para.YBottomMost;
|
|
//else
|
|
//Console.WriteLine("ERROR Would have changed yoff from {0} to zero",yoff);
|
|
}
|
|
// don't adjust YBottomost until after yoff is set for the RNO Separator
|
|
para.YBottomMost += para.YBottomMostAdjust;
|
|
if (box != null && childItemInfo.FormatStepData != null && childItemInfo.FormatStepData.BoxIt)
|
|
{
|
|
box.Height = yoff - box.YOffset - (1.1F * vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
box = null; // if doing boxed steps, only do single sibling at a time.
|
|
}
|
|
if (bxHlsDraw)
|
|
{
|
|
box.YOffset = para.YTop;
|
|
box.Height = para.Height;
|
|
box = null;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (boxHLS)
|
|
{
|
|
// the following line controls whether there is 1 line or 2 lines between
|
|
// the box line & the starting/ending yoffset of the HLS. WEP2 had no extra line between
|
|
// box & top/bottom of step. The DiffContActBox was added for WEP2.
|
|
int boxLnAdjust = iChildItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionPrintData.DiffContActBox ? 1 : 2;
|
|
box.YOffset = para.YTop - (boxLnAdjust * vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
boxLnAdjust = iChildItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionPrintData.DiffContActBox ? 1 : 0;
|
|
|
|
// if the YBottomForBox is set, use it to define height. Note that this property was
|
|
// introduced for IP3 continuous hls (surrounded by the asterisk box), no other format/step type uses it.
|
|
if (para.YBottomForBox > 0)
|
|
box.Height = para.YBottomForBox - box.YOffset - (boxLnAdjust * vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch); // para.YTop - (1.1F * vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
else
|
|
box.Height = para.YBottomMost - box.YOffset - (boxLnAdjust * vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch); // para.YTop - (1.1F * vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
box = null;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (boxHLS)
|
|
{
|
|
// if the next HLS is boxed also, only need 1 line separating, otherwise
|
|
// need 2.
|
|
ItemInfo nxt = childItemInfo.GetNextItem();
|
|
int nxtIsBoxed = 2;
|
|
if (nxt != null &&
|
|
nxt.FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.STBoxindex != null && nxt.FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.STBoxindex >= 0) nxtIsBoxed--;
|
|
if (nxt != null && (nxt.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.DoubleBoxHLS) == E_DocStructStyle.DoubleBoxHLS) nxtIsBoxed = 0;
|
|
yoff += (nxtIsBoxed * vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
}
|
|
if (childItemInfo.IsSequential && childItemInfo.NextItem != null && childItemInfo.MyParent.IsHigh && ((childItemInfo.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.XBlankW1stLevSub) == E_DocStructStyle.XBlankW1stLevSub))
|
|
yoff += vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
boxHLS = false;
|
|
lastChild = childItemInfo;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (box != null && box.MyBox != null)
|
|
{
|
|
box.Height = yoff - box.YOffset; // new height, with children
|
|
// C2017-024 Wolf Creek wanted a hold point with out text and no extra blank lines in the caution/note box
|
|
// so if they put only a hard space in for the text, then we will print the note/caution box with only the tab text
|
|
// B2018-077 added check for parts under the note (ex. a table off of the note text) fix for Calvert OI-27B 6.11.B and 6.12.B
|
|
if (box.MyParent.MyItemInfo.MyContent.Text.StartsWith(@"\u160?") && box.MyParent.MyItemInfo.DisplayText.Length == 1 && box.MyParent.MyItemInfo.MyContent.ContentPartCount == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
box.Height -= 3 * vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
yoff -= vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
yoff += 2 * vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
if (lastChild != null && lastChild.FormatStepData.AlwaysUseExtraLines && (lastChild.IsCaution || lastChild.IsNote))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!lastChild.MyParent.IsHigh)
|
|
yoff += lastChild.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.StepDataList[2].StepLayoutData.STExtraSpace ?? 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// after the last child substep when doing a Component table row (FNP Component Lists), set the value
|
|
// of the yoff to be the bottom most line in the table.
|
|
if (didComponentTableRow) yoff = tableBottomMost;
|
|
ProfileTimer.Pop(profileDepth);
|
|
return yoff;
|
|
}
|
|
private float AddComponentTableSiblings(PdfContentByte cb, ItemInfo ii, float xoff, float yoff, int rnoLevel, int maxRNO, FormatInfo formatInfo, float yoffRight, PromsPrinter pp)
|
|
{
|
|
// Some of the data for the valve lists (BGE) and component lists (FARLEY) have
|
|
// sibling data within a column, rather than hard returns within the same paragraph.
|
|
float tableBottomMost = 0;
|
|
while (ii != null)
|
|
{
|
|
vlnParagraph para = new vlnParagraph(Parent, cb, ii, xoff, yoff, rnoLevel, maxRNO, formatInfo, null, null, yoffRight, true, pp);
|
|
tableBottomMost = Math.Max(tableBottomMost, para.YBottomMost);
|
|
yoff = para.YBottomMost;
|
|
Add(para);
|
|
ii = ii.GetNextItem();
|
|
}
|
|
return tableBottomMost;
|
|
}
|
|
public float ToPdf(PdfContentByte cb, float yPageStart, ref float yTopMargin, ref float yBottomMargin)
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (vlnParagraph child in this)
|
|
{
|
|
yPageStart = child.ToPdf(cb, yPageStart, ref yTopMargin, ref yBottomMargin);
|
|
}
|
|
return yPageStart;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
public partial class vlnParagraph : vlnPrintObject
|
|
{
|
|
private static readonly log4net.ILog _MyLog = log4net.LogManager.GetLogger(System.Reflection.MethodBase.GetCurrentMethod().DeclaringType);
|
|
public override string ToString()
|
|
{
|
|
return string.Format("{0} - {1} - {2} - '{3}'", this.MyItemInfo.ItemID, this.YTop, this.YSize, this.MyItemInfo.ShortPath);
|
|
}
|
|
private bool _PageBreakOnStep = false;
|
|
public bool PageBreakOnStep
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _PageBreakOnStep; }
|
|
set { _PageBreakOnStep = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
private bool HasCalvertMacro = false; // this step has the Calvert (BGE) Alarm CONDITION/RESPONSE macro associated with it
|
|
private float WidthNoLimit = 0;
|
|
private vlnTable _MyGrid;
|
|
public vlnTable MyGrid
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _MyGrid; }
|
|
set { _MyGrid = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
public float SectYPageStart = 0;
|
|
private bool _IsWordDocPara = false;
|
|
public bool IsWordDocPara
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _IsWordDocPara; }
|
|
set { _IsWordDocPara = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
public static bool HasPrefPageBreak = false; // use to track page breaks for supp info
|
|
public bool PrefPageBreak = false;
|
|
private bool _ShowSectionTitles;
|
|
public bool ShowSectionTitles
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _ShowSectionTitles; }
|
|
set { _ShowSectionTitles = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
public float ParagraphToPdf(PdfContentByte cb, float yPageStart, float yTopMargin, float yBottomMargin)
|
|
{
|
|
// Don't print section titles for supplemental information because the title is 'Supplemental Information':
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsSection && MyPromsPrinter.SupInfoPrintType == E_SupInfoPrintType.SupInfoPdfPrint) return yPageStart;
|
|
//if(PartsAbove.Count > 0 && PartsAbove[0] is vlnHeader)
|
|
// if (PartsLeft.Count > 0 && PartsLeft[0] is vlnTab)
|
|
// //if((PartsLeft[0] as vlnTab).Text[0] != '\u25CF')
|
|
// _MyLog.WarnFormat("NoteTab '{0}','{1}','{2}','{3}','{4}','{5}','{6}'", (PartsAbove[0] as vlnHeader).Text, (PartsLeft[0] as vlnTab).Text, MyItemInfo.MyProcedure.DisplayNumber, MyItemInfo.MyHLS.DisplayText,
|
|
// MyItemInfo.ShortPath, MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.TabData.IdentPrint, MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.TabData.IdentEdit);
|
|
//
|
|
// B2017-105 if a symbol character was set to a bigger font size, then the positioning of the larger symbol character was printing too high on the line
|
|
// found with Wolf Creek use of the empty box symbol
|
|
foreach (Chunk chk in IParagraph.Chunks)
|
|
{
|
|
if (chk.Font.Size > 16) chk.SetTextRise(-2f);
|
|
}
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsFootnote && Processed) return yPageStart;
|
|
int pagenumTran = 0;
|
|
if ((MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.DontCountFoldoutPgs) == E_DocStructStyle.DontCountFoldoutPgs)
|
|
pagenumTran = MyPageHelper.CurrentPageNumberNoFoldouts;
|
|
else
|
|
pagenumTran = MyPageHelper.CurrentPageNumber;
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.PageNumber == -1) MyItemInfo.PageNumber = pagenumTran;
|
|
else if (MyItemInfo.PageNumberUsed != 0 && MyItemInfo.PageNumberUsed != pagenumTran)
|
|
{
|
|
if (PromsPrinter.TransPageNumProblems == null) PromsPrinter.TransPageNumProblems = new List<string>();
|
|
// C2017-018 Insert tabs between columns
|
|
string pnErr = string.Format("{0}\t{1}\t{2}\t{3}", MyItemInfo.ItemID, MyItemInfo.ShortPath, MyItemInfo.PageNumberUsed, pagenumTran);
|
|
PromsPrinter.TransPageNumProblems.Add(pnErr);
|
|
}
|
|
MyItemInfo.PageNumberNextPass = pagenumTran;
|
|
if (Processed) return yPageStart;
|
|
//float localYPageStart = yPageStart;
|
|
Processed = true;
|
|
if (_PartsAbove != null && _PartsAbove.Count > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// For McGuire and Catawba, they use CustomSpacing which inserts a blank line before high level steps
|
|
// if we paginate on one of these blank lines, we want to skip that blank line so that there isn't an
|
|
// extra blank line at the top of the page.
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionLayoutData.CustomSpacing &&
|
|
PartsAbove[0].YOffset + yTopMargin == yPageStart && PartsAbove[0].IParagraph.Content == " ")
|
|
{
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsHigh && ((YOffset - YTopMost) > SixLinesPerInch))
|
|
{
|
|
//Console.WriteLine("==> {0} {1} MOST {2} DIF {3}", MyItemInfo.ShortPath, YOffset, YTopMost, YOffset - YTopMost);
|
|
yPageStart = yTopMargin + YTopMost;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
yPageStart = yTopMargin + YOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
yPageStart = PartsAbove.ToPdf(cb, yPageStart, ref yTopMargin, ref yBottomMargin);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsHigh && ((MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.DoubleBoxHLS) == E_DocStructStyle.DoubleBoxHLS)) yPageStart -= SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsHigh && MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.SpecialStepsFoldout) yPageStart -= SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsHigh && !MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.DoSTExtraAtTop && (yPageStart - YTopMost == yTopMargin))
|
|
{
|
|
yPageStart += ((MyItemInfo.FormatStepData == null) ? 0 : MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.STExtraSpace ?? 0);
|
|
if ((MyItemInfo.Cautions != null && MyItemInfo.Cautions[0].FormatStepData.AlwaysUseExtraLines) || (MyItemInfo.Notes != null && MyItemInfo.Notes[0].FormatStepData.AlwaysUseExtraLines))
|
|
yPageStart -= ((MyItemInfo.FormatStepData == null) ? 0 : MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.STExtraSpace ?? 0);
|
|
}
|
|
// Save the HLS & RNO string in case the pagelist item uses it (some of the backgrounds):
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.FormatStepData != null && MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.PageBreakOnStep)
|
|
{
|
|
MyPageHelper.HLSTAB = MyItemInfo.HighLevelStepTabPageList;
|
|
// find the rno and use it's tab for the HLRNO part.
|
|
ItemInfo rno = MyItemInfo.RNOs != null && MyItemInfo.RNOs.Count > 0 ? MyItemInfo.RNOs[0] : null;
|
|
string rnotab = (rno == null) ? null : rno.DisplayText;
|
|
MyPageHelper.HLRNO = rno == null ? null : MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.TabData.RNOIdent + rnotab;
|
|
MyPageHelper.ResetSvg();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
float yLocation = CalculateYOffset(yPageStart, yTopMargin);
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.HasChangeBar && MyPageHelper.ChangeBarDefinition.MyChangeBarType != PrintChangeBar.Without) MyPageHelper.AddChangeBar(DoChangeBar(cb, MyItemInfo, MyPageHelper, XOffset, yLocation, MyPageHelper.MaxRNO, MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat), cbMess);
|
|
float retval = yLocation;
|
|
// 'doprint' will always be true if not doing NSP's {HLSTEXT} token in page list. The following code is used to prevent
|
|
// printing the High level step, if the high level step is printed from the pagelist using {HLSTEXT} token.
|
|
bool doprint = !(MyPageHelper.DidHLSText && MyItemInfo.ItemID == MyPageHelper.HasHLSTextId);
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsFigure)
|
|
{
|
|
yLocation -= (SixLinesPerInch * MyPageHelper.YMultiplier);
|
|
if (ImageText != null)
|
|
retval = DrawFigure(cb, yBottomMargin, yLocation, yPageStart, yTopMargin);
|
|
else
|
|
retval = DrawText(cb, ref yPageStart, yTopMargin, yBottomMargin, ref yLocation);
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsInSupInfo) _yPageStartForSupInfo = retval;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (MyItemInfo.IsRtfRaw)
|
|
{
|
|
retval = DrawRaw(cb, yBottomMargin, yLocation, yPageStart, yTopMargin);
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsInSupInfo) _yPageStartForSupInfo = retval * .6f;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!MyItemInfo.IsStepSection
|
|
|| (ShowSectionTitles
|
|
&& !MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.CancelSectTitle
|
|
&& !MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.SpecialStepsFoldout)) // Don't ouput the Step Section title
|
|
{
|
|
// if this is a section, then check the section config for printable header too.
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsSection)
|
|
{
|
|
SectionConfig sch = MyItemInfo.MyConfig as SectionConfig;
|
|
//if (!(ShowSectionTitles
|
|
// && !MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.CancelSectTitle
|
|
// && !MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.SpecialStepsFoldout
|
|
// && !MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.UseMetaSections)
|
|
// &&
|
|
if (sch != null && sch.Section_PrintHdr != "Y") doprint = false;
|
|
}
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.MyContent.MyGrid != null)
|
|
{
|
|
int profileDepth = ProfileTimer.Push(">>>> vlnParagraph.DrawGrid");
|
|
// RHM20150507 Include Footer
|
|
retval = DrawGrid(cb, ref yPageStart, yTopMargin, yBottomMargin + (float)MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.FooterLength, ref yLocation); // RHM20150429 - Table Scrunch
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsInSupInfo) _yPageStartForSupInfo = (float)MyPageHelper.BottomContent - SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
ProfileTimer.Pop(profileDepth);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (doprint)
|
|
{
|
|
int profileDepth = ProfileTimer.Push(">>>> vlnParagraph.DrawText");
|
|
IsCompressed = (MyPageHelper.YMultiplier != 1 && MyItemInfo != null && MyItemInfo.FormatStepData != null && MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.Size >= 12 && (MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.Style & E_Style.Underline) != 0);
|
|
retval = DrawText(cb, ref yPageStart, yTopMargin, yBottomMargin, ref yLocation);
|
|
// _yPageStartForSupInfo is used to move steps down the page for the supinfo pdf. Each supinfo step may not be related to previous in structure, so need this to set y location.
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsInSupInfo) _yPageStartForSupInfo = retval;
|
|
// Wolf Creek Training format puts a separator line after printing the section number/title
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsSection && MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.WCNTraining)
|
|
MyPageHelper.SectionSepLineYoffStart = retval - (SixLinesPerInch / 2);
|
|
SectionContinuePrinted = true;
|
|
ProfileTimer.Pop(profileDepth);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsHigh)
|
|
{
|
|
MyPageHelper.PageBookmarks.Add(MyItemInfo, (MyItemInfo.MyTab == null) ? "" : MyItemInfo.MyTab.CleanText + " " + MyItemInfo.DisplayText,
|
|
new PdfDestination(PdfDestination.FITBH, yLocation + YVeryTop - YTopMost + SixLinesPerInch));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.WolfcreekCKLFormat)
|
|
{
|
|
DrawChkOrValveTableLines(cb, MyItemInfo, yPageStart, yTopMargin, yBottomMargin, yLocation);
|
|
}
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsSection)
|
|
{
|
|
SectionConfig sc = MyItemInfo.MyConfig as SectionConfig;
|
|
if ((MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle != null && MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.IncludeInTOC && (sc == null || sc.Section_TOC != "Y"))
|
|
|| ((MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle == null || !MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.IncludeInTOC) && (sc != null && sc.Section_TOC == "Y")))
|
|
{
|
|
string tocKey = string.Format("TOC{0}", MyItemInfo.ItemID);
|
|
if (MyPageHelper.MyTOCPageCounts.ContainsKey(tocKey))
|
|
{
|
|
PageCount pc = MyPageHelper.MyTOCPageCounts[tocKey];
|
|
if (pc.Total == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pc.Total = MyPageHelper.CurrentTOCPageNumber + 1;
|
|
pc.DrawTemplates();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!doprint) return yPageStart;
|
|
if (_PartsLeft != null && _PartsLeft.Count > 0) yPageStart = PartsLeft.ToPdf(cb, yPageStart, ref yTopMargin, ref yBottomMargin);
|
|
if (_PartsRight != null && _PartsRight.Count > 0) yPageStart = PartsRight.ToPdf(cb, yPageStart, ref yTopMargin, ref yBottomMargin);
|
|
if (_PartsBelow != null && _PartsBelow.Count > 0) yPageStart = PartsBelow.ToPdf(cb, yPageStart, ref yTopMargin, ref yBottomMargin);
|
|
if (_PartsContainer != null && _PartsContainer.Count > 0) yPageStart = PartsContainer.ToPdf(cb, yPageStart, ref yTopMargin, ref yBottomMargin);
|
|
|
|
//if (localYPageStart != yPageStart) DebugText.WriteLine("ParToPdf-yPagestartDiff:{0},{1},{2}", MyItemInfo.ItemID, localYPageStart, yPageStart);
|
|
return yPageStart;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private float DrawRaw(PdfContentByte cb, float yBottomMargin, float yLocation, float yPageStart, float yTopMargin)
|
|
{
|
|
if (DebugText.IsOpen) DebugText.WriteLine("{0},'{1}','{2}','<<END>>'", MyItemInfo.ItemID, MyItemInfo.DBSequence, FormattedText);
|
|
float retval = yLocation;
|
|
System.Drawing.Size sz = RtfRawItem.GetRtfRawSize(MyItemInfo.MyContent.Text);
|
|
Height = sz.Height;
|
|
Width = sz.Width;
|
|
Volian.Controls.Library.RTF myRtb = new RTF();
|
|
myRtb.Size = sz;
|
|
myRtb.Rtf = MyItemInfo.MyContent.Text;
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
System.Drawing.Image image = new System.Drawing.Bitmap((int)Width, (int)Height);
|
|
System.Drawing.Graphics gr = System.Drawing.Graphics.FromImage(image);
|
|
myRtb.RenderClipped(gr, new System.Drawing.Rectangle(0, 0, (int)Width, (int)Height));
|
|
// B2017-116 Adjust Image Size by Scaler (Used for Facing Pages - Sup Info)
|
|
// B2017-241 Adjust Bottom Message Location for the raw figure (Equation or Visio)
|
|
MyPageHelper.BottomContent = yLocation - (.6F * Height * MyPageHelper.YMultiplier * ImageScaler);
|
|
retval = Rtf2Pdf.RtfRawAt(cb, image, XOffset + MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CharsToTwips, yLocation, Width * MyPageHelper.YMultiplier * ImageScaler, Height * MyPageHelper.YMultiplier * ImageScaler, DebugInfo, yBottomMargin, !MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Type.ToUpper().Contains("BORDERLESS"));
|
|
}
|
|
catch (Exception ex)
|
|
{
|
|
return retval + 2 * SixLinesPerInch; // couldn't print equation, just print 2 blank lines.
|
|
}
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
private bool _SectionContinuePrinted = false;
|
|
|
|
public bool SectionContinuePrinted
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _SectionContinuePrinted; }
|
|
set { _SectionContinuePrinted = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
private void DrawChkOrValveTableLines(PdfContentByte cb, ItemInfo ii, float yPageStart, float yTopMargin, float yBottomMargin, float yLocation)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!ii.IsStep || ii.IsCaution || ii.IsNote) return;
|
|
|
|
Box bx = ii.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.BoxList[0];
|
|
float lpi = MyPageHelper.YMultiplier == 1.0 ? SixLinesPerInch : _SevenLinesPerInch;
|
|
bool savedebug = Rtf2Pdf.PdfDebug;
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.PdfDebug = false;
|
|
// follow through in fixing an Out of Window Handles bug, use new function to see if
|
|
// we can retrieve the font from a dictionary instead a doing a New and using another
|
|
// window handle B2017-117
|
|
//System.Drawing.Font symbFont = new System.Drawing.Font("VESymbFix", (float)ii.FormatStepData.Font.Size);
|
|
System.Drawing.Font symbFont = VE_Font.GetWinSysFont("VESymbFix", (float)ii.FormatStepData.Font.Size);
|
|
iTextSharp.text.Font iSymblFont = Volian.Svg.Library.VolianPdf.GetFont(symbFont);
|
|
iSymblFont.Color = new iTextSharp.text.Color(PrintOverride.OverrideTextColor(System.Drawing.Color.Black));
|
|
// The vertPos array from the format defines the column locations:
|
|
string[] vertPos = ii.MyHLS.FormatStepData.VertPos.Split(",".ToCharArray());
|
|
// Count how many vertical lines are in the checklist table:
|
|
int cntVertPos = vertPos.Length - 1;
|
|
while (vertPos[cntVertPos] == "0" && cntVertPos > 0) cntVertPos--;
|
|
cntVertPos++;
|
|
Paragraph paraVertLine = new Paragraph(ii.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.BoxList[0].BXVert, iSymblFont);
|
|
float lWidth = 100;
|
|
float csize = 6 - .3f; // added the .3 to make line up with 16bit.
|
|
|
|
// if High Level Step, just need to do edges for number of lines:
|
|
if (ii.IsHigh)
|
|
{
|
|
// count # of '{\par} commands in prefix and suffix.
|
|
int countLine = 0;
|
|
string preSuf_Fix = (ii.FormatStepData.Prefix != null && ii.FormatStepData.Prefix != "") ? ii.FormatStepData.Prefix : null;
|
|
if (preSuf_Fix != null) countLine++; // account for a line of prefix (if no \par)
|
|
// if this is a proportional font, need to 'draw' the prefix/suffix. NOTE that the suffix should
|
|
// just list the headers and the prefix can be 'empty'.
|
|
if (ii.FormatStepData.Font.FontIsProportional())
|
|
{
|
|
float yLocVertLine = yLocation + (lpi * 1.5F); // +(lpi / 2);
|
|
// Prefix, i.e. Top line:
|
|
Paragraph topLeftLine = new Paragraph(bx.BXULC, iSymblFont);
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, topLeftLine, float.Parse(vertPos[0]) + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, yLocVertLine, lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
Paragraph topRightLine = new Paragraph(bx.BXURC, iSymblFont);
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, topRightLine, float.Parse(vertPos[cntVertPos - 1]) + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, yLocVertLine, lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
Paragraph horzLine = new Paragraph(bx.BXHorz, iSymblFont);
|
|
float thPos = float.Parse(vertPos[0]) + csize;
|
|
while (thPos < float.Parse(vertPos[cntVertPos - 1]))
|
|
{
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, horzLine, thPos + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, yLocVertLine, lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
thPos += csize;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Vertical Lines around HLS
|
|
//int countLine = (int)(this.Height / lpi);
|
|
yLocVertLine = yLocation + (lpi/2);// -(lpi / 2);
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < 1; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, paraVertLine, float.Parse(vertPos[0]) + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, yLocVertLine, lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, paraVertLine, float.Parse(vertPos[cntVertPos - 1]) + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, yLocVertLine, lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
yLocVertLine -= lpi;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Suffix, i.e. Column headers.
|
|
// first do left/right side chars above and below column headers
|
|
//countLine = (int)(this.Height / lpi);
|
|
Paragraph sideLeftLine = new Paragraph(bx.BXMLS, iSymblFont);
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, sideLeftLine, float.Parse(vertPos[0]) + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, yLocVertLine, lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, sideLeftLine, float.Parse(vertPos[0]) + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, yLocVertLine - (2 * lpi), lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
Paragraph sideRightLine = new Paragraph(bx.BXMRS, iSymblFont);
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, sideRightLine, float.Parse(vertPos[6]) + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, yLocVertLine, lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, sideRightLine, float.Parse(vertPos[6]) + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, yLocVertLine - (2 * lpi), lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
|
|
// now do the lines with the 'T' type lines for top/bottom of vertical lines.
|
|
thPos = float.Parse(vertPos[0]) + csize;
|
|
while (thPos < float.Parse(vertPos[cntVertPos - 1]))
|
|
{
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, horzLine, thPos + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, yLocVertLine, lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, horzLine, thPos + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, yLocVertLine - (2 * lpi), lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
thPos += csize;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// now do the vertical bar between header words and the column header words.
|
|
yLocVertLine -= lpi;
|
|
string[] colHdrs = _MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Suffix.Substring(_MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Suffix.IndexOf(";") + 1).Split(",".ToCharArray());
|
|
iTextSharp.text.Font iHdrFont = Volian.Svg.Library.VolianPdf.GetFont(_MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.WindowsFont);
|
|
iHdrFont.Color = new iTextSharp.text.Color(PrintOverride.OverrideTextColor(System.Drawing.Color.Black));
|
|
|
|
Paragraph topT = new Paragraph(bx.BXUMID, iSymblFont);
|
|
Paragraph crossT = new Paragraph(bx.BXMID, iSymblFont);
|
|
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < cntVertPos; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
// do vertical line:
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, paraVertLine, float.Parse(vertPos[i]) + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, yLocVertLine, lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
// do the column header text - center it:
|
|
if (i < colHdrs.Length)
|
|
{
|
|
Paragraph parColHdr = new Paragraph(colHdrs[i], iHdrFont);
|
|
// find the center point of column header and subtract 1/2 width of the text to locate the text.
|
|
float hloc = (float.Parse(vertPos[i]) + ((float.Parse(vertPos[i + 1]) - float.Parse(vertPos[i])) / 2));
|
|
Chunk chk = (Chunk)parColHdr.Chunks[0];
|
|
hloc = hloc - (chk.GetWidthPoint() / 2);
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, parColHdr, hloc + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin, yLocVertLine, lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
}
|
|
// Do the crosswise table characters, i.e. T and +
|
|
if (i > 0 && i < colHdrs.Length)
|
|
{
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, topT, float.Parse(vertPos[i]) + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, yLocVertLine + lpi, lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, crossT, float.Parse(vertPos[i]) + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, yLocVertLine - lpi, lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#region OriginalHLS
|
|
{
|
|
int hIndx = preSuf_Fix.IndexOf(@"{\par}");
|
|
while (preSuf_Fix != null && hIndx >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
hIndx = preSuf_Fix.IndexOf(@"{\par}", hIndx + 1);
|
|
countLine++;
|
|
}
|
|
preSuf_Fix = (ii.FormatStepData.Suffix != null && ii.FormatStepData.Suffix != "") ? ii.FormatStepData.Suffix : null;
|
|
if (preSuf_Fix != null) countLine++; // account for a line of suffix (if no \par)
|
|
hIndx = preSuf_Fix.IndexOf(@"{\par}");
|
|
while (preSuf_Fix != null && hIndx >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
hIndx = preSuf_Fix.IndexOf(@"{\par}", hIndx + 1);
|
|
countLine++;
|
|
}
|
|
// get first and last vertpos for location of lines:
|
|
// for each line of text, draw the start & end box line:
|
|
countLine = (int)(this.Height / lpi) - countLine;
|
|
float yLocVertLine = yLocation - lpi / 2;
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < countLine; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, paraVertLine, float.Parse(vertPos[0]) + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, yLocVertLine, lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, paraVertLine, float.Parse(vertPos[cntVertPos - 1]) + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, yLocVertLine, lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
yLocVertLine -= lpi;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endregion OriginalHLS
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// This section of code draws the lines around the substeps (the actual table part)
|
|
Paragraph horzLine = new Paragraph(ii.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.BoxList[0].BXHorz, iSymblFont);
|
|
bool bottomOfTable = ii.NextItem == null ||
|
|
(MyPageHelper.ParaBreaks.Count > 0 && MyPageHelper.ParaBreaks[0].MyItemInfo.ItemID == ii.NextItem.ItemID);
|
|
// if bottom of table use different cross/beg/end chars than if in middle of table.
|
|
Paragraph leftLine = new Paragraph(bottomOfTable ? bx.BXLLC : bx.BXMLS, iSymblFont);
|
|
Paragraph rightLine = new Paragraph(bottomOfTable ? bx.BXLRC : bx.BXMRS, iSymblFont);
|
|
|
|
// If this item is in the leftmost column in table, this is determined by looking at its parent,
|
|
// its parent must be a HLS, do the vertical lines since all cells have all vertical lines.
|
|
// Lines should be drawn from current to ybottommost. Also draw the bottom line.
|
|
if (ii.MyParent.IsHigh)
|
|
{
|
|
// first do the vertical bars.
|
|
float curY = yLocation;
|
|
while (curY > (yPageStart - this.YBottomMost + lpi))
|
|
{
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < cntVertPos; i++)
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, paraVertLine, float.Parse(vertPos[i]) + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, curY + 3, lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
curY -= lpi;
|
|
}
|
|
// Now do the bottom line for this item.
|
|
Paragraph crossLine = new Paragraph(bottomOfTable ? bx.BXLMID : bx.BXMID, iSymblFont);
|
|
float yloc = yPageStart - this.YBottomMost + 18;
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, leftLine, float.Parse(vertPos[0]) + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, yloc, lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
float hPos = float.Parse(vertPos[0]) + csize;
|
|
int doHorizCnt = 0;
|
|
while (doHorizCnt < cntVertPos - 1)
|
|
{
|
|
while (hPos < float.Parse(vertPos[doHorizCnt + 1]))
|
|
{
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, horzLine, hPos + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, yloc, lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
hPos += csize;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// put out middle piece, i.e. + (cross) lines or bottom line
|
|
hPos = float.Parse(vertPos[doHorizCnt + 1]);
|
|
if (doHorizCnt < cntVertPos - 2) // don't put out crossLine on last one.
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, crossLine, float.Parse(vertPos[doHorizCnt + 1]) + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, yloc, lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
hPos += csize;
|
|
doHorizCnt++;
|
|
}
|
|
// put out the right side piece
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, rightLine, float.Parse(vertPos[cntVertPos - 1]) + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, yloc, lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
}
|
|
// Now handle middle parts of the table. For whatever sub level we're at, draw the cross character
|
|
// and the horizontal. This is case where the component number may have multiple descriptions,positions, etc. associated
|
|
// with it.
|
|
if (!ii.MyParent.IsHigh && ii.NextItem != null)
|
|
{
|
|
// draw horizontally from this sublevel to the end.
|
|
int sublev = 0;
|
|
ItemInfo par = this.MyItemInfo;
|
|
while (!par.IsHigh)
|
|
{
|
|
sublev++;
|
|
par = par.MyParent;
|
|
}
|
|
sublev--;
|
|
float ylocs = yPageStart - this.YBottomMost + 15;
|
|
for (int i = sublev; i < cntVertPos - 1; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
float hPos = float.Parse(vertPos[i]) + csize;
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, leftLine, float.Parse(vertPos[i]) + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, ylocs, lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
while (hPos < float.Parse(vertPos[i + 1]))
|
|
{
|
|
// do the horizontal line
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, horzLine, hPos + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, ylocs, lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
hPos += csize;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// Do the last cross character
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, rightLine, float.Parse(vertPos[cntVertPos - 1]) + (float)ii.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - csize, ylocs, lWidth, 100, null, yBottomMargin);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
Rtf2Pdf.PdfDebug = savedebug;
|
|
}
|
|
private float DrawGrid(PdfContentByte cb, ref float yPageStart, float yTopMargin, float yBottomMargin, ref float yLocation)
|
|
{
|
|
//DebugText.WriteLine("{0},'{1}','{2}','<<END>>'", MyItemInfo.ItemID, MyItemInfo.ShortPath, FormattedText);
|
|
if (DebugText.IsOpen) DebugText.WriteLine("{0},'{1}','{2}','<<END>>',{3}", MyItemInfo.ItemID, MyItemInfo.ShortPath, MyItemInfo.MyContent.Text, XOffset);
|
|
//if (MyItemInfo.InList(11019,11024,111026)) // RHM20150507 Table Scrunch
|
|
// Console.WriteLine("here");
|
|
float heightBefore = MyGrid.Height + 4 * MyPageHelper.YMultiplier;
|
|
// B2018-033 Account for bottom continue message when seeing if a scrunched table will fit
|
|
float ySizeBtmCtnMess = GetBottomContinueMessageSize(MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle);
|
|
// B2018-085 Ignore the bottom continue message if the Table is the last part of the step.
|
|
if(ySizeBtmCtnMess > 0 && MyParent.MyItemInfo.IsHigh && YBottomMost == MyParent.YBottomMost) ySizeBtmCtnMess = 0;
|
|
if (Rtf2Pdf.GetTableScrunchingStatus(TableScrunching.Phase1) && heightBefore > (yLocation - (yBottomMargin + ySizeBtmCtnMess)))
|
|
{
|
|
//MyGrid.TooBig = (MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.FooterLength ?? 0) + SixLinesPerInch + MyGrid.Height - (yLocation - yBottomMargin);
|
|
MyGrid.TooBig = SixLinesPerInch + MyGrid.Height * MyPageHelper.YMultiplier - (yLocation - yBottomMargin - ySizeBtmCtnMess);
|
|
float heightAfter = MyGrid.Height + 4 * MyPageHelper.YMultiplier;
|
|
MyPageHelper.TableAdjustment += (heightBefore - heightAfter);
|
|
//B2018-092 Determine if the Table is too big by checking it including either 6 LPI or 7 LPI as appropriate
|
|
if (heightAfter * MyPageHelper.YMultiplier < (yLocation - yBottomMargin - ySizeBtmCtnMess))
|
|
{
|
|
// B2018-081 - Removed error log message if the code was able to properly adjust the table
|
|
//_MyLog.WarnFormat("\r\n==> Table is too big to fit on page, Vertical Padding adjusted to fit in\r\n" +
|
|
// " [{0}] {1}\r\n" +
|
|
// " in {2}\r\n" +
|
|
// " Height Before={3:N2} Height After={4:N2} SpaceAvailable={5:N2}\r\n" +
|
|
// " No action necessary",
|
|
// MyItemInfo.ItemID,_MyItemInfo.ShortPath,
|
|
// _MyItemInfo.SearchDVPath.Replace("\a", "/"), heightBefore / 72, MyGrid.Height / 72, (yTopMargin - yBottomMargin) / 72);
|
|
//_MyLog.ErrorFormat("<<< WARNING >>> Table is too big to fit on page, Vertical Padding adjusted to fit\r\n==>'Table Adjusted',{0},'{1}','{2}',{3},{4},{5}"
|
|
// , MyItemInfo.ItemID, MyItemInfo.MyDocVersion.MyFolder.Name, MyItemInfo.ShortPath, heightBefore, MyGrid.Height, (yTopMargin - yBottomMargin));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
MyGrid.IsTooBig = true;
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.HasChangeBar && MyPageHelper.ChangeBarDefinition.MyChangeBarType != PrintChangeBar.Without)
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (vlnChangeBar vcb in MyPageHelper.MyChangeBars)
|
|
{
|
|
if (vcb.Height == heightBefore / MyPageHelper.YMultiplier - 4)
|
|
{
|
|
float heightDif = (heightBefore - heightAfter);
|
|
vcb.YChangeBarBottom += heightDif;
|
|
FixMessages(vcb, heightDif);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
//B2018-092 Correct the location of the bottom continue message including either 6 LPI or 7 LPI as appropriate
|
|
MyPageHelper.BottomContent = yLocation - (MyGrid.Height + 4) * MyPageHelper.YMultiplier;
|
|
float retval = Rtf2Pdf.GridAt(cb, MyGrid, XOffset, yLocation, Width, 100, DebugInfo, yBottomMargin, !MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Type.Contains("Borderless"));
|
|
//B2018-092 Determine if the Table is too big by checking it including either 6 LPI or 7 LPI as appropriate
|
|
if ((MyGrid.Height + 4)* MyPageHelper.YMultiplier > (yLocation - yBottomMargin - ySizeBtmCtnMess))
|
|
{
|
|
// B2018-081 Changed the Error Log Message to be more useful when a table is too big.
|
|
_MyLog.ErrorFormat("\r\n==> Table is too big to fit on page, expect pagination problems in\r\n" +
|
|
" [{0}] {1}\r\n" +
|
|
" in {2}\r\n" +
|
|
" Height Before={3:N2} Height After={4:N2} SpaceAvailable={5:N2}\r\n" +
|
|
" ACTION REQUIRED: Table should be restructured or split over multiple pages",
|
|
MyItemInfo.ItemID, _MyItemInfo.ShortPath,
|
|
_MyItemInfo.SearchDVPath.Replace("\a", "/"), heightBefore/72, MyGrid.Height/72, (yTopMargin - yBottomMargin)/72);
|
|
//_MyLog.ErrorFormat("<<< ERROR >>> Table is too big to fit on page, expect pagination problems\r\n==>'Table Too Big',{0},'{1}','{2}',{3},{4},{5}" // RHM20150429 - Table Scrunch
|
|
// , MyItemInfo.ItemID, MyItemInfo.MyDocVersion.MyFolder.Name, MyItemInfo.ShortPath, heightBefore, MyGrid.Height, (yTopMargin - yBottomMargin));
|
|
}
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private void FixMessages(vlnChangeBar vcb, float heightDif)
|
|
{
|
|
SortedDictionary<float, vlnChangeBarMessage> msd = vcb.Messages;
|
|
vcb.Messages = new SortedDictionary<float, vlnChangeBarMessage>();
|
|
foreach (float key in msd.Keys)
|
|
{
|
|
vcb.Messages.Add(key + heightDif, msd[key]);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private float DrawText(PdfContentByte cb, ref float yPageStart, float yTopMargin, float yBottomMargin, ref float yLocation)
|
|
{
|
|
if (DebugText.IsOpen) DebugText.WriteLine("{0},'{1}','{2}','<<END>>'", MyItemInfo.ItemID, MyItemInfo.DBSequence, FormattedText);
|
|
//Console.WriteLine("{0},{1},'{2}','<<END>>'", MyItemInfo.ItemID, MyItemInfo.DBSequence, IParagraph.Content);
|
|
float retval = yLocation;
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsRtfRaw)
|
|
{
|
|
retval = Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, IParagraph, XOffset, yLocation, Width, 100, DebugInfo + string.Format(",YLines = {0}", YSize / SixLinesPerInch), yBottomMargin, MyItemInfo.ItemID); // C2018-004 ItemID for create meta file for baseline compares
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Calvert Alarms have a special case, center text if the next/previous is not the same type of caution or note.
|
|
// Calvert Alarms have a note1 that is a warning. if a regular note preceeded it, this regular note was not centered.
|
|
bool doAlign = false;
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvert && (MyItemInfo.IsCaution || MyItemInfo.IsNote || MyItemInfo.IsNote1))
|
|
{
|
|
bool diffAsPrev = MyItemInfo.MyPrevious == null || (MyItemInfo.MyPrevious != null && MyItemInfo.MyContent.Type != MyItemInfo.MyPrevious.MyContent.Type);
|
|
bool diffAsNext = MyItemInfo.NextItem == null || (MyItemInfo.NextItem != null && MyItemInfo.MyContent.Type != MyItemInfo.NextItem.MyContent.Type);
|
|
if (diffAsPrev && diffAsNext) doAlign = true;
|
|
}
|
|
// Check if only one line, i.e. "Height < (1.2F * IParagraph.Leading". The Leading can be for six or seven lines per inch, so the 1.2
|
|
// multiplier accounts for both.
|
|
if (!MyItemInfo.IsStepSection && MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.CenterOneLineOnly && ((MyItemInfo.MyPrevious == null && MyItemInfo.NextItem == null) || MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.SeparateBox || doAlign) && Height < (1.2F * IParagraph.Leading))
|
|
IParagraph.Alignment = Element.ALIGN_CENTER;
|
|
// if this step is centered, but not part of the checklist or valvelist format, use itextsharp to center it.
|
|
// if it was part of the checklist or valvelist, then the centering is based on the column definitions for the table and
|
|
// was calculated when the paragraph was made.
|
|
if (!MyItemInfo.IsStepSection && MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.StepPrintData.Justify == "Center" && !MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.AlignWithParentTab)
|
|
IParagraph.Alignment = Element.ALIGN_CENTER;
|
|
if (PrefixSpecialCharacter && IParagraph.Chunks.Count > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
Chunk chk = IParagraph.Chunks[0] as Chunk;
|
|
if (chk.Content == " ")
|
|
{
|
|
PrefixSpecialCharacter = false;
|
|
//Console.WriteLine("Special {0}", MyItemInfo.MyHLS.DisplayText);
|
|
IParagraph.Chunks.RemoveAt(0);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// if printing checklist header, adjust ypagestart & ylocation so that won't get forced pagination (pagination is already ok)
|
|
//Console.WriteLine("'Q1',{0},'{1}',{2},{3},{4},{5},{6}", MyItemInfo.ItemID, MyItemInfo.ShortPath, yTopMargin, yPageStart, yLocation, YTopMost, YOffset);
|
|
if (PrintHeader)
|
|
{
|
|
yPageStart = yTopMargin + YVeryTop;
|
|
yLocation = yPageStart - YOffset; // yLocation is physical location from bottom of page.
|
|
}
|
|
if (yLocation - Height < 24)
|
|
{
|
|
if (DebugPagination.IsOpen)
|
|
DebugPagination.WriteLine("Very Low {0},{1},{2},{3},{4},{5}", MyItemInfo.ShortPath, MyItemInfo.ItemID, yLocation, Height, yLocation - Height, yTopMargin - MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageLength);
|
|
//C2018-015 add debug pagination to meta file
|
|
if (BaselineMetaFile.IsOpen)
|
|
BaselineMetaFile.WriteLine("!! Very Low {0},{1},{2},{3},{4},{5}", MyItemInfo.ShortPath, MyItemInfo.ItemID, yLocation, Height, yLocation - Height, yTopMargin - MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageLength);
|
|
}
|
|
int profileDepth = ProfileTimer.Push(">>>> Rtf2Pdf.TextAt");
|
|
// ooooooooo. oooooooooo. oooooooooooo ooooooooooooo o8o . o8o
|
|
// `888 `Y88. `888' `Y8b `888' `8 8' 888 `8 `"' .o8 `"'
|
|
// 888 .d88' 888 888 888 888 oooo d8b .oooo. ooo. .oo. .oooo.o oooo .o888oo oooo .ooooo. ooo. .oo. .oooo.o
|
|
// 888ooo88P' 888 888 888oooo8 888 `888""8P `P )88b `888P"Y88b d88( "8 `888 888 `888 d88' `88b `888P"Y88b d88( "8
|
|
// 888 888 888 888 " 888 888 .oP"888 888 888 `"Y88b. 888 888 888 888 888 888 888 `"Y88b.
|
|
// 888 888 d88' 888 888 888 d8( 888 888 888 o. )88b 888 888 . 888 888 888 888 888 o. )88b
|
|
// o888o o888bood8P' o888o o888o d888b `Y888""8o o888o o888o 8""888P' o888o "888" o888o `Y8bod8P' o888o o888o 8""888P'
|
|
//
|
|
// Design Suggestion:
|
|
// During vlnParagraaph Constuctor Build an end point dictionary
|
|
// During toPdf check for end points before adding GoTos for Local
|
|
// Need to have a way to get to sections which do not have any output (header only)
|
|
// Need to have a way to identify procedures
|
|
//
|
|
// B2018-034 The following code previously used IParagraph rather than _IParagraph. If the variable IsCompressed (7LPI) is true for this step
|
|
// IParagraph would be refreshed each time it was referenced. Thus the link information would be lost when the IParagraph was re-created.
|
|
// This resulted in PDFLinks to steps that were not not identified with a LocalDestination. This was changed from the original code to
|
|
// fix B2015-076 when the Byron Flex Procedure 0BFSG-6 was printed. The issue for this bug was that the underlining at 7LPI was overlaping the
|
|
// top of the next line of text. I was not able to find the case referencedd in the source safe document. However, by adding a line of
|
|
// text "One more line" to the end of step 2 in attachment C, I was able to see the effect.
|
|
if (_IParagraph.Chunks.Count > 0 && MyPageHelper.MyPromsPrinter.SaveLinks)
|
|
{
|
|
// B2018-034 The following code previously used IParagraph rather than _IParagraph. See first Comment
|
|
Chunk chk1 = _IParagraph.Chunks[0] as Chunk;
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.MyContent.Text.ToUpper().Contains("LINK:TR") && MyItemInfo.MyContent.ContentTransitionCount==0)
|
|
Console.WriteLine("Missing Transition {0}", MyItemInfo.ItemID);
|
|
chk1.SetLocalDestination(string.Format("ItemID={0}", MyItemInfo.ItemID)); // Destination
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.MyContent.ContentTransitionCount > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TransitionInfo ti = MyItemInfo.MyContent.ContentTransitions[0];
|
|
ItemInfo tiDefault = GetDefaultItemInfo(ti.MyItemToID);
|
|
if (ti.MyItemToID.MyProcedure.ItemID == MyItemInfo.MyProcedure.ItemID &&
|
|
!MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.DisplayNumber.ToUpper().StartsWith("FOLDOUT"))
|
|
{ // Local Go To
|
|
if (ti.MyItemToID.MyContent.Type > 19999)
|
|
// B2018-034 The following code previously used IParagraph rather than _IParagraph. See first Comment
|
|
foreach (Chunk chk in _IParagraph.Chunks)
|
|
{
|
|
//Console.WriteLine("\"LocalGoTo\"\t{0}", tiDefault.ItemID);
|
|
chk.SetLocalGoto(string.Format("ItemID={0}", tiDefault.ItemID));
|
|
chk.SetBackground(Color.CYAN);
|
|
chk.SetBackground(new Color(System.Drawing.Color.LightCyan));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else // Remote Go To
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (Chunk chk in IParagraph.Chunks)
|
|
{
|
|
//Console.WriteLine("\"RemoteGoTo\"\t{0}", tiDefault.ItemID);
|
|
chk.SetRemoteGoto(ti.MyItemToID.MyProcedure.DisplayNumber.Replace("/", "_") + ".pdf", string.Format("ItemID={0}", tiDefault.ItemID));
|
|
chk.SetBackground(new Color(System.Drawing.Color.PeachPuff));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.MyContent.ContentRoUsageCount > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
RoUsageInfo ru = MyItemInfo.MyContent.ContentRoUsages[0];
|
|
// B2018-034 The following code previously used IParagraph rather than _IParagraph. See first Comment
|
|
foreach (Chunk chk in _IParagraph.Chunks)
|
|
{
|
|
if (ru.ROID.Substring(0, 4) != "FFFF")
|
|
{
|
|
chk.SetRemoteGoto("completeroreport.pdf", string.Format("ROID={0}", ru.ROID.Substring(0, 12).ToUpper()));
|
|
//Console.WriteLine("ROID={0},{1}", ru.ROID.Substring(0, 12).ToUpper(), chk.Content);
|
|
chk.SetBackground(new Color(System.Drawing.Color.LightGreen));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
StepConfig sc = new StepConfig(MyItemInfo.MyContent.Config);
|
|
DVEnhancedDocuments dveds = MyItemInfo.MyDocVersion.DocVersionConfig.MyEnhancedDocuments;
|
|
foreach (EnhancedDocument ed in sc.MyEnhancedDocuments)
|
|
{
|
|
DVEnhancedDocument dved = dveds.GetByType(ed.Type);
|
|
AddLinkToEnhancedDocument(cb, yLocation, ed.ItemID, dved.PdfToken, dved.PdfX);
|
|
}
|
|
// MyPageHelper.BottomContent = yLocation - Height;
|
|
//if (MyItemInfo.InList(39048)) Console.WriteLine("Here");
|
|
}
|
|
MyPageHelper.BottomContent = yLocation - (Height * MyPageHelper.YMultiplier);
|
|
retval = Rtf2Pdf.TextAt(cb, IParagraph, XOffset, yLocation, Width, 100, DebugInfo + string.Format(",YLines = {0}", YSize / SixLinesPerInch), yBottomMargin, MyItemInfo.ItemID); // C2018-004 ItemID for create meta file for baseline compares
|
|
ProfileTimer.Pop(profileDepth);
|
|
if (retval == 0) // problem occurred - paragraph was not able to be printed on page
|
|
{ // pagination logic needs to be fixed.
|
|
// oooooooooooo ooooooooo. o8o . o8o
|
|
// `888' `8 `888 `Y88. `"' .o8 `"'
|
|
// 888 .ooooo. oooo d8b .ooooo. .ooooo. 888 .d88' .oooo. .oooooooo oooo ooo. .oo. .oooo. .o888oo oooo .ooooo. ooo. .oo.
|
|
// 888oooo8 d88' `88b `888""8P d88' `"Y8 d88' `88b 888ooo88P' `P )88b 888' `88b `888 `888P"Y88b `P )88b 888 `888 d88' `88b `888P"Y88b
|
|
// 888 " 888 888 888 888 888ooo888 888 .oP"888 888 888 888 888 888 .oP"888 888 888 888 888 888 888
|
|
// 888 888 888 888 888 .o8 888 .o 888 d8( 888 `88bod8P' 888 888 888 d8( 888 888 . 888 888 888 888 888
|
|
// o888o `Y8bod8P' d888b `Y8bod8P' `Y8bod8P' o888o `Y888""8o `8oooooo. o888o o888o o888o `Y888""8o "888" o888o `Y8bod8P' o888o o888o
|
|
// d" YD
|
|
// "Y88888P'
|
|
ForcePagination(cb, ref yPageStart, yTopMargin, yBottomMargin, ref yLocation, ref retval);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsStepSection && MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvert && (MyItemInfo.ActiveSection as SectionInfo).HasInitials)
|
|
{
|
|
if (MyPageHelper.PrintInitials(cb, yLocation, (float)MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin))
|
|
{
|
|
//if(yLocation != yTopMargin)
|
|
// Console.WriteLine("'{0}',{1},'{2}',{3},{4},{5},{6}", MyItemInfo.MyProcedure.DisplayNumber, MyItemInfo.ItemID
|
|
// , MyItemInfo.DisplayNumber, yLocation,yTopMargin,MyItemInfo.HasCautionOrNote,MyPageHelper.CurrentPageNumber+1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
private static void AddLinkToEnhancedDocument(PdfContentByte cb, float yLocation, int itemID, String token, int xLocation)
|
|
{
|
|
ItemInfo ii = ItemInfo.Get(itemID);
|
|
string prefix = ii.MyDocVersion.DocVersionConfig.Print_PDFFilePrefix ?? "";
|
|
string suffix = ii.MyDocVersion.DocVersionConfig.Print_PDFFileSuffix ?? "";
|
|
ColumnText ct = new ColumnText(cb);
|
|
ct.SetSimpleColumn(xLocation, yLocation - 12, xLocation + 30, 12 + yLocation);
|
|
iTextSharp.text.Font font = FontFactory.GetFont("Arial", BaseFont.IDENTITY_H, BaseFont.EMBEDDED, 12);
|
|
Chunk chk = new Chunk(token);
|
|
chk.SetRemoteGoto(prefix + ii.MyProcedure.DisplayNumber.Replace("/", "_") + suffix + ".pdf", string.Format("ItemID={0}", itemID));
|
|
chk.SetBackground(new Color(System.Drawing.Color.LemonChiffon));
|
|
ct.AddElement(chk);
|
|
cb.SetColorFill(Color.BLUE);
|
|
ct.Go();
|
|
|
|
//foreach (Chunk chk in IParagraph.Chunks)
|
|
//{
|
|
// chk.SetRemoteGoto(ii.MyProcedure.DisplayNumber.Replace("/", "_") + ".pdf", string.Format("ItemID={0}",ii.ItemID));
|
|
// chk.SetBackground(new Color(System.Drawing.Color.LemonChiffon));
|
|
//}
|
|
}
|
|
private ItemInfo GetDefaultItemInfo(ItemInfo myItemInfo)
|
|
{
|
|
if (myItemInfo.IsProcedure && myItemInfo.Sections != null)
|
|
{
|
|
SectionInfo siProcedureSteps = null;
|
|
foreach (SectionInfo si in myItemInfo.Sections)
|
|
{
|
|
if (si.IsDefaultSection)
|
|
{
|
|
if (si.Steps != null) return si.Steps[0];
|
|
if (si.Sections != null) return si.Sections[0];
|
|
return si;
|
|
}
|
|
if (si.DisplayText.Contains("Procedure Step"))
|
|
siProcedureSteps = si;
|
|
}
|
|
if (siProcedureSteps != null)
|
|
{
|
|
if (siProcedureSteps.Steps != null) return siProcedureSteps.Steps[0];
|
|
if (siProcedureSteps.Sections != null) return siProcedureSteps.Sections[0];
|
|
return siProcedureSteps;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (myItemInfo.IsSection)
|
|
{
|
|
if (myItemInfo.Steps != null) return myItemInfo.Steps[0];
|
|
if (myItemInfo.Sections != null) return myItemInfo.Sections[0];
|
|
}
|
|
return myItemInfo;
|
|
}
|
|
private static bool _MissingInitials = false;
|
|
|
|
public static bool MissingInitials
|
|
{
|
|
get { return vlnParagraph._MissingInitials; }
|
|
set { vlnParagraph._MissingInitials = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
public static void TextAt(PdfContentByte cb, VlnSvgPageHelper myPageHelper, PageItem pi, float yloc, float leftMargin)
|
|
{
|
|
System.Drawing.Color sysColor = PrintOverride.OverrideSvgColor(System.Drawing.Color.Black);
|
|
cb.SaveState();
|
|
if (myPageHelper.PageListLayer != null) cb.BeginLayer(myPageHelper.PageListLayer);
|
|
ColumnText ct = new ColumnText(cb);
|
|
iTextSharp.text.Font font;
|
|
int fontStyle = 0;
|
|
bool underline = false;
|
|
if (pi == null) // The header for the signoffs is missing in the current section format.
|
|
// An Example can currently be found in Calvert OI-34
|
|
{
|
|
if (!MissingInitials) // Only show this once.
|
|
{
|
|
_MyLog.WarnFormat("Initials Header Missing" +
|
|
"\r\nInitials header missing for section {0}" +
|
|
"\r\nfrom format [{1}], {2}, subformat {3}" +
|
|
"\r\nA default Arial font and a default location will be used." +
|
|
"\r\nPerhaps another section format should be used.",
|
|
myPageHelper.MySection.ShortPath,
|
|
myPageHelper.MySection.ActiveFormat.Name,
|
|
myPageHelper.MySection.ActiveFormat.Description,
|
|
myPageHelper.MySection.MyDocStyle.Name);
|
|
MissingInitials = true;
|
|
}
|
|
ct.SetSimpleColumn(450 + leftMargin, yloc + 6.9F, 550 + leftMargin, yloc - 50);
|
|
font = FontFactory.GetFont("Arial", BaseFont.IDENTITY_H, BaseFont.EMBEDDED, 10F);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
ct.SetSimpleColumn((float)pi.Col + leftMargin, yloc + 6.9F, (float)pi.Col + 100 + leftMargin, yloc - 50);
|
|
fontStyle = (pi.Font.WindowsFont.Bold ? iTextSharp.text.Font.BOLD : 0) + (pi.Font.WindowsFont.Italic ? iTextSharp.text.Font.ITALIC : 0);
|
|
font = FontFactory.GetFont(pi.Font.Family, BaseFont.IDENTITY_H, BaseFont.EMBEDDED, (float)pi.Font.Size, fontStyle);
|
|
underline = pi.Font.WindowsFont.Underline;
|
|
}
|
|
Chunk chk = new Chunk("INITIALS", font);
|
|
if (underline)
|
|
chk.SetUnderline(new iTextSharp.text.Color(sysColor), 0, 0.05F, 0, -.131F, PdfContentByte.LINE_CAP_ROUND); // Relative Based upon font size
|
|
Phrase ph = new Phrase(chk);
|
|
ct.AddElement(ph);
|
|
cb.SetColorFill(new iTextSharp.text.Color(sysColor));
|
|
ct.Go();
|
|
if (myPageHelper.PageListLayer != null) cb.EndLayer();
|
|
cb.RestoreState();
|
|
}
|
|
private bool _PrintHeader = false;
|
|
public bool PrintHeader
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _PrintHeader; }
|
|
set { _PrintHeader = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
private static List<string> myAttributes = new List<string>();
|
|
private static void AddAttribute(string attr)
|
|
{
|
|
if (myAttributes.Contains(attr))
|
|
return;
|
|
//Console.WriteLine("Attribute = \"{0}\"", attr);
|
|
myAttributes.Add(attr);
|
|
}
|
|
private void CheckAttributes(System.Collections.Hashtable attributes)
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (string attr in attributes.Keys)
|
|
{
|
|
AddAttribute(attr);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private string FormattedText
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
bool subscript = false;
|
|
//if (_MyItemInfo.ItemID == 467)
|
|
// Console.Write("");
|
|
StringBuilder sb = new StringBuilder();
|
|
//if (IParagraph.Chunks.Count > 1)
|
|
// Console.WriteLine("{0} Chunks", IParagraph.Chunks.Count);
|
|
foreach (Chunk chk in IParagraph.Chunks)
|
|
{
|
|
string prefix = "";
|
|
string suffix = "";
|
|
CheckAttributes(chk.Attributes);
|
|
if (chk.Font.BaseFont != null && chk.Font.BaseFont.PostscriptFontName.ToUpper().Contains("BOLD"))
|
|
{
|
|
prefix += "\xD5";
|
|
suffix = "\xD6" + suffix;
|
|
}
|
|
if (chk.Attributes.ContainsKey("SUBSUPSCRIPT"))
|
|
{
|
|
float sup = (float)(chk.Attributes["SUBSUPSCRIPT"]);
|
|
if (sup > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
prefix += "\xA6";
|
|
suffix = "\xD1" + suffix;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (sup < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
prefix += "\xD1";
|
|
suffix = "\xA6" + suffix;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
if (chk.Attributes.ContainsKey("UNDERLINE"))
|
|
{
|
|
prefix += "\x16";
|
|
suffix = "\x16" + suffix; ;
|
|
}
|
|
sb.Append(prefix + chk.Content + suffix);
|
|
}
|
|
string retval = sb.ToString();
|
|
retval = retval.Replace("\xD1\xA6", "");// Remove Multiple Superscript commands in a row
|
|
retval = retval.Replace("\xA6\xD1", "");// Remove Multiple Superscript commands in a row
|
|
retval = retval.Replace("\xD6\xD5", "");
|
|
retval = retval.Replace("\xD6\x16\xD5", "\x16");
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private float _ImageScaler = 1F;
|
|
/// <summary>
|
|
/// Scaler used to adjust the Image Size on Sup Info (Facing Pages)
|
|
/// </summary>
|
|
public float ImageScaler
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _ImageScaler; }
|
|
set { _ImageScaler = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
//private bool _TextDebug = false; //true; this will turn on a writeline with debug in DrawText()
|
|
private float DrawFigure(PdfContentByte cb, float yBottomMargin, float yLocation, float yPageStart, float yTopMargin)
|
|
{
|
|
int profileDepth = ProfileTimer.Push("vlnParagraph.DrawFigure");
|
|
float retval = yLocation;
|
|
if (ImageText != null)
|
|
{
|
|
if (ImageText == "figure")
|
|
{
|
|
ImageConfig ic = new ImageConfig(MyItemInfo.MyContent.MyImage);
|
|
// B2016-277: add a try catch in case of there being 'bad' data in the text field for an image/figure
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
byte[] idata = (ic != null && ic.Image_DataSize > 0) ? ROImageInfo.Decompress(MyItemInfo.MyContent.MyImage.Data, ic.Image_DataSize) : MyItemInfo.MyContent.MyImage.Data;
|
|
MemoryStream ms = new MemoryStream(idata);
|
|
System.Drawing.Image img = System.Drawing.Image.FromStream(ms);
|
|
Width = img.Width;
|
|
Height = img.Height;
|
|
if (ic != null && ic.Image_Height != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
Width = ic.Image_Width;
|
|
Height = ic.Image_Height;
|
|
}
|
|
iTextSharp.text.Image it_image = iTextSharp.text.Image.GetInstance(idata);
|
|
// B2017-241 Adjust Bottom Message Location for the figure
|
|
MyPageHelper.BottomContent = yLocation - (Height * MyPageHelper.YMultiplier);
|
|
// B2017-112 Adjust Image Size by Scaler (Used for Facing Pages - Sup Info)
|
|
retval = Rtf2Pdf.FigureAt(cb, it_image, XOffset + MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CharsToTwips, yLocation, Width * MyPageHelper.YMultiplier * ImageScaler, Height * MyPageHelper.YMultiplier * ImageScaler, DebugInfo, yBottomMargin, !MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Type.Contains("Borderless"), MyItemInfo.ItemID); // C2018-004 added ItemID for create meta file for baseline compares
|
|
}
|
|
catch
|
|
{
|
|
retval += SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
string[] vals = ImageText.Split("\n".ToCharArray());
|
|
ProcedureInfo proc = MyItemInfo.MyProcedure;
|
|
DocVersionInfo dvi = proc.ActiveParent as DocVersionInfo;
|
|
ROFstInfo rofst = dvi.DocVersionAssociations[0].MyROFst;
|
|
ROImageInfo roImage = ROImageInfo.GetByROFstID_FileName(rofst.ROFstID, vals[0]);
|
|
if (roImage == null) roImage = rofst.GetROImageByFilename(vals[0], MyItemInfo);// need code to go and get an ROImaage if it exists
|
|
if (roImage != null)
|
|
{
|
|
ROImageConfig rc = new ROImageConfig(roImage);
|
|
int size = Convert.ToInt32(rc.Image_Size);
|
|
byte[] cnt = roImage.Content;
|
|
byte[] dcnt = ROImageInfo.Decompress(cnt, size);
|
|
iTextSharp.text.Image it_image = null;
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
it_image = iTextSharp.text.Image.GetInstance(dcnt);
|
|
}
|
|
catch
|
|
{
|
|
MemoryStream ms = new MemoryStream(dcnt);
|
|
System.Drawing.Bitmap bm = new System.Drawing.Bitmap(ms);
|
|
using (MemoryStream ms2 = new MemoryStream())
|
|
{
|
|
bm.Save(ms2, System.Drawing.Imaging.ImageFormat.Png);
|
|
ms2.Seek(0, SeekOrigin.Begin);
|
|
byte[] newdcnt = new byte[ms2.Length];
|
|
ms2.Read(newdcnt, 0, (int)ms2.Length);
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
it_image = iTextSharp.text.Image.GetInstance(newdcnt);
|
|
}
|
|
catch (Exception ex)
|
|
{
|
|
_MyLog.Error(string.Format("{0}", roImage.FileName), ex);
|
|
return yLocation;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
StepConfig sc = new StepConfig(MyItemInfo as StepInfo);
|
|
if (sc != null && sc.Step_ImageWidth != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
Width = sc.Step_ImageWidth;
|
|
Height = sc.Step_ImageHeight;
|
|
}
|
|
// B2017-241 Adjust Bottom Message Location for the figure
|
|
MyPageHelper.BottomContent = yLocation - (Height * MyPageHelper.YMultiplier);
|
|
retval = Rtf2Pdf.FigureAt(cb, it_image, XOffset + MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CharsToTwips, yLocation, Width * MyPageHelper.YMultiplier, Height * MyPageHelper.YMultiplier, DebugInfo, yBottomMargin, !MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Type.Contains("Borderless"), MyItemInfo.ItemID);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// The following code was added to fix B2016-219 (for VCS, the centerline drew through a figure). The 'top' value was taken from the code
|
|
// that draws the vlnBoxes (Caution/Note, etc)
|
|
// The adjustments, adjtop & adjbottom, were necessary to get the vertical centerline to meet up correctly with the top/bottom of the figure. These
|
|
// numbers were determined by trial and error.
|
|
|
|
// only add gap if centered, i.e. in 2 column mode & table is centered
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.ColumnMode > 0 && (!MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Type.Contains("AER") && !MyItemInfo.IsInRNO))
|
|
{
|
|
float top = CalculateYOffset(yPageStart, yTopMargin) - (7 * MyPageHelper.YMultiplier);
|
|
float adjtop = 0;
|
|
float adjbottom = 0;
|
|
if (MyPageHelper.YMultiplier == 1)
|
|
adjtop = -3;
|
|
else
|
|
adjbottom = -1;
|
|
MyPageHelper.MyGaps.Add(new Gap(top + adjtop, top - Height - Rtf2Pdf.Offset.Y + adjbottom));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
ProfileTimer.Pop(profileDepth);
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
private string DebugInfo
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
if (!Rtf2Pdf.PdfDebug) return "No Path";
|
|
int profileDepth = ProfileTimer.Push(">>>> vlnParagraph.DebugInfo");
|
|
string retval = string.Format("DebugID = {0}, ID={1} Type={2} TypeName='{3}' StepLevel={4} ShortPath={5} Width={6} Left={7} YOffset={8}",
|
|
DebugId, MyItemInfo.ItemID, MyItemInfo.FormatStepType, MyItemInfo.FormatStepData == null ? "NoStepData" : MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Type, MyItemInfo.StepLevel, MyItemInfo.ShortPath, Width, XOffset, YOffset);
|
|
ProfileTimer.Pop(profileDepth);
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private void ResetDocStyleAndValues(ref float yTopMargin, ref float yBottomMargin)
|
|
{
|
|
float _PointsPerPage = 792;
|
|
// if this document style has another style that is for pages other than first, we need to
|
|
// reset the document style off of this section AND reset docstyle values used.
|
|
// C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.ActiveSection != null && (MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Where & E_DocStyleUse.UseOnFirstPage) > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
ItemInfo ii = (ItemInfo)MyItemInfo.ActiveSection;
|
|
int indx = (int)MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyDocStyle.IndexOtherThanFirstPage;
|
|
bool reassignedDocStyle = false; // C2018-004 create meta file for baseline compares
|
|
foreach (DocStyle ds in ii.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.DocStyles.DocStyleList)
|
|
{
|
|
if (ds.Index == indx)
|
|
{
|
|
// C2018-004 create meta file for baseline compares
|
|
Volian.Base.Library.BaselineMetaFile.WriteLine("Reset DocStyle to \"{0}\"",ds.Name);
|
|
MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyDocStyle = ds;
|
|
MyPageHelper.MySection = MyItemInfo.ActiveSection as SectionInfo;
|
|
MyPageHelper.MySection.MyDocStyle = ds;
|
|
//MyPageHelper.ResetSvg(); this is done when MyPageHelper.MySection is assigned - no need to do again.
|
|
reassignedDocStyle = true; // C2018-004 create meta file for baseline compares
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
MyPageHelper.DidFirstPageDocStyle = true;
|
|
if (DebugPagination.IsOpen) DebugPagination.WriteLine("ResetDocStyleAndValues");
|
|
if (BaselineMetaFile.IsOpen) BaselineMetaFile.WriteLine("!! ResetDocStyleAndValues"); //C2018-015 add debug pagination to meta file
|
|
if (!reassignedDocStyle) // C2018-004 create meta file for baseline compares
|
|
MyPageHelper.MySection = (SectionInfo)MyItemInfo.ActiveSection;
|
|
yTopMargin = _PointsPerPage - (float)MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyDocStyle.Layout.TopMargin;
|
|
yBottomMargin = Math.Max(0, yTopMargin - (float)MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageLength);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (MyPageHelper.PrintedSectionPage > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
MyPageHelper.ResetSvg();
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.ActiveSection != null && (MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.DSS_PrintSectOnFirst) == E_DocStructStyle.DSS_PrintSectOnFirst)
|
|
{
|
|
yTopMargin = _PointsPerPage - (float)MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyDocStyle.Layout.TopMargin + MyPageHelper.PrintedSectionPage;
|
|
MyPageHelper.YTopMargin = yTopMargin;
|
|
yBottomMargin = Math.Max(0, _PointsPerPage - (float)MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyDocStyle.Layout.TopMargin - (float)MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageLength);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
private string GetSectCombinedTab(ItemInfo tmp)
|
|
{
|
|
ItemInfo itemInfo = tmp;
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsCautionOrNotePart) itemInfo = itemInfo.ActiveParent as ItemInfo; // if caution/note get to its associated step
|
|
itemInfo = itemInfo.ActiveParent as ItemInfo; // don't want this one in the combined tab, start at parent
|
|
// B2018-084: continue message had bullets in it that didn't have correct font. The message should not have had bullets at
|
|
// all - in the following line, there was an 'if' rather than a 'while' - go up parents until find the correct step type
|
|
// don't just go up 1 level.
|
|
while (!itemInfo.IsHigh && !itemInfo.IsSequential && !itemInfo.IsSection) itemInfo = itemInfo.ActiveParent as ItemInfo;
|
|
string prTab = "";
|
|
string thisTab = itemInfo.MyTab.CleanText.Trim();
|
|
if (!itemInfo.IsSection || itemInfo.IsSeparateSubsection)
|
|
{
|
|
ItemInfo mypar = itemInfo.MyParent;
|
|
while (mypar != null && !mypar.IsProcedure)
|
|
{
|
|
// The following check was added for BGE/OI34. Their APPENDIX sections had the subsections
|
|
// printing with incorrect tab in the SectionTitleContinued message. Before this
|
|
// fix the tabs were A.B Procedure (Continued) rather than B. Procedure (Continued).
|
|
// Unfortunately there was not enough time to make the 'if' statement based on config
|
|
// or format settings.
|
|
bool addTab = true;
|
|
if (mypar.IsSection && mypar.DisplayNumber.ToUpper().Contains("APPENDIX "))
|
|
{
|
|
SectionConfig sch = mypar.MyConfig as SectionConfig;
|
|
addTab = (sch == null || sch.Section_PrintHdr == "Y");// && !mypar.MyDocStyle.CancelSectTitle;
|
|
}
|
|
if (addTab)
|
|
{
|
|
string pTab = mypar.MyTab.CleanText.Trim();
|
|
if (pTab.Length > 0 && char.IsLetterOrDigit(pTab[0]))
|
|
{
|
|
pTab = pTab.TrimEnd(" .".ToCharArray()) + ".";
|
|
prTab = pTab + prTab;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// There' a bullet or some other graphics character.
|
|
// clear out the tab we are building so the we can build
|
|
// a continue tab up to this bullet or graphic character.
|
|
prTab = "";
|
|
thisTab = "";
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
mypar = (mypar.IsSection && !mypar.IsSeparateSubsection) ? null : mypar.MyParent;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return (prTab + thisTab.Trim()).TrimEnd(".".ToCharArray());
|
|
}
|
|
private static bool DoSubs = true; // flag whether to print substeps (don't if doing continued checklist header)
|
|
protected float _ContinueHeight = 0;
|
|
public virtual float ContinueHeight
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
int profileDepth = ProfileTimer.Push(">>>> vlnPrintObject.ContinueHeight");
|
|
if (_ContinueHeight == 0
|
|
&& MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Continue.Top.Message != null
|
|
&& MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Continue.Top.Message.Contains("%s")
|
|
&& MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Continue.Top.Message.ToUpper().EndsWith(" (Continued)".ToUpper()))
|
|
{
|
|
string suffix = MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Continue.Top.Message.Replace("%sR", "").Replace("%s", "");
|
|
_ContinueHeight = GetParagraphHeight(MyContentByte, IParagraph, suffix, Width);
|
|
}
|
|
ProfileTimer.Pop(profileDepth);
|
|
return _ContinueHeight;
|
|
}
|
|
set { _Height = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
// Check if the parent section has both an editable steps section and a sub-section
|
|
private bool ParentHasSectionAndSteps()
|
|
{
|
|
if (!MyItemInfo.ActiveParent.IsSection) return false;
|
|
SectionInfo parent = MyItemInfo.ActiveParent as SectionInfo;
|
|
bool hasSteps = false;
|
|
bool hasSections = false;
|
|
foreach(PartInfo pi in parent.MyContent.ContentParts)
|
|
{
|
|
if (pi.FromType == (int)E_FromType.Step && parent.SectionConfig.SubSection_Edit == "Y") hasSteps = true;
|
|
if (pi.FromType == (int)E_FromType.Section) hasSections = true;
|
|
}
|
|
return hasSteps && hasSections;
|
|
}
|
|
public override float ToPdf(PdfContentByte cb, float yPageStart, ref float yTopMargin, ref float yBottomMargin)
|
|
{
|
|
int profileDepth = ProfileTimer.Push(">>>> vlnParagraph.ToPdf");
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.Name.ToUpper().StartsWith("FNP") && MyItemInfo.IsSection && ParentHasSectionAndSteps())
|
|
MyPageHelper.BottomMessage.Clear(); // B2017-266 reset the END message on the sub-section
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsFootnote && Processed)
|
|
{
|
|
ProfileTimer.Pop(profileDepth);
|
|
return yPageStart;
|
|
}
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsInSupInfo) // if generating the pdf for supinfos (facing page) pdf, need a different cb to go to that file.
|
|
{
|
|
MyContentByte = cb;
|
|
MyPageHelper = null;
|
|
}
|
|
bool doThreeContinues = false;
|
|
// For BGE, the very first subsection's pagelist items were not correct - the section/meta section titles were
|
|
// at the wrong level. Reset the page helper's section.
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsStepSection)
|
|
{
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsSection && MyItemInfo.MyPrevious == null && MyItemInfo.MyParent.IsSection && !MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseWestinghouse)
|
|
{
|
|
// don't do the following for the WCN training format:
|
|
// if parent was continuous & this is separate, don't reset document style to subsection (next page) type
|
|
// this was putting incorrect pagelist item on parent section's page. This occurred in BGE/OI3 set/OI-7 procedure/10.0 Attachments.
|
|
// B2017-273 added a check for Farley format, we don't want the subsection pagelist infor to appear on the parent section page - works with Paginate() logic - (section has steps and a sub-section ex: FNP-2-EEP-0 Attachment 4)
|
|
if (!MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.WCNTraining && !MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.Name.ToUpper().StartsWith("FNP") && (MyParent.MyItemInfo as SectionInfo).IsSeparatePagination() || !(MyItemInfo as SectionInfo).IsSeparatePagination())
|
|
{
|
|
MyPageHelper.MySection = MyItemInfo as SectionInfo;
|
|
MyPageHelper.ResetSvg();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// For Calvert Alarms: A macro exists around the CONDITION/RESPONSE portion. If the page break occurs so that
|
|
// this 'table' moved to the following page AND there is an associated note/caution that is not on the next page,
|
|
// remove the macro so that the header macro doesn't print on the page with the note (without this, an extraneous
|
|
// header for the 'table'is printed.
|
|
if (PartsLeft.Count != 0 && (PartsLeft[0] is vlnMacro) && MyPageHelper.ParaBreaks.Count != 0 && MyPageHelper.ParaBreaks[0].MyItemInfo.MyPrevious == null)
|
|
if (!MyPageHelper.ParaBreaks[0].MyItemInfo.IsNote && !MyPageHelper.ParaBreaks[0].MyItemInfo.IsCaution)
|
|
{
|
|
// Only clear the header if it is the first child below
|
|
if (ChildrenBelow[0].MyItemInfo.ItemID == MyPageHelper.ParaBreaks[0].MyItemInfo.ItemID)
|
|
PartsLeft.Clear();
|
|
//else
|
|
// _MyLog.WarnFormat("Would Have Cleared PageHeader '{0}','{1}'", MyItemInfo.MyProcedure.DisplayNumber, MyItemInfo.MyHLS.DisplayText);
|
|
}
|
|
if (IsWordDocPara)
|
|
{
|
|
SectionInfo si = SectionInfo.Get(MyItemInfo.ItemID);
|
|
//Changing this caused Header issues for FNP FNP-1-FRP-1.3 Attachment 3 (Word Sub-Sections)
|
|
//SectionInfo si1 = MyItemInfo.GetSectionInfo();
|
|
//CompareSectionInfo(si, si1);
|
|
MyPromsPrinter.NewPage(true);
|
|
//_MyLog.InfoFormat("NewPage 9 {0}", cb.PdfWriter.CurrentPageNumber);
|
|
// Add Bookmark for Word Subsections
|
|
MyPageHelper.PageBookmarks.Add(si, ((si.DisplayNumber ?? "") == "" ? "" : si.DisplayNumber + " - ") + si.DisplayText, null);
|
|
MyPageHelper.MyPromsPrinter.CreateWordDocPdf(cb, si);
|
|
Processed = true;
|
|
{
|
|
ProfileTimer.Pop(profileDepth);
|
|
return yPageStart;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
float yLocalypagestart = yPageStart;
|
|
// yPageStart is offset into roll; YTopMost is offset of topmost of this paragraph.
|
|
float yLocation = yPageStart - YTopMost;
|
|
|
|
// If this document style has a pagelist item with a continue (some IP2BCK docstyles), clear
|
|
// out the variable that flags a continue message
|
|
MyPageHelper.OldTemplateContMsg = false;
|
|
|
|
if (DebugText.IsOpen) DebugText.WriteLine("ToPdf1:{0},'{1}',{2},{3},{4},{5}", MyItemInfo.ItemID, MyItemInfo.ShortPath, XOffset, yLocation, yPageStart, YTopMost);
|
|
int profileDepth1 = ProfileTimer.Push(">>>> vlnParagraph.Paginate");
|
|
int paginate = Paginate(yLocation, yTopMargin, yBottomMargin);
|
|
ProfileTimer.Pop(profileDepth1);
|
|
bool firstHighLevelStep = MyItemInfo.IsHigh && (MyItemInfo.MyPrevious == null);
|
|
bool doSectionTitleContinued = false; // will add " Continued" to the section title if format flag is set
|
|
DocStyle docstyle = null;
|
|
// If SAMG facing page print & doing first pass to generate page break list of supplemental info and
|
|
// there was a page break in the step section, but not an associated supinfo item, do the page break when the
|
|
// next supinfo item is found:
|
|
SectionInfo supInfoSect = MyItemInfo.ActiveSection as SectionInfo; // C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
if (MyPromsPrinter.SupInfoPrintType == E_SupInfoPrintType.DoPageBreaks && MyPromsPrinter.NeedSupInfoBreak && MyItemInfo.SupInfos != null && MyItemInfo.SupInfos.Count > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// if this has a caution/note with supinfo, that is id that needs to go in pagination list, unless it is in there.
|
|
int aboveSupinfoId = ChildrenAboveHaveSupInfo();
|
|
if (supInfoSect != null)
|
|
{
|
|
if (supInfoSect.StepSectPageBreaksForSupInfo.Contains(aboveSupinfoId)) aboveSupinfoId = -1;
|
|
supInfoSect.StepSectPageBreaksForSupInfo.Add(aboveSupinfoId != -1 ? aboveSupinfoId : MyItemInfo.SupInfos[0].ItemID);
|
|
}
|
|
MyPromsPrinter.NeedSupInfoBreak = false;
|
|
}
|
|
bool itemIsPrinted = false;
|
|
switch (paginate)
|
|
{
|
|
// .oooooo. .oooo.
|
|
// d8P' `Y8b d8P'`Y8b
|
|
// 888 .oooo. .oooo.o .ooooo. 888 888
|
|
// 888 `P )88b d88( "8 d88' `88b 888 888
|
|
// 888 .oP"888 `"Y88b. 888ooo888 888 888
|
|
// `88b ooo d8( 888 o. )88b 888 .o `88b d88'
|
|
// `Y8bood8P' `Y888""8o 8""888P' `Y8bod8P' `Y8bd8P'
|
|
case 0: // No page break
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsSection)
|
|
{
|
|
SectionInfo si = MyItemInfo as SectionInfo;
|
|
MyPageHelper.PageBookmarks.Add(MyItemInfo, ((si.DisplayNumber ?? "") == "" ? "" : si.DisplayNumber + " - ") + si.DisplayText, null);
|
|
DoCheckOffHeader(cb, MyItemInfo, yLocation, yTopMargin, yPageStart);
|
|
}
|
|
// SupInfo has its own pagination and ylocation handling, reset ypagestart & ylocation if continuing on current page.
|
|
// The value used was saved when the previous SupInfo step was printed.
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsSupInfoPart)
|
|
{
|
|
yPageStart = _yPageStartForSupInfo - SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
yLocation = yPageStart - YTopMost;
|
|
}
|
|
if (MyPromsPrinter.SupInfoPrintType == E_SupInfoPrintType.Merge)
|
|
{
|
|
// printing a procedure with section(s) that have supplemental information - determine facing page needed to be merged in. For
|
|
// case 0, it is typically at the beginning of the section since the page break occurred in the code that calls this.
|
|
// Note that if the procedure has any sections with supinfo, then the entire procedure will need facing pages, either blank page
|
|
// or supinfo steps.
|
|
// If the section title is printed, then need to get the facing page before the section title is printed and if
|
|
// this is the hls where the section title was printed, don't do the facing page.
|
|
bool titlePrinted = false;
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsSection || (MyItemInfo.IsHigh && MyItemInfo.MyPrevious == null))
|
|
{
|
|
// see if the section title is printed.
|
|
SectionConfig sch = MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyConfig as SectionConfig;
|
|
titlePrinted = (sch == null || sch.Section_PrintHdr == "Y") || !(MyItemInfo.MyActiveSection as SectionInfo).HasSupInfoSteps;
|
|
titlePrinted &= (ShowSectionTitles && !MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.CancelSectTitle);
|
|
}
|
|
// If this is first step section and there is no supinfo, the blank page was done in proms printer.
|
|
// If this is first step section and there is supinfo, it needs to be put out
|
|
bool notFirstOrFirstHasSupInfo = false;
|
|
bool firstSec = true;
|
|
foreach (SectionInfo sec in MyItemInfo.MyProcedure.Sections)
|
|
{
|
|
if (sec.IsStepSection)
|
|
{
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.ActiveSection != null && sec.ItemID == MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.ItemID) break; // C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
firstSec = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
notFirstOrFirstHasSupInfo = !firstSec || (MyItemInfo.ActiveSection != null && (MyItemInfo.ActiveSection as SectionInfo).HasSupInfoSteps); // C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
if (notFirstOrFirstHasSupInfo && ((MyItemInfo.IsHigh && MyItemInfo.MyPrevious == null && !titlePrinted) || (MyItemInfo.IsStepSection && titlePrinted)) && !MyItemInfo.IsInSupInfo && (MyItemInfo.MyProcedure as ProcedureInfo).ProcHasSupInfoData)
|
|
{
|
|
// If there is supplemental information to be printed on the facing page, then get the id that has supinfo
|
|
// so that it can be retrieved from the pdf for the supinfos for this section.
|
|
int sid = GetIdThatHasSupInfoItems(MyItemInfo, MyItemInfo.ItemID);
|
|
if (sid != -1)
|
|
{
|
|
MyPromsPrinter.DoSupInfoPage(cb, "TEMP", MyPageHelper.TextLayer, MyPageHelper, sid, true);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MyPromsPrinter.InsertBlankPage(cb);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsHigh && MyItemInfo.MyPrevious != null && ((MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.DoubleBoxHLS) == E_DocStructStyle.DoubleBoxHLS))
|
|
yPageStart -= SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
if (MyPageHelper.ParaBreaks.Count > 0 && MyPageHelper.ParaBreaks[0].CompressFirstPartOfStep)
|
|
MyPageHelper.YMultiplier = _SevenLinesPerInch / SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
if (CompressFoldout)
|
|
MyPageHelper.YMultiplier = _SevenLinesPerInch / SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
|
|
///else
|
|
/// MyPageHelper.YMultiplier = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
// .oooooo. .o
|
|
// d8P' `Y8b o888
|
|
//888 .oooo. .oooo.o .ooooo. 888
|
|
//888 `P )88b d88( "8 d88' `88b 888
|
|
//888 .oP"888 `"Y88b. 888ooo888 888
|
|
//`88b ooo d8( 888 o. )88b 888 .o 888
|
|
// `Y8bood8P' `Y888""8o 8""888P' `Y8bod8P' o888o
|
|
case 1: // Break on High Level Step
|
|
if (MyPromsPrinter.SupInfoPrintType == E_SupInfoPrintType.DoPageBreaks)
|
|
{
|
|
// page break here, determine if there is caution/note above where the page break actually needs to go:
|
|
int aboveSupinfoId = ChildrenAboveHaveSupInfo();
|
|
if (supInfoSect!=null && MyItemInfo.SupInfos != null && MyItemInfo.SupInfos.Count > 0 && aboveSupinfoId > 0) supInfoSect.StepSectPageBreaksForSupInfo.Add(aboveSupinfoId);
|
|
else if (supInfoSect != null && MyItemInfo.SupInfos != null && MyItemInfo.SupInfos.Count > 0) supInfoSect.StepSectPageBreaksForSupInfo.Add(MyItemInfo.SupInfos[0].ItemID);
|
|
else MyPromsPrinter.NeedSupInfoBreak = true;
|
|
if (supInfoSect!=null) supInfoSect.StepSectPageBreaks.Add(MyItemInfo.ItemID);
|
|
}
|
|
YTopMost = OutputOtherPageSteps(cb, YTopMost, yPageStart, yTopMargin, yBottomMargin);
|
|
docstyle = MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle;
|
|
if (MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotes != null && MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotes.Count > 0) MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotesYoffset = CalculateYLocation(yLocation, yTopMargin);
|
|
bool doSectionContinue = !MyItemInfo.IsSection && ((docstyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.BottomSectionContinue) == E_DocStructStyle.BottomSectionContinue);
|
|
if (doSectionContinue) DoBottomContinueMsg(cb, yBottomMargin, yLocation, docstyle, false);
|
|
MyPromsPrinter.NewPage();
|
|
//_MyLog.InfoFormat("NewPage 10 {0}", cb.PdfWriter.CurrentPageNumber);
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsSection && MyParent != null && MyParent.MyItemInfo.IsSection && (MyItemInfo as SectionInfo).IsSeparatePagination())
|
|
{
|
|
RefreshDocStyle();
|
|
yTopMargin = 792 - (float)MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyDocStyle.Layout.TopMargin; // C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
yBottomMargin = Math.Max(0, yTopMargin - (float)MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageLength); // C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
yPageStart = yTopMargin;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (MyItemInfo.IsSection || (MyItemInfo.IsHigh && MyItemInfo.MyPrevious != null)) //do not reset for 1st step
|
|
{
|
|
//Console.WriteLine("'b1',{0},'{1}',{2},{3},{4},{5},{6}", MyItemInfo.ItemID, MyItemInfo.ShortPath, yTopMargin, yPageStart, yLocation, YTopMost, YOffset);
|
|
ResetDocStyleAndValues(ref yTopMargin, ref yBottomMargin);
|
|
//Console.WriteLine("'a1',{0},'{1}',{2},{3},{4},{5},{6}", MyItemInfo.ItemID, MyItemInfo.ShortPath, yTopMargin, yPageStart, yLocation, YTopMost, YOffset);
|
|
}
|
|
DebugText.WriteLine("Paginate1");
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsSection)
|
|
{
|
|
SectionInfo si = MyItemInfo as SectionInfo;
|
|
MyPageHelper.PageBookmarks.Add(MyItemInfo, ((si.DisplayNumber ?? "") == "" ? "" : si.DisplayNumber + " - ") + si.DisplayText, null);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
// Only do foldout page if not done for section break, i.e. check the there's a previous step.
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.MyPrevious != null && MyItemInfo.FoldoutIndex() > -1)
|
|
MyPromsPrinter.DoFoldoutPage(cb, "HLS", MyPageHelper.TextLayer, MyPageHelper, MyItemInfo.FoldoutIndex(), false);
|
|
else if (PromsPrinter.MyFoldoutReader.Count > 0 && MyPageHelper.MyPromsPrinter.InsertBlankPages && (MyItemInfo.IsHigh && MyItemInfo.MyPrevious != null)) // B2018-108 if paginating on first step don't add blank page (it was already added at this point)
|
|
{
|
|
// insert a blank page if this step section had a foldout associated and the checkbox
|
|
// on the print dialog, to add blank pages, is checked AND the page did NOT have a
|
|
// preceeding foldout.
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.FoldoutIndex() <= -1)
|
|
{
|
|
MyPromsPrinter.InsertBlankPage(cb);
|
|
//_MyLog.InfoFormat("NewPage 10 blank {0}", cb.PdfWriter.CurrentPageNumber);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// See comments under case 0 explaining supinfo/facing page processing.
|
|
itemIsPrinted = IsPrintedStepItemForSupInfo();
|
|
if (MyPromsPrinter.SupInfoPrintType == E_SupInfoPrintType.Merge && !MyPageHelper.CreatingSupInfoPage && itemIsPrinted /*&& !MyItemInfo.IsSection*/ && !MyItemInfo.IsInSupInfo && (MyItemInfo.MyProcedure as ProcedureInfo).ProcHasSupInfoData)
|
|
{
|
|
int sid = GetIdThatHasSupInfoItems(MyItemInfo, MyItemInfo.ItemID);
|
|
if (sid != -1)
|
|
{
|
|
MyPromsPrinter.DoSupInfoPage(cb, "TEMP", MyPageHelper.TextLayer, MyPageHelper, sid, true);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MyPromsPrinter.InsertBlankPage(cb); // C2019-004: Allow user to define duplex blank page text
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.LandscapePageList)
|
|
{
|
|
System.Drawing.Drawing2D.Matrix myMatrix = new System.Drawing.Drawing2D.Matrix(0, 1, -1, 0, cb.PdfDocument.PageSize.Height, 0);
|
|
cb.Transform(myMatrix);
|
|
}
|
|
yPageStart = yTopMargin + YTopMost;
|
|
DoCheckOffHeader(cb, MyItemInfo, yLocation, yTopMargin, yPageStart);
|
|
SectionTopMessage(cb, yTopMargin, yLocation); // does wcntraining & suppinfo section title
|
|
if (MyPageHelper.CreatingSupInfoPage) yPageStart -= (2 * SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
if (doSectionContinue) DoTopContinueMsg(cb, ref yPageStart, yTopMargin, docstyle, null);
|
|
// If "ContinueSectionHeader" (format flag) is true then print the section title with "(Continued)" appended to it
|
|
if (!MyItemInfo.IsSection && MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.ContinueSectionHeader && (!MyItemInfo.IsSection || MyItemInfo.IsSeparateSubsection))
|
|
{
|
|
SectionConfig sch = MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyConfig as SectionConfig;
|
|
doSectionTitleContinued = (sch == null || sch.Section_PrintHdr == "Y") && !MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.CancelSectTitle;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (MyPageHelper.ParaBreaks.Count > 0 && MyPageHelper.ParaBreaks[0].CompressFirstPartOfStep)
|
|
MyPageHelper.YMultiplier = _SevenLinesPerInch / SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
else
|
|
MyPageHelper.YMultiplier = 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
// .oooooo. .oooo.
|
|
// d8P' `Y8b .dP""Y88b
|
|
// 888 .oooo. .oooo.o .ooooo. ]8P'
|
|
// 888 `P )88b d88( "8 d88' `88b .d8P'
|
|
// 888 .oP"888 `"Y88b. 888ooo888 .dP'
|
|
// `88b ooo d8( 888 o. )88b 888 .o .oP .o
|
|
// `Y8bood8P' `Y888""8o 8""888P' `Y8bod8P' 8888888888
|
|
case 2: // Break within a Step'
|
|
if (MyPromsPrinter.SupInfoPrintType == E_SupInfoPrintType.DoPageBreaks)
|
|
{
|
|
if (supInfoSect!=null&& MyItemInfo.SupInfos != null && MyItemInfo.SupInfos.Count > 0) supInfoSect.StepSectPageBreaksForSupInfo.Add(MyItemInfo.SupInfos[0].ItemID);
|
|
else MyPromsPrinter.NeedSupInfoBreak = true;
|
|
if (supInfoSect!=null) supInfoSect.StepSectPageBreaks.Add(MyItemInfo.ItemID);
|
|
}
|
|
YTopMost = OutputOtherPageSteps(cb, YTopMost, yPageStart, yTopMargin, yBottomMargin);
|
|
docstyle = MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle;
|
|
bool doAlarmBox = false;
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm)
|
|
{
|
|
{
|
|
// Recognize that the break occurred WITHIN the CONDITION/RESPONSE table.
|
|
// Otherwise, we get extraneous header/top of box lines in pdf.
|
|
if (MyPageHelper.AlarmYoffStart > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// if the first step in box is what broke to next page, then
|
|
// don't print the box on this page, only print it on next page:
|
|
doAlarmBox = true;
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.MyPrevious == null && MyParent.HasCalvertMacro)
|
|
MyPageHelper.AlarmYoffStart = 0;
|
|
else if (MyPageHelper.AlarmYoffEnd == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// doThreeContinues flags when continue messages are printed in the
|
|
// bottom of the CONDITION/RESPONSE table columns.
|
|
doThreeContinues = MyItemInfo.StepLevel > 1;
|
|
MyPageHelper.AlarmYoffEnd = CalculateYLocation(yLocation, yTopMargin);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (MyPageHelper.AlarmYoffEnd > 0)
|
|
doAlarmBox = false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotes != null && MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotes.Count > 0) MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotesYoffset = CalculateYLocation(yLocation, yTopMargin);
|
|
DoBottomContinueMsg(cb, yBottomMargin, yLocation, docstyle, doThreeContinues);
|
|
MyPromsPrinter.NewPage();
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsStep && (MyItemInfo.ActiveSection != null && ((MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.DSS_PageListSpBckgrnd) == E_DocStructStyle.DSS_PageListSpBckgrnd))) // C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
{
|
|
// check if parent (can be HLS, Caution or Note) has the UseOldTemplate. If so,
|
|
// flag that a continue message should be printed as part of a pagelist header (if pagelist
|
|
// has CM: page list item)
|
|
ItemInfo itm = MyItemInfo;
|
|
while (itm.IsStep && !itm.FormatStepData.UseOldTemplate) itm = itm.MyParent;
|
|
// don't put out continue if the page break item is the same as background step item (caution/note or hls)
|
|
if (itm.IsStep && itm.ItemID != MyItemInfo.ItemID)
|
|
{
|
|
MyPageHelper.OldTemplateContMsg = true;
|
|
MyPageHelper.ResetSvg();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
//_MyLog.InfoFormat("NewPage 11 {0}", cb.PdfWriter.CurrentPageNumber);
|
|
//Console.WriteLine("'b2',{0},'{1}',{2},{3},{4},{5},{6}", MyItemInfo.ItemID, MyItemInfo.ShortPath, yTopMargin, yPageStart, yLocation, YTopMost, YOffset);
|
|
ResetDocStyleAndValues(ref yTopMargin, ref yBottomMargin);
|
|
//Console.WriteLine("'a2',{0},'{1}',{2},{3},{4},{5},{6}", MyItemInfo.ItemID, MyItemInfo.ShortPath, yTopMargin, yPageStart, yLocation, YTopMost, YOffset);
|
|
|
|
DebugText.WriteLine("Paginate2");
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.MyHLS.FoldoutIndex() > -1)
|
|
MyPromsPrinter.DoFoldoutPage(cb, "Break within Step", MyPageHelper.TextLayer, MyPageHelper, MyItemInfo.MyHLS.FoldoutIndex(), false); // temporary foldout
|
|
else if (PromsPrinter.MyFoldoutReader.Count > 0 && MyPageHelper.MyPromsPrinter.InsertBlankPages)
|
|
{
|
|
MyPromsPrinter.InsertBlankPage(cb);
|
|
_MyLog.InfoFormat("NewPage Break within step blank {0}", cb.PdfWriter.CurrentPageNumber);
|
|
}
|
|
if (MyPromsPrinter.SupInfoPrintType == E_SupInfoPrintType.Merge && !MyPageHelper.CreatingSupInfoPage && !MyItemInfo.IsSection && !MyItemInfo.IsInSupInfo && (MyItemInfo.MyProcedure as ProcedureInfo).ProcHasSupInfoData)
|
|
{
|
|
int sid = GetIdThatHasSupInfoItems(MyItemInfo, MyItemInfo.ItemID);
|
|
if (sid != -1)
|
|
{
|
|
MyPromsPrinter.DoSupInfoPage(cb, "TEMP", MyPageHelper.TextLayer, MyPageHelper, sid, true);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MyPromsPrinter.InsertBlankPage(cb);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// if there is a 'container vlnbox' around the HLS, flag that the drawn box must also break:
|
|
if (MyHighLevelParagraph != null && MyHighLevelParagraph.PartsContainer != null && MyHighLevelParagraph.PartsContainer.Count > 0 &&
|
|
!((MyHighLevelParagraph.MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.DoubleBoxHLS) == E_DocStructStyle.DoubleBoxHLS))
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (vlnPrintObject vpo in MyHighLevelParagraph.PartsContainer)
|
|
{
|
|
vlnBox vb = vpo as vlnBox;
|
|
if (vb != null)
|
|
{
|
|
vb.ContainsPageBreak = true;
|
|
PartsContainer.Add(vb);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If there is a box, adjust the yTopMost to include it.
|
|
float yTopMost = YTopMost;
|
|
if ((MyItemInfo.IsCautionPart || MyItemInfo.IsNotePart) && MyParent.PartsAbove.Count > 0)
|
|
yTopMost = MyParent.PartsAbove[0].YOffset;
|
|
yTopMost = Math.Min(yTopMost, YVeryTop);
|
|
yPageStart = yTopMargin + yTopMost;// -2 * SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
DoCheckOffHeader(cb, MyItemInfo, yLocation, yTopMargin, yPageStart);
|
|
if (EmptyTopMostPart) yPageStart += SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
bool addExtraLines = false;
|
|
// If "ContinueSectionHeader" (format flag) is true then print the section title with "(Continued)" appended to it
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.ContinueSectionHeader)
|
|
{
|
|
// if this is calvert OI/STP, then also check that docstyle has a top continue message
|
|
// in the document style that includes 'Continued'
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvert)
|
|
{
|
|
string myMsg = MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Continue.Top.Message;
|
|
if (myMsg == null || myMsg == "")
|
|
{
|
|
// There is no message, but still need to check if there is a Section Title Continued message:
|
|
// This was added for BGE OI34 (if break was within step, no section title continue message was printed)
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.ContinueSectionHeader)
|
|
{
|
|
SectionConfig sch = MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyConfig as SectionConfig;
|
|
doSectionTitleContinued = (sch == null || sch.Section_PrintHdr == "Y") && !MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.CancelSectTitle;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
doSectionTitleContinued = false;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
SectionConfig sch = MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyConfig as SectionConfig;
|
|
doSectionTitleContinued = (sch == null || sch.Section_PrintHdr == "Y") && !MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.CancelSectTitle;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
SectionConfig sch = MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyConfig as SectionConfig;
|
|
doSectionTitleContinued = (sch == null || sch.Section_PrintHdr == "Y") && !MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.CancelSectTitle;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
addExtraLines = SectionTopMessage(cb, yTopMargin, yLocation); // this does wcntraining top section continue message and supplemental info message
|
|
if (MyPageHelper.CreatingSupInfoPage) yPageStart -= (2 * SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
if (!addExtraLines && (!doSectionTitleContinued || !SectionShowTitles))
|
|
addExtraLines = DoTopContinueMsg(cb, ref yPageStart, yTopMargin, docstyle, doThreeContinues && MyItemInfo.MyParent != null && MyItemInfo.MyParent.MyTab != null ? MyItemInfo.MyParent.MyTab.CleanText : null);
|
|
|
|
if (CompressPartOfStep)
|
|
{
|
|
MyPageHelper.YMultiplier = _SevenLinesPerInch / SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
CompressPartOfStep = false;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
MyPageHelper.YMultiplier = 1;
|
|
|
|
// For Calvert Alarms, if there was a page break and there is an box around the current
|
|
// step, need to add the header for the box, which is stored in a macro. Also set the
|
|
// 'AlarmYoffStart' value to where the vertical lines of the box start on this page.
|
|
if (doAlarmBox && MyItemInfo.StepLevel > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
float alrmY = CalculateYOffset(yPageStart, yTopMargin);
|
|
float macroY = addExtraLines ? YOffset - (6 * SixLinesPerInch) : YOffset - (4 * SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
PartsLeft.Add(new vlnMacro((float)docstyle.Layout.LeftMargin - 12, macroY, "H4"));
|
|
MyPageHelper.AlarmYoffStart = alrmY - SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
yPageStart -= (4 * SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
}
|
|
// For Calvert Alarms, if there is no box & this is top of page, if previous step
|
|
// had box (macro), adjust up page. The constructor (vlnParagraph), inserted these
|
|
// lines after the box so that the following text did not print right next to box.
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm)
|
|
{
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.MyPrevious != null && MyItemInfo.MyPrevious.TemplateIndex > 0 && MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.Templates[MyItemInfo.MyPrevious.TemplateIndex].hmacro > 0)
|
|
yPageStart += (3 * SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
}
|
|
// Now check if this is a template type step & if so, add the HLS's prefix/suffix to it.
|
|
// Since the entire checklist HLS (checklist table header) is printed as part of the
|
|
// continue, create a new paragraph to handle pagination and printing.
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.MyHLS != null && MyItemInfo.MyHLS.FormatStepData.UseSmartTemplate)
|
|
{
|
|
DoSubs = false;
|
|
vlnParagraph smartPara = new vlnParagraph(MyParent.MyParent, cb, MyItemInfo.MyHLS, MyParent.XOffset, yPageStart, 0, 0, MyParent.MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat, null, " (Continued)", 0, false, MyPromsPrinter);
|
|
smartPara.PrintHeader = true;
|
|
float mytmpfloat = smartPara.ParagraphToPdf(cb, yPageStart, yTopMargin, yBottomMargin);
|
|
yPageStart -= smartPara.Height;
|
|
DoSubs = true;
|
|
}
|
|
if (addExtraLines) yPageStart -= (2 * SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsRNOPart && MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.DoubleSpace && MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.SpaceDouble) yPageStart += SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
break;
|
|
// .oooooo. .oooo.
|
|
// d8P' `Y8b .dP""Y88b
|
|
// 888 .oooo. .oooo.o .ooooo. ]8P'
|
|
// 888 `P )88b d88( "8 d88' `88b <88b.
|
|
// 888 .oP"888 `"Y88b. 888ooo888 `88b.
|
|
// `88b ooo d8( 888 o. )88b 888 .o o. .88P
|
|
// `Y8bood8P' `Y888""8o 8""888P' `Y8bod8P' `8bd88P'
|
|
case 3: // Break on High Level Step (SevenLinesPerInch)
|
|
if (MyPromsPrinter.SupInfoPrintType == E_SupInfoPrintType.DoPageBreaks)
|
|
{
|
|
if (supInfoSect!=null && MyItemInfo.SupInfos != null && MyItemInfo.SupInfos.Count > 0) supInfoSect.StepSectPageBreaksForSupInfo.Add(MyItemInfo.SupInfos[0].ItemID);
|
|
else MyPromsPrinter.NeedSupInfoBreak = true;
|
|
if(supInfoSect!=null) supInfoSect.StepSectPageBreaks.Add(MyItemInfo.ItemID);
|
|
}
|
|
if (!firstHighLevelStep || (MyPromsPrinter.SupInfoPrintType == E_SupInfoPrintType.Merge && !MyPageHelper.CreatingSupInfoPage)) // B2017-229: Added supinfo print check to run facing page logic
|
|
{
|
|
YTopMost = OutputOtherPageSteps(cb, YTopMost, yPageStart, yTopMargin, yBottomMargin);
|
|
if (MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotes != null && MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotes.Count > 0) MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotesYoffset = CalculateYLocation(yLocation, yTopMargin);
|
|
MyPromsPrinter.NewPage(); // HLS (7 lpi) breakif (MyItemInfo.IsSection)
|
|
//_MyLog.InfoFormat("NewPage 12 {0}", cb.PdfWriter.CurrentPageNumber);
|
|
//Console.WriteLine("'b3',{0},'{1}',{2},{3},{4},{5},{6}", MyItemInfo.ItemID, MyItemInfo.ShortPath, yTopMargin, yPageStart, yLocation, YTopMost, YOffset);
|
|
ResetDocStyleAndValues(ref yTopMargin, ref yBottomMargin);
|
|
//Console.WriteLine("'a3',{0},'{1}',{2},{3},{4},{5},{6}", MyItemInfo.ItemID, MyItemInfo.ShortPath, yTopMargin, yPageStart, yLocation, YTopMost, YOffset);
|
|
DebugText.WriteLine("Paginate3");
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsSection)
|
|
{
|
|
SectionInfo si = MyItemInfo as SectionInfo;
|
|
MyPageHelper.PageBookmarks.Add(MyItemInfo, ((si.DisplayNumber ?? "") == "" ? "" : si.DisplayNumber + " - ") + si.DisplayText, null);
|
|
}
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.FoldoutIndex() > -1)
|
|
MyPromsPrinter.DoFoldoutPage(cb, "HLS (7 lpi) break", MyPageHelper.TextLayer, MyPageHelper, MyItemInfo.FoldoutIndex(), false);
|
|
else if (PromsPrinter.MyFoldoutReader.Count > 0 && MyPageHelper.MyPromsPrinter.InsertBlankPages)
|
|
{
|
|
// insert a blank page if this step section had a foldout associated and the checkbox
|
|
// on the print dialog, to add blank pages, is checked
|
|
MyPromsPrinter.InsertBlankPage(cb);
|
|
//_MyLog.InfoFormat("NewPage 12 lpi blank {0}", cb.PdfWriter.CurrentPageNumber);
|
|
}
|
|
// See comments under case 0 explaining supinfo/facing page processing.
|
|
itemIsPrinted = IsPrintedStepItemForSupInfo();
|
|
if (MyPromsPrinter.SupInfoPrintType == E_SupInfoPrintType.Merge && !MyPageHelper.CreatingSupInfoPage && itemIsPrinted /*&& !MyItemInfo.IsSection */ && !MyItemInfo.IsInSupInfo && (MyItemInfo.MyProcedure as ProcedureInfo).ProcHasSupInfoData)
|
|
{
|
|
int sid = GetIdThatHasSupInfoItems(MyItemInfo, MyItemInfo.ItemID);
|
|
if (sid != -1)
|
|
{
|
|
MyPromsPrinter.DoSupInfoPage(cb, "TEMP", MyPageHelper.TextLayer, MyPageHelper, sid, true);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MyPromsPrinter.InsertBlankPage(cb);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.LandscapePageList)
|
|
{
|
|
System.Drawing.Drawing2D.Matrix myMatrix = new System.Drawing.Drawing2D.Matrix(0, 1, -1, 0, cb.PdfDocument.PageSize.Height, 0);
|
|
cb.Transform(myMatrix);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If "ContinueSectionHeader" (format flag) is true then print the section title with "(Continued)" appended to it
|
|
if (!MyItemInfo.IsSection && MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.ContinueSectionHeader)
|
|
{
|
|
SectionConfig sch = MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyConfig as SectionConfig;
|
|
doSectionTitleContinued = (sch == null || sch.Section_PrintHdr == "Y") && !MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.CancelSectTitle;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// if printing the section title, we already have the y location (note that only do this for the
|
|
// first step in the section.
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.MyPrevious == null && MyItemInfo.MyParent != null && MyItemInfo.MyParent.IsStepSection &&
|
|
ShowSectionTitles
|
|
&& !MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.CancelSectTitle
|
|
&& !MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.SpecialStepsFoldout)
|
|
yPageStart = yPageStart;
|
|
else
|
|
yPageStart = yTopMargin + YTopMost;
|
|
MyPageHelper.YMultiplier = _SevenLinesPerInch / SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
DoCheckOffHeader(cb, MyItemInfo, yLocation, yTopMargin, yPageStart);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
// If "doSectionTitleContinued" is true then print the section title with "(Continued)" appended to it
|
|
// format must have ContinueSectinHeader format flag set to true
|
|
if (doSectionTitleContinued)
|
|
{
|
|
vlnParagraph sectContPara;
|
|
string contMsg = (MyItemInfo.ActiveSection != null) ? MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyDocStyle.Continue.SectionTitle.AppendToTitle : ""; // C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
// For Calvert, the xoffset will be the highest level sections xoffset (there are metasections,
|
|
// don't use their xoffset or the continue message is indented too much)
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvert)
|
|
{
|
|
float secContinueTabXoff = (float)MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin;
|
|
float secContinueXoff = 0f;
|
|
float secContinueTabWidth = 0f;
|
|
vlnParagraph fndTopSect = this;
|
|
while (fndTopSect.MyParent != null)
|
|
{
|
|
fndTopSect = fndTopSect.MyParent;
|
|
}
|
|
if (fndTopSect != null && fndTopSect.MyTab != null)
|
|
{
|
|
secContinueTabXoff = fndTopSect.MyTab.XOffset;
|
|
secContinueTabWidth = fndTopSect.MyTab.Width;
|
|
secContinueXoff = fndTopSect.XOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
// get to the correct section for the message, i.e. if on a section, the message should be the parent
|
|
// section (not the activesection which is myself); if on a step, the message should be the active section
|
|
ItemInfo sectForCont = MyItemInfo.IsSection && MyItemInfo.MyParent.IsSection ? MyItemInfo.MyParent : MyItemInfo.ActiveSection;
|
|
sectContPara = new vlnParagraph(MyParent.MyParent, cb, sectForCont, MyParent.XOffset, 0, 0, 0, MyParent.MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat, null, (contMsg == null || contMsg == "") ? " (Continued)" : contMsg, 0, false, MyPromsPrinter);
|
|
if (sectContPara.PartsLeft.Count > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
vlnTab vt = sectContPara.MyTab;
|
|
string ctab = GetSectCombinedTab(MyItemInfo);
|
|
vt.Rtf = GetRtf(ctab, vt.MyFont);
|
|
float wd = vt.GetTextWidth(vt.MyFont, ctab);
|
|
vt.XOffset = secContinueTabXoff;
|
|
vt.Width = secContinueXoff - secContinueTabXoff;
|
|
sectContPara.XOffset = secContinueXoff;
|
|
if ((wd + 12) > secContinueXoff - secContinueTabXoff) // 12 is 2 characters
|
|
{
|
|
float dif = wd + 12 - (secContinueXoff - secContinueTabXoff);
|
|
vt.Width += dif;
|
|
sectContPara.XOffset += dif;
|
|
sectContPara.Width -= dif;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
float mytmpfloat = sectContPara.ParagraphToPdf(cb, yTopMargin, yTopMargin, yBottomMargin);
|
|
if (sectContPara.SectionContinuePrinted)
|
|
yPageStart -= sectContPara.Height + SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
sectContPara = new vlnParagraph(MyParent.MyParent, cb, MyItemInfo.ActiveSection, MyParent.XOffset, 0, 0, 0, MyParent.MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat, null, (contMsg == null || contMsg == "") ? " (Continued)" : contMsg, 0, false, MyPromsPrinter);
|
|
float mytmpfloat = sectContPara.ParagraphToPdf(cb, yTopMargin, yTopMargin, yBottomMargin);
|
|
if (sectContPara.SectionContinuePrinted)
|
|
yPageStart -= sectContPara.Height + SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// see if this hls has footnotes, add to the footnote datastructure for processing at end of page.
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsHigh && MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotesHLS.ContainsKey(MyItemInfo.ItemID)) AddFootNote(cb);
|
|
|
|
yPageStart = ChildrenAbove.ToPdf(cb, yPageStart, ref yTopMargin, ref yBottomMargin);
|
|
// B2017-122: if doing supinfo pagebreaks, if there should be a break on a step (not hls) that has a caution/note do it here:
|
|
if (!MyItemInfo.IsHigh && ChildrenAbove != null && ChildrenAbove.Count > 0 && MyPromsPrinter.SupInfoPrintType == E_SupInfoPrintType.DoPageBreaks && MyPromsPrinter.NeedSupInfoBreak && MyItemInfo.SupInfos != null && MyItemInfo.SupInfos.Count > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// if this has a caution/note with supinfo, that is id that needs to go in pagination list, unless it is in there.
|
|
int aboveSupinfoId = ChildrenAboveHaveSupInfo();
|
|
if (supInfoSect != null)
|
|
{
|
|
if (supInfoSect.StepSectPageBreaksForSupInfo.Contains(aboveSupinfoId)) aboveSupinfoId = -1;
|
|
supInfoSect.StepSectPageBreaksForSupInfo.Add(MyItemInfo.SupInfos[0].ItemID);
|
|
}
|
|
MyPromsPrinter.NeedSupInfoBreak = false;
|
|
}
|
|
yPageStart = ChildrenLeft.ToPdf(cb, yPageStart, ref yTopMargin, ref yBottomMargin);
|
|
|
|
// Handle the PageBreakOnStep flag for a HLS. This will put out the page break right before
|
|
// a HLS. One example of this use is for backgrounds (CALBCK).
|
|
// 'this' below is a highlevel step, and the only time that ParaBreaks[0] will == 'this' is
|
|
// when the PageBreakOnStep flag is true.
|
|
if (MyPageHelper.ParaBreaks != null && MyPageHelper.ParaBreaks.Count > 0 &&
|
|
MyPageHelper.ParaBreaks[0] == this && this.MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.PageBreakOnStep)// B2017-224 Top Continue Messages Add check for PageBreakOnStep 9/26/2017 Ginna SAMGs SAG-8 Step 4
|
|
{
|
|
ShowPageBreak(1, CheckForCompression("PageBreakOnStep/Caution/Note HLS"), "Yes", YTop - YBottomMost, yTopMargin - yBottomMargin, yTopMargin - yBottomMargin, false);
|
|
YTopMost = OutputOtherPageSteps(cb, YTopMost, yPageStart, yTopMargin, yBottomMargin);
|
|
MyPageHelper.BottomMessage.Clear();
|
|
MyPageHelper.TopMessage = null;
|
|
MyPromsPrinter.NewPage();
|
|
if (CompressPartOfStep)
|
|
{
|
|
MyPageHelper.YMultiplier = _SevenLinesPerInch / SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
CompressPartOfStep = false;
|
|
}
|
|
MyPageHelper.ParaBreaks.RemoveAt(0);
|
|
yPageStart = yTopMargin + YTop;
|
|
}
|
|
// The following sets the beginning/ending y location for the lines around the
|
|
// CONDITION/RESPONSE text for Calvert Alarm format
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm)
|
|
{
|
|
int tindx = MyItemInfo.TemplateIndex;
|
|
if (tindx >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// save this position to start drawing the alarm box lines around substeps:
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.Templates[MyItemInfo.TemplateIndex].row > 0)
|
|
MyPageHelper.AlarmYoffStart = CalculateYOffset(yPageStart, yTopMargin) - SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
else if (MyPageHelper.AlarmYoffStart > 0 && MyPageHelper.AlarmYoffEnd == 0)
|
|
MyPageHelper.AlarmYoffEnd = CalculateYOffset(yPageStart, yTopMargin) + (2 * SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
int profileDepth2 = ProfileTimer.Push(">>>> vlnParagraph.ParagraphToPdf");
|
|
yPageStart = ParagraphToPdf(cb, yPageStart, yTopMargin, yBottomMargin);
|
|
ProfileTimer.Pop(profileDepth2);
|
|
// If the yPageStart changes by more than a small amount (pagination) in the RNO (right column), then update
|
|
// yPageStart for the AER (left column).
|
|
float yPageStartRNO = ChildrenRight.ToPdf(cb, yPageStart, ref yTopMargin, ref yBottomMargin);
|
|
if (yPageStartRNO - yPageStart > 24) // 24 is two lines
|
|
yPageStart = yPageStartRNO;
|
|
yPageStart = ChildrenBelow.ToPdf(cb, yPageStart, ref yTopMargin, ref yBottomMargin);
|
|
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsHigh && MyItemInfo.NextItem == null) // last hls, add the 'end' message, if there is one
|
|
{
|
|
docstyle = MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle;
|
|
// if the EndForSingle format flag is set to false, then we do not print an End message if the section
|
|
// is a single column section.
|
|
//bool _skipEndMessage = MyPageHelper.MySection.SectionConfig.Section_ColumnMode == SectionConfig.SectionColumnMode.One && !MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.EndForSingle;
|
|
SectionInfo si = MyItemInfo.ActiveSection as SectionInfo; // C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
// B2017-201 if si is null we need to get it via the ItemID
|
|
if (si == null)
|
|
si = SectionInfo.Get(MyItemInfo.MyActiveSection.ItemID); // MyActiveSection does not try to resolve anything - ActiveSection is call above and will resolve and set MyActiveSection
|
|
bool _skipEndMessage = (si == null ||si.SectionConfig.Section_ColumnMode == SectionConfig.SectionColumnMode.One) && !MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.EndForSingle;
|
|
bool _lastSect = true;
|
|
if (si != null && si.MyActiveParent.IsSection) // is this meta/subsection. Only put end message out on last section
|
|
{
|
|
ItemInfo mysect = si as ItemInfo;
|
|
if (mysect.NextItem != null && !docstyle.End.EndMessageOnEachSubSection) _lastSect = false;
|
|
}
|
|
string myMsg = (docstyle.End == null) ? null : docstyle.End.FixedMessage;
|
|
if (myMsg != null && !_skipEndMessage && _lastSect)
|
|
{
|
|
// If the flag is 0 or 1, just put the end message out right below this vlnParagraph:
|
|
float msg_yLocation = CalculateYLocation(yPageStart - YBottomMost, yTopMargin);
|
|
//if (MyPageHelper.YMultiplier < 1)
|
|
// msg_yLocation += 4;// Robinson - if the page is compressed, we need this adjustment.
|
|
|
|
// the following is for IP3 - it was commented out so that an update could be put on
|
|
// before this was tested.
|
|
// if end message has {par}, remove these but add a line for each.
|
|
//int parindx = myMsg.IndexOf("{par}");
|
|
//bool foundpar = false;
|
|
//while (parindx > -1)
|
|
//{
|
|
// foundpar = true;
|
|
// msg_yLocation += SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
// parindx = myMsg.IndexOf("{par}", parindx + 1);
|
|
//}
|
|
//if (foundpar) myMsg = myMsg.Replace("{par}", "");
|
|
// use the 'flag' to position the message.
|
|
if (docstyle.End.Flag > 2) // >2 position at an absolute location defined by docstyle.End.Flag.
|
|
{
|
|
msg_yLocation = yTopMargin - (float)(docstyle.End.Flag * SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
}
|
|
float adjMsgY = 0;
|
|
if (docstyle.End.Flag < 0) // Adjust this many lines down the page.
|
|
{
|
|
adjMsgY = (float)(-docstyle.End.Flag * SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
if (msg_yLocation - adjMsgY > docstyle.Layout.FooterLength) msg_yLocation = msg_yLocation - adjMsgY;
|
|
}
|
|
if (myMsg.Contains("{Section Number}")) myMsg = myMsg.Replace("{Section Number}", MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.DisplayNumber);
|
|
//jcb code
|
|
//if (myMsg.Contains("%-8s"))
|
|
// myMsg = myMsg.Replace("%-8s", MyItemInfo.MyProcedure.DisplayNumber.PadRight(8));
|
|
if (myMsg.Contains("%-12s"))
|
|
myMsg = myMsg.Replace("%-12s", MyItemInfo.MyProcedure.DisplayNumber.PadRight(12));
|
|
float xpos = 0;
|
|
if (yTopMargin - docstyle.Layout.PageLength >= msg_yLocation && docstyle.End.Message != null && docstyle.End.Message != "" && docstyle.End.Flag <= 2)
|
|
{
|
|
// B2018-037: adjust location of end message to bottom of page if it is too low. This occurs when data just doesn't
|
|
// fit on the page, but will locate end message at a more reasonable location.
|
|
msg_yLocation = (float)yTopMargin - (float)docstyle.Layout.PageLength;
|
|
_MyLog.WarnFormat("End Message LOW on page: {0}, {1}, {2}, Page {3}", msg_yLocation, MyItemInfo.ItemID, MyItemInfo.ShortPath, MyPageHelper.CurrentPageNumber + 1);
|
|
}
|
|
if ((docstyle.End.Margin ?? 0) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
xpos = (float)docstyle.Layout.LeftMargin + (float)docstyle.End.Margin;
|
|
MyPageHelper.BottomMessage.Add(new vlnText(cb, this, myMsg, myMsg, xpos, msg_yLocation, docstyle.End.Font));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{ // Center the bottom message
|
|
float wtpm = (float)docstyle.Layout.PageWidth - (float)docstyle.Layout.LeftMargin;
|
|
xpos = XOffsetBox + (float)docstyle.Layout.LeftMargin + (wtpm - (myMsg.Length * MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CharsToTwips)) / 2;
|
|
xpos = Math.Max(xpos, XOffsetBox + (float)docstyle.Layout.LeftMargin);
|
|
vlnText vttmp = new vlnText(cb, this, myMsg, myMsg, xpos, msg_yLocation, docstyle.End.Font);
|
|
MyPageHelper.BottomMessage.Add(vttmp);
|
|
MyPageHelper.MyGaps.Add(new Gap(msg_yLocation, msg_yLocation - vttmp.Height));
|
|
yPageStart -= (vttmp.Height + adjMsgY);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (yLocalypagestart != yPageStart) DebugText.WriteLine("ToPdf-yPagestartDiff:{0},{1},{2},{3}", MyPageHelper.MyPdfContentByte.PdfWriter.CurrentPageNumber, MyItemInfo.ItemID, yLocalypagestart, yPageStart);
|
|
|
|
// if doing NotesToFootnotes (Calvert valve list format), get the bottom location so that
|
|
// footnotes will be printed after last text on page. This is used for the end of the section.
|
|
// Pages that broke within pagination logic above had footnote location set during pagination code.
|
|
if (MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotes != null && MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotes.Count > 0)
|
|
MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotesYoffset = CalculateYLocation(yPageStart - YBottomMost, yTopMargin);
|
|
ProfileTimer.Pop(profileDepth);
|
|
return yPageStart;
|
|
}
|
|
private bool IsPrintedStepItemForSupInfo()
|
|
{
|
|
bool printedMySectTitle = true;
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsSection)
|
|
{
|
|
// see if the section title is printed.
|
|
SectionConfig sch = (MyItemInfo.ActiveSection != null) ? MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyConfig as SectionConfig : null; // C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
printedMySectTitle = (sch == null || sch.Section_PrintHdr == "Y") || !(MyItemInfo.ActiveSection as SectionInfo).HasSupInfoSteps;
|
|
printedMySectTitle &= (ShowSectionTitles && !MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.CancelSectTitle);
|
|
}
|
|
return printedMySectTitle;
|
|
}
|
|
private int ChildrenAboveHaveSupInfo()
|
|
{
|
|
if (ChildrenAbove == null || ChildrenAbove.Count < 1) return -1;
|
|
foreach (vlnParagraph p in ChildrenAbove)
|
|
{
|
|
if (p.MyItemInfo.SupInfos != null && p.MyItemInfo.SupInfos.Count > 0) return p.MyItemInfo.SupInfos[0].ItemID;
|
|
}
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
// Find the step that has supplemental information from this step down page until a preferred page break is found
|
|
// or a regular page break.
|
|
// It is used to determine whether there is a supinfo facing page or if there should be a blank page.
|
|
private bool FoundStepPageBreak = false;
|
|
private int GetIdThatHasSupInfoItems(ItemInfo ii, int startid)
|
|
{
|
|
if (ii == null) return -1;
|
|
FoundStepPageBreak = false;
|
|
// if this item has supinfo, return its id
|
|
if (ii.SupInfos != null && ii.SupInfos.Count > 0) return ii.SupInfos[0].ItemID;
|
|
|
|
// see if any substeps of this item have supinfo, and if so, return the substep's id
|
|
int id = GetSubThatHasSupInfoItems(ii, startid);
|
|
if (id != -1) return id;
|
|
if (FoundStepPageBreak) return -1; // Set in GetSubThatHasSupInfoItems
|
|
|
|
// Now go to the next item, check if it or any of its substeps have supinfo, and if so, return the id
|
|
ItemInfo sib = ii.NextItem;
|
|
id = GetIdThatHasSupInfoItemsSibNext(sib, startid);
|
|
if (id != -1) return id;
|
|
if (FoundStepPageBreak) return -1; // Set in GetIdThatHasSupInfoItemsSibNext
|
|
|
|
// B2017-122: if this is a note or caution off substep, check if substep has supinfo:
|
|
if ((ii.IsNote || ii.IsCaution) && !ii.MyParent.IsHigh)
|
|
{
|
|
if (ii.MyParent.SupInfos != null && ii.MyParent.SupInfos.Count > 0) return ii.MyParent.SupInfos[0].ItemID;
|
|
int sbfromNC = GetSubThatHasSupInfoItems(ii.MyParent, startid);
|
|
if (sbfromNC != -1) return sbfromNC;
|
|
if (FoundStepPageBreak) return -1; // Set in GetSubThatHasSupInfoItems
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Go to the parent, and find its next and check if it or any of its substeps or next steps or any of their substeps have supinfo,
|
|
// and if so, return the id.
|
|
ItemInfo par = ii.MyParent;
|
|
ItemInfo parsnxt = par.GetNext();
|
|
if (!par.IsSection && parsnxt != null)
|
|
{
|
|
par = parsnxt;
|
|
while (par != null && !par.IsSection)
|
|
{
|
|
id = GetIdThatHasSupInfoItemsSibNext(par, startid);
|
|
if (id != -1) return id;
|
|
par = par.MyParent;
|
|
ItemInfo sparsnxt = par.GetNext();
|
|
if (!par.IsSection && sparsnxt != null) par = sparsnxt;
|
|
else return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private int GetIdThatHasSupInfoItemsSibNext(ItemInfo ii, int startid)
|
|
{
|
|
int id = -1;
|
|
while (ii != null)
|
|
{
|
|
SectionInfo supInfoSect = ii.ActiveSection as SectionInfo;
|
|
// B2017-193 Error occured when a section in the MRU was being loaded as an iteminfo
|
|
if (supInfoSect == null) supInfoSect = SectionInfo.Get(ii.ActiveSection.ItemID);
|
|
// if there is a pagebreak on this step section step, quit looking for supinfos. The
|
|
// break has to occur here.
|
|
if (supInfoSect.StepSectPageBreaks.Contains(ii.ItemID))
|
|
{
|
|
FoundStepPageBreak = true;
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
if (ii.SupInfos != null && ii.SupInfos.Count > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// check if this is in the list of page breaks for supinfos, if not it may have one of its cautions/notes rather than its id:
|
|
if (!supInfoSect.StepSectPageBreaksForSupInfo.Contains(ii.SupInfos[0].ItemID))
|
|
{
|
|
if (ii.Cautions != null)
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (ItemInfo caution in ii.Cautions)
|
|
if (caution.SupInfos != null && caution.SupInfos.Count > 0 && supInfoSect.StepSectPageBreaksForSupInfo.Contains(caution.SupInfos[0].ItemID)) return caution.SupInfos[0].ItemID;
|
|
}
|
|
if (ii.Notes != null)
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (ItemInfo note in ii.Notes)
|
|
if (note.SupInfos != null && note.SupInfos.Count > 0 && supInfoSect.StepSectPageBreaksForSupInfo.Contains(note.SupInfos[0].ItemID)) return note.SupInfos[0].ItemID;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return ii.SupInfos[0].ItemID;
|
|
}
|
|
id = GetSubThatHasSupInfoItems(ii, startid);
|
|
if (id == -2) return -1;
|
|
if (id != -1) return id;
|
|
ii = ii.NextItem;
|
|
}
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
private int GetSubThatHasSupInfoItems(ItemInfo ii, int startid)
|
|
{
|
|
if (ii.MyContent.ContentParts != null)
|
|
{
|
|
SectionInfo supInfoSect = ii.ActiveSection as SectionInfo;
|
|
if (supInfoSect == null) supInfoSect = SectionInfo.Get(ii.ActiveSection.ItemID);
|
|
foreach (PartInfo pi in ii.MyContent.ContentParts)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((E_FromType)pi.FromType != E_FromType.SupInfo)
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (ItemInfo iic in pi.MyItems)
|
|
{
|
|
// B2018-021: added code to be sure that check isn't on current step, i.e. startid != iic.ItemID &
|
|
// flag when the following page break is found so the next supplemental information page isn't printed
|
|
// on a step where the step is on the following page from the one we are looking for.
|
|
if (startid != iic.ItemID)
|
|
{
|
|
if (supInfoSect.StepSectPageBreaks.Contains(iic.ItemID))
|
|
{
|
|
FoundStepPageBreak = true;
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
if (iic.SupInfos != null && iic.SupInfos.Count > 0) return iic.SupInfos[0].ItemID;
|
|
int id = GetSubThatHasSupInfoItems(iic, startid);
|
|
if (id != -1) return id;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
private float GetSectionTopMessageSize()
|
|
{
|
|
// B2016-134: Account for wcntraining section top continue if item has container
|
|
float retval = 0;
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.SectTop != null && MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.SectTop.Message != null)
|
|
{
|
|
if (PartsContainer != null && PartsContainer.Count > 0) retval = SixLinesPerInch * 1;
|
|
}
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
// For WCNTRN (Wolf Creek Training format): the following prints the section number (and continued, if
|
|
// section is continued from previous page) in the Responsibility column.
|
|
private bool SectionTopMessage(PdfContentByte cb, float yTopMargin, float yLocation)
|
|
{
|
|
if (MyPageHelper.CreatingSupInfoPage)
|
|
{
|
|
float scttopWidths = "Supplemental Information".Length * 6;
|
|
float ctrs = ((float)MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageWidth - (float)MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin) / 2;
|
|
float sctcntrXs = (float)MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + ctrs - (scttopWidths / 2);
|
|
VE_Font vf = MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Font;
|
|
// F2017-039: The following null check was added in case the format's doc style does not have a font defined:
|
|
if (vf == null || vf.Style == null || vf.Family == null || vf.Size == null || vf.CPI == null) vf = MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.Font;
|
|
E_Style sty = E_Style.Underline;
|
|
if (vf != null && vf.Style != null) sty = (E_Style)(vf.Style | E_Style.Underline);
|
|
vf = new VE_Font(vf.Family, (int)vf.Size, sty, (float)vf.CPI);
|
|
MyPageHelper.TopMessage = new vlnText(cb, this, "Supplemental Information", "Supplemental Information", sctcntrXs, yTopMargin + 0.1F, vf);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
bool addextra = false;
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.SectTop != null && MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.SectTop.Message != null)
|
|
{
|
|
float sectMsgY = 0;
|
|
if (PartsContainer == null || PartsContainer.Count == 0)
|
|
sectMsgY = CalculateYLocation(YTop, yTopMargin);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// B2016-134: Account for section top continue if item has container, i.e. move section top continue message above the container
|
|
sectMsgY = CalculateYLocation(YTopMost - (SixLinesPerInch * 3), yTopMargin); // 3 is # of lines: header, box, blank line moving up page
|
|
addextra = true;
|
|
}
|
|
VE_Font sctMsgFont = MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.SectTop.Font;
|
|
string scttop = null;
|
|
if (!MyItemInfo.IsStepSection && MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.SectTop.Message != null)
|
|
scttop = MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.SectTop.Message.Replace("%s", (MyItemInfo.ActiveSection as SectionInfo).DisplayNumber);
|
|
else
|
|
scttop = (MyItemInfo as SectionInfo).DisplayNumber;
|
|
float scttopWidth = scttop.Length * 6;
|
|
float ctr = (float)MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.SectTop.Margin;
|
|
float sctcntrX = (float)MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + ctr - (scttopWidth / 2);
|
|
vlnText mySectMsg = new vlnText(cb, this, scttop, scttop, sctcntrX, sectMsgY, sctMsgFont);
|
|
PartsLeft.Add(mySectMsg);
|
|
}
|
|
return addextra;
|
|
}
|
|
// Added to try to resolve a problem when printing FNP-1-FRP-I.3 Attachment 3 Table 1.
|
|
// May be needed to evaluate this problem in the future.
|
|
//private void CompareSectionInfo(SectionInfo si, SectionInfo si1)
|
|
//{
|
|
// if (si.ItemID != si1.ItemID)
|
|
// Console.WriteLine("Different");
|
|
// if (si.ActiveFormat.FullName != si1.ActiveFormat.FullName)
|
|
// Console.WriteLine("Different");
|
|
// if (si.ActiveParent != si1.ActiveParent)
|
|
// Console.WriteLine("Different");
|
|
// if (si.ActiveSection.ItemID != si1.ActiveSection.ItemID)
|
|
// Console.WriteLine("Different");
|
|
// if (si.MyDocStyle.Name != si1.MyDocStyle.Name)
|
|
// Console.WriteLine("Different");
|
|
//}
|
|
private void AddFootNote(PdfContentByte cb)
|
|
{
|
|
// for calvert valve lists footnotes, if there is footnote data, save it for vlnSvgPageHelper
|
|
// which puts the footnotes out when page is printed.
|
|
List<int> myNotes = MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotesHLS[MyItemInfo.ItemID];
|
|
foreach (int myNote in myNotes)
|
|
{
|
|
ItemInfo inote = StepInfo.Get(myNote);
|
|
|
|
// first check if this exact text is already in the foot note list. If it is
|
|
// in there, don't add it.
|
|
bool inlist = false;
|
|
if (MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotes != null)
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (vlnParagraph vp in MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotes)
|
|
{
|
|
if (vp.MyItemInfo.MyContent.Text == inote.MyContent.Text)
|
|
{
|
|
inlist = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!inlist)
|
|
{
|
|
vlnParagraph vpFNote = new vlnParagraph(null, cb, inote, (float)MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin, 0, 0, 0, MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat, null, null, 0, false, MyPromsPrinter);
|
|
vpFNote.Width = (float)MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageWidth - (float)MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin;
|
|
vpFNote.Height = 0;
|
|
vpFNote.XOffset = (float)MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin;
|
|
if (MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotes == null) MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotes = new List<vlnParagraph>();
|
|
MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotes.Add(vpFNote);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotesHLS.Remove(MyItemInfo.ItemID);
|
|
}
|
|
private bool DoTopContinueMsg(PdfContentByte cb, ref float yPageStart, float yTopMargin, DocStyle docstyle, string subTab)
|
|
{
|
|
bool addExtraLine = false;
|
|
if ((bool)docstyle.Continue.Top.UseStepTabs)
|
|
{
|
|
// UseStepTabs is a format flag added for Comanche Peak to print out step tabs as
|
|
// a top comtinue message. This code will go up through parents putting out
|
|
// their tabs - at this y location, but at the tabs' x location
|
|
vlnParagraph myPar = this;
|
|
MyPageHelper.TopMessageRs = new List<vlnText>();
|
|
while (!myPar.MyItemInfo.IsHigh)
|
|
{
|
|
myPar = myPar.MyParent;
|
|
foreach (vlnPrintObject vpo in myPar.PartsLeft)
|
|
{
|
|
if (vpo is vlnTab)
|
|
{
|
|
vlnTab vt = vpo as vlnTab;
|
|
string cltxt = vt.Text;
|
|
// Originally the Comache Peak customer did not want the '*'. As of 6/22/15, CP wants the asterisk in continue msg
|
|
///cltxt = cltxt.Replace("*", " ");
|
|
// replace C# representation of unicode character "\u25CF" which is hex
|
|
// with the rtf representation @"\u9679?"
|
|
if (cltxt.Contains("\u25CF")) cltxt = cltxt.Replace("\u25CF", @"\u9679?"); // handle a bullet, if it isn't unicode yet
|
|
float msgTopMargin = yTopMargin;
|
|
// B2017-106: if caution/note move the message up a little so it doesn't touch the caution/note lines:
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsNote || MyItemInfo.IsCaution) msgTopMargin += 4;
|
|
// B2018-140: if table move the message up a little so it doesn't touch the table lines:
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsTable) msgTopMargin += 6;
|
|
MyPageHelper.TopMessageRs.Add(new vlnText(cb, this, cltxt, cltxt, vt.XOffset, msgTopMargin, vt.MyFont));
|
|
}
|
|
else if (vpo is vlnText) // As of 6/22/15, CP wants the step designator in the continue message also.
|
|
{
|
|
vpo.YOffset = yTopMargin;
|
|
int nlcnt = 1; // number of lines to adjust the yoffset for the next step designator we are adding to TopMessageRs
|
|
string rtxt = "";
|
|
int istr = 0;
|
|
int Rsidx = 0;
|
|
MyPageHelper.TopMessageRs.Add(vpo as vlnText); // this appends a previous step designator associated with this sub-step (there may be more than one and/or might have multiple lines)
|
|
// we are processing the step designator on the top continue message in reverse order
|
|
// we therefore need to adjust the y location of multiple step designors attached tothe top continue message
|
|
if (MyPageHelper.TopMessageRs.Count > 3)
|
|
{
|
|
Rsidx = MyPageHelper.TopMessageRs.Count - 1;
|
|
rtxt = MyPageHelper.TopMessageRs[Rsidx].Text;
|
|
// find the number of lines to shift existing TopMessageRs step designators down
|
|
istr = rtxt.IndexOf("\\line", 0);
|
|
while (istr != -1)
|
|
{
|
|
nlcnt++;
|
|
istr = rtxt.IndexOf("\\line", istr + 1);
|
|
}
|
|
// move the previous TopMessageRs step designators down
|
|
Rsidx -= 2; // index to the previous step desginator
|
|
while (Rsidx > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
MyPageHelper.TopMessageRs[Rsidx].YOffset -= (nlcnt * SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
Rsidx -= 2;// every other TopMessageRs is a step designator
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// for Comanche Peak - if step breaks on a sub-step, and both the high level step and the sub-step have a step designator
|
|
// then since the high level step and its step designator are printed as part of the top continue message,
|
|
// move the step designator associated with the sub-step down so that it does not print on top of the
|
|
// ones in the top continue message.
|
|
if (this.PartsLeft.Count > 1) // was a step designator printed for the sub-step?
|
|
{
|
|
// count the number of lines in the step designator text in the top continue message
|
|
nlcnt = 0; // reset for the number of lines to push the sub-step's step designator down
|
|
Rsidx = MyPageHelper.TopMessageRs.Count - 1; // note that TopMessageRs[0] is a tab not a step designator
|
|
while (Rsidx > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
nlcnt++;
|
|
rtxt = MyPageHelper.TopMessageRs[Rsidx].Text;
|
|
istr = rtxt.IndexOf("\\line", 0);
|
|
while (istr != -1)
|
|
{
|
|
nlcnt++;
|
|
istr = rtxt.IndexOf("\\line", istr + 1);
|
|
}
|
|
Rsidx -= 2; // every other TopMessageRs is a step designator
|
|
}
|
|
if (nlcnt > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
for (int idx = 1; idx < this.PartsLeft.Count; idx++)
|
|
{
|
|
vlnPrintObject vpol = this.PartsLeft[idx];
|
|
vpol.YOffset += (nlcnt * SixLinesPerInch); // move the existing step designator down
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
string myMsg = docstyle.Continue.Top.Message;
|
|
MyPageHelper.TopMessageRs = new List<vlnText>();
|
|
// bug fix B2106-099
|
|
// when there are more than one Caution/Note off of a high level background step,
|
|
// the second, third, etc background Caution/Note pages begin printing two additional lines from the top of the page
|
|
// to fix, added a check to see the the item we are printing has the PageBrrakOnStep flag set, if it's set,
|
|
// then DON'T add two lines to the yPageStart (for the top conitnue message)
|
|
if (myMsg != null && myMsg != "" && !MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.PageBreakOnStep)
|
|
{
|
|
yPageStart -= 2 * SixLinesPerInch;// Allow two lines for top continue message
|
|
if (myMsg.IndexOf(@"%sR") > -1)
|
|
{
|
|
ItemInfo myAer = MyItemInfo.IsHigh ? MyItemInfo : MyItemInfo.MyParent;
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsInRNO)
|
|
{
|
|
// If this is an RNO part, find the parent that is not an RNO (the reason for this is
|
|
// that RNO parts are structured as parent/child not sibling relationships, for
|
|
// example, RNO part 1.2 is the child of 1.1 not sibling). Also, if this is a caution
|
|
// or note of the RNO part, do the same because it should not use the RNO part's tab.
|
|
// However, the RNO Part will have the combined tab using its parent because this is
|
|
// needed if any of its children, for example substeps, need the combined tab.
|
|
if (((MyItemInfo.IsNote || MyItemInfo.IsCaution) && MyItemInfo.MyParent.IsRNOPart) || MyItemInfo.IsRNOPart)
|
|
{
|
|
ItemInfo ip = MyItemInfo.MyParent;
|
|
while (ip.IsRNOPart) ip = ip.MyParent;
|
|
myMsg = myMsg.Replace(@"%sR", ip.CombinedTab);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
myMsg = myMsg.Replace(@"%sR", MyItemInfo.MyParent.CombinedTab);
|
|
float xor = MyTopRNO.MyTab.XOffset;
|
|
MyPageHelper.TopMessageRs.Add(new vlnText(cb, this, myMsg, myMsg, xor, yTopMargin + 0.1F, docstyle.Continue.Top.Font));
|
|
// get aer message, go up parent until find aer and use its combined tab:
|
|
myAer = MyItemInfo;
|
|
while (myAer.IsInRNO) myAer = myAer.MyParent;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!MyItemInfo.IsHigh && (MyItemInfo.IsNote || MyItemInfo.IsCaution))
|
|
{
|
|
ItemInfo ip1 = MyItemInfo.MyParent;
|
|
if (!ip1.IsHigh) myAer = ip1.MyParent;
|
|
}
|
|
myMsg = docstyle.Continue.Top.Message.Replace(@"%sR", myAer.CombinedTab);
|
|
}
|
|
if (myMsg.IndexOf(@"%s") > -1)
|
|
{
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.MyParent.IsSection && (docstyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.BottomSectionContinue) == E_DocStructStyle.BottomSectionContinue)
|
|
myMsg = myMsg.Replace(@"%s", MyItemInfo.MyParent.MyTab.CleanText.Trim());
|
|
else
|
|
myMsg = myMsg.Replace(@"%s", MyItemInfo.MyParent.CombinedTab);
|
|
}
|
|
if (myMsg.IndexOf(@"%3d") > -1)
|
|
myMsg = myMsg.Replace(@"%3d", MyItemInfo.MyHLS.Ordinal.ToString());
|
|
if (myMsg.IndexOf(@"%2d") > -1)
|
|
myMsg = myMsg.Replace(@"%2d", MyItemInfo.MyHLS.MyTab.CleanTextNoSymbols.Trim(" .".ToCharArray()).PadLeft(2));
|
|
if (myMsg.IndexOf(@"%d") > -1)
|
|
myMsg = myMsg.Replace(@"%d", MyItemInfo.MyHLS.MyTab.CleanTextNoSymbols.Trim(" .".ToCharArray()));
|
|
if (myMsg.IndexOf(@"%c") > -1)
|
|
myMsg = myMsg.Replace(@"%c", " ");
|
|
|
|
// Top Continue message includes high level step tab and text
|
|
// - C2019-005 Put in for Barakah Alarms 1-21-2019
|
|
// - Top continue message set as: "<Top Message="\b {0}\b0 \ul\b {1}\b0\ulnone (continued)" HLS="1" Margin="0" />" in the format
|
|
// - in this case the Message part will Bold the tab and Underline Bold the high level step text
|
|
//
|
|
if ((docstyle.Continue.Top.HLS ?? 0) == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
myMsg = docstyle.Continue.Top.Message; // reset because we did replace strings in code above
|
|
ItemInfo parentStep = MyItemInfo.MyHLS; // get the high level step
|
|
myMsg = string.Format(myMsg, parentStep.CombinedTab, parentStep.DisplayTextKeepSpecialChars);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Calvert Alarms, step description have the alarm number as part of the top continue message
|
|
// Also, if the break is within the CONDITION/RESPONSE, there are continue messages in both columns at the top
|
|
// of the table, note that the continue messages WITHIN table are only printed when the
|
|
// steplevel is greater than 2 - this is from 16bit.
|
|
// NOTE THAT this code is not complete - the positioning & addition of step tab for within table are not working correctly
|
|
if ((docstyle.Continue.Top.HLS ?? 0) == 3)
|
|
{
|
|
MyPageHelper.TopMessageSub1s = new List<vlnText>();
|
|
MyPageHelper.TopMessageSub2s = new List<vlnText>();
|
|
|
|
//string HLSTabTextForContMsg = MyHighLevelParagraph.MyItemInfo.MyTab.CleanText + " " + MyHighLevelParagraph.MyItemInfo.MyContent.Text;
|
|
//int len = (HLSTabTextForContMsg.Length - 10) * 6;
|
|
string tabText = @"\ul\b " + MyHighLevelParagraph.MyItemInfo.MyTab.CleanText.Trim() + @"\b0\ulnone";
|
|
// B2017-185: added the replace of unicode dash to regular dash for the continue message so it matches the step text:
|
|
string stepText = @"\b " + MyHighLevelParagraph.MyItemInfo.MyContent.Text.Replace(@"\u8209?", "-") + @"\b0";
|
|
//HLSTabTextForContMsg = @"\ul\b " + MyHighLevelParagraph.MyItemInfo.MyTab.CleanText.Trim() + @"\b0\ulnone \b " + MyHighLevelParagraph.MyItemInfo.MyContent.Text + @"\b0";
|
|
vlnText vt1 = new vlnText(cb, this, tabText, tabText, MyHighLevelParagraph.MyTab.XOffset, yTopMargin + 0.1F, docstyle.Continue.Top.Font);
|
|
vt1.Width = MyHighLevelParagraph.MyTab.Width;
|
|
MyPageHelper.TopMessageRs.Add(vt1);
|
|
vlnText vt2 = new vlnText(cb, this, stepText, stepText, MyHighLevelParagraph.XOffset, yTopMargin + 0.1F, docstyle.Continue.Top.Font);
|
|
vt2.Width = MyHighLevelParagraph.Width;
|
|
MyPageHelper.TopMessageRs.Add(vt2);
|
|
|
|
// the following code is used to print the top continue messages in the Calvert Alarm format
|
|
// CONDITION/RESPONSE table. Messages only get printed if the break is on a substep at steplevel > 2.
|
|
// see comments within code for what the tab contains, it varies depending on which side
|
|
// break occurred & how deep in the step the break occurred.
|
|
if (subTab != null && MyItemInfo.StepLevel > 2) {
|
|
bool incond = !MyItemInfo.IsInRNO;
|
|
float ybot = yTopMargin + (4 * SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
string concatrnoTab = ""; // constructed tab for Response side
|
|
string concataerTab = ""; // constructed tab for Condition side
|
|
float xoffTab = 0; // position for Response tab
|
|
float xoffMsg = 0; // position for Response message
|
|
vlnParagraph useAerParaForTab = null; // use this paragraph under Conditions for locating tab & message
|
|
if (incond)
|
|
{
|
|
// If break is in Condition side of table, use Condition tab of parent & no tab for Response side.
|
|
// Both sides have the message '(continued)'.
|
|
useAerParaForTab = MyParent;
|
|
concataerTab = MyParent.MyTab != null ? MyParent.MyTab.Text.TrimEnd() : "";
|
|
xoffTab = 0; // no rno tab
|
|
xoffMsg = ToInt(MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.ColRTable, 1) + (float)MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + ((useAerParaForTab != null && useAerParaForTab.MyTab != null) ? useAerParaForTab.MyTab.Width : 7.2f);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// break occurred in Response side. Use the tabs up to highest RNO concatenated together.
|
|
vlnParagraph useRnoParaForTab = MyParent;
|
|
vlnParagraph useParaForTab = MyParent;
|
|
while (useParaForTab.MyItemInfo.IsInRNO)
|
|
{
|
|
concatrnoTab = (useParaForTab.MyTab != null ? useParaForTab.MyTab.Text.TrimEnd() : "") + concatrnoTab.Trim();
|
|
if (concatrnoTab.Length > 0 && concatrnoTab[0] > '\xff') concatrnoTab = "";
|
|
useRnoParaForTab = useParaForTab;
|
|
useParaForTab = useParaForTab.MyParent;
|
|
}
|
|
xoffTab = useRnoParaForTab.MyTab.XOffset;
|
|
xoffMsg = useRnoParaForTab.XOffset;
|
|
|
|
// aer message when rno broke. Need to concatenate up the Condition side also until
|
|
// hitting 1st non-sequential, i.e. moves out of Condition/Response table.
|
|
useAerParaForTab = useParaForTab; // useParaForTab is 1st found non-Response step, i.e. moved into Condition side of table
|
|
while (useParaForTab.MyItemInfo.IsSequential)
|
|
{
|
|
concataerTab = (useParaForTab.MyTab != null ? useParaForTab.MyTab.Text.TrimEnd() : "") + concataerTab.Trim();
|
|
useAerParaForTab = useParaForTab;
|
|
useParaForTab = useParaForTab.MyParent;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// For RNO tab, add a vlntext for tab and one for continue message:
|
|
float xoff1 = xoffMsg;
|
|
if (!incond)
|
|
{
|
|
vlnText vtc = new vlnText(cb, this, concatrnoTab, concatrnoTab, xoffTab, ybot, docstyle.Continue.Bottom.Font);
|
|
MyPageHelper.TopMessageSub1s.Add(vtc);
|
|
Chunk chk = (vtc.IParagraph.Chunks[0]) as Chunk;
|
|
if (chk != null)
|
|
{
|
|
float xoff2 = xoffTab + chk.GetWidthPoint() + 6;
|
|
// If the "(continue)" is going to overlap the tab, then move the "Continue)" so that it doesn't overlap.
|
|
if (xoff2 > xoff1) xoff1 = xoff2;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
MyPageHelper.TopMessageSub1s.Add(new vlnText(cb, this, myMsg, myMsg, xoff1, ybot, docstyle.Continue.Bottom.Font));
|
|
|
|
// for aer tab, add a vlntext for tab and one for continue message:
|
|
MyPageHelper.TopMessageSub2s.Add(new vlnText(cb, this, concataerTab, concataerTab, useAerParaForTab.MyTab.XOffset, ybot, docstyle.Continue.Bottom.Font));
|
|
MyPageHelper.TopMessageSub2s.Add(new vlnText(cb, this, myMsg, myMsg, useAerParaForTab.XOffset, ybot, docstyle.Continue.Bottom.Font));
|
|
addExtraLine = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!PageBreakOnStep)
|
|
MyPageHelper.TopMessage = new vlnText(cb, this, myMsg, myMsg, docstyle.Layout.LeftMargin + XOffsetBox + docstyle.Continue.Top.Margin ?? 0, yTopMargin + 0.1F, docstyle.Continue.Top.Font);// MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.Font);
|
|
else
|
|
MyPageHelper.TopMessage = null;
|
|
}
|
|
return addExtraLine;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private void DoBottomContinueMsg(PdfContentByte cb, float yBottomMargin, float yLocation, DocStyle docstyle, bool doThreeContinues)
|
|
{
|
|
string myMsg = docstyle.Continue.Bottom.Message;
|
|
|
|
// a format flag exists that states to only put a BOTTOM message if it is a certain type (RNO)
|
|
// check for this....
|
|
bool RNOContinueOnly = MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.StepDataList[40].ContinueOnly;
|
|
bool doBottom = !RNOContinueOnly || (MyItemInfo.IsInRNO && RNOContinueOnly);
|
|
if (doBottom && myMsg != null && myMsg != "")
|
|
{
|
|
myMsg = ReplaceStepBottomContinue(myMsg);
|
|
float msg_yLocation = 0;
|
|
if (myMsg.Contains("{par}"))
|
|
{
|
|
myMsg = myMsg.Replace("{par}", "");
|
|
msg_yLocation = -SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
}
|
|
float yBtmMarginForMsg = yBottomMargin;
|
|
|
|
// one of the format flags for FNP had an adjustment for printing the section title only
|
|
// on the first page of the section. Adjust the location of the bottom continue message
|
|
// if this adjustment was made (the current topmargin may not reflect the value within
|
|
// the document style)
|
|
if (MyPageHelper.PrintedSectionPage > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.ActiveSection != null && (MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.DSS_PrintSectOnFirst) == E_DocStructStyle.DSS_PrintSectOnFirst) // C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
{
|
|
float localYTopMargin = 792 - (float)MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyDocStyle.Layout.TopMargin;
|
|
yBtmMarginForMsg = Math.Max(0, localYTopMargin - (float)MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageLength);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// include space for phone list when determining bottom continue message location
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.PrintPhoneList && MyPageHelper.PhoneListHeight != 0)
|
|
yBtmMarginForMsg += (MyPageHelper.PhoneListHeight - vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
switch (docstyle.Continue.Bottom.Location)
|
|
{
|
|
case E_ContBottomLoc.EndOfText: // place continue string at end of text
|
|
// msg_yLocation accounts for extra lines in message from docstyle; and BottomContent is the actual
|
|
// location of the last line of text on page.
|
|
//msg_yLocation = ((float)(MyPageHelper.BottomContent??0) - (SixLinesPerInch * MyPageHelper.YMultiplier)); // B2018-080 null reference check added
|
|
msg_yLocation = yLocation - msg_yLocation - (SixLinesPerInch * MyPageHelper.YMultiplier); //B2019-021 yLocation accounts for checkoffs
|
|
if (yBottomMargin + (docstyle.Layout.FooterLength ?? 0) > msg_yLocation)
|
|
{ // Adjusted Continue Message Y Offset
|
|
//DebugPagination.WriteLine("====>> {0},'{1}'", msg_yLocation, MyItemInfo.ShortPath);
|
|
//msg_yLocation = (float) MyPageHelper.BottomContent - SixLinesPerInch; // Account for how low the lowest Item is on the page
|
|
float msg_yLocationOld = msg_yLocation = yBottomMargin + (docstyle.Layout.FooterLength ?? 0);
|
|
if (MyPageHelper.BottomContent != null)
|
|
msg_yLocation = Math.Min(yBottomMargin + (docstyle.Layout.FooterLength ?? 0), (float)MyPageHelper.BottomContent - SixLinesPerInch);// RHM20150525 - Table Scrunch
|
|
if (msg_yLocationOld != msg_yLocation)
|
|
_MyLog.WarnFormat("Continue Message Moved from {0} to {1} for {2}", msg_yLocationOld, msg_yLocation, this);// RHM20150525 - Table Scrunch
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case E_ContBottomLoc.BtwnTextAndBottom: // place continue string between end of text & bottom of page
|
|
msg_yLocation = msg_yLocation + yLocation - ((yLocation - yBottomMargin) / 2); // +SixLinesPerInch; // (need this for IP3)
|
|
msg_yLocation = Math.Max(msg_yLocation, yBottomMargin + SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
break;
|
|
case E_ContBottomLoc.BottomOfPage: // place continue message at bottom of page
|
|
//msg_yLocation = yBottomMargin + 2 * SixLinesPerInch + (float)docstyle.Layout.FooterLength; // 2 lines above bottom margin
|
|
msg_yLocation = msg_yLocation + yBtmMarginForMsg + (float)docstyle.Layout.FooterLength;
|
|
// if (MyPageHelper.YMultiplier != 1.0F) msg_yLocation = msg_yLocation / MyPageHelper.YMultiplier;
|
|
break;
|
|
case E_ContBottomLoc.BelowBottom1:
|
|
msg_yLocation = msg_yLocation + yBtmMarginForMsg;
|
|
break;
|
|
case E_ContBottomLoc.BottomWithFooter: // put bottom message AND if in CONDITION/RESPONSE table, in both columns.
|
|
msg_yLocation = msg_yLocation + yBtmMarginForMsg;
|
|
break;
|
|
case E_ContBottomLoc.EndOfText2: // Like EndOfText but limited within yBottomMargin
|
|
msg_yLocation = Math.Max(msg_yLocation + yLocation - SixLinesPerInch, yBottomMargin + SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
break;
|
|
case E_ContBottomLoc.BtwnTextAndBottom2:
|
|
// Like BtwnTextAndBottom but accounts for line spacing of step & is 1 line up on page (for BGE - Procedure Steps - 2 column)
|
|
float adj = (!MyItemInfo.IsSection && MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.EveryNLines == 1) ? SixLinesPerInch : 0;
|
|
msg_yLocation = msg_yLocation + yLocation - ((yLocation - yBottomMargin) / 2) + adj;// +SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
if (msg_yLocation < yBottomMargin) msg_yLocation = yBottomMargin;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
_MyLog.WarnFormat("**** BOTTOM CONTINUE MESSAGE NOT CODED FOR LOCATION {0}*****", docstyle.Continue.Bottom.Location);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!PageBreakOnStep)
|
|
{
|
|
float xoffB = 0;
|
|
// Added for Calvert Alarms: if 'doThreeContinues', continue message at bottom of page
|
|
// and a continue message at the bottom of each column.
|
|
if (doThreeContinues)
|
|
{
|
|
float ybot = yLocation;
|
|
xoffB = (float)docstyle.Layout.LeftMargin + docstyle.Continue.Bottom.Margin ?? 0;
|
|
MyPageHelper.BottomMessageA = new vlnText(cb, this, myMsg, myMsg, xoffB, ybot, docstyle.Continue.Bottom.Font);
|
|
xoffB = docstyle.Layout.LeftMargin + docstyle.Continue.Bottom.MarginR ?? 0;
|
|
MyPageHelper.BottomMessageR = new vlnText(cb, this, myMsg, myMsg, xoffB, ybot, docstyle.Continue.Bottom.Font);
|
|
MyPageHelper.AlarmYoffEnd -= SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
float tmp = (((float)docstyle.Layout.PageWidth - (float)docstyle.Layout.LeftMargin) / 2) - (myMsg.Length / 2 * 5);
|
|
xoffB = (float)docstyle.Layout.LeftMargin + tmp;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (docstyle.Continue.Bottom.Location == E_ContBottomLoc.BottomWithFooter)
|
|
{
|
|
float tmp = (((float)docstyle.Layout.PageWidth - (float)docstyle.Layout.LeftMargin) / 2) - (myMsg.Length / 2 * 5);
|
|
xoffB = (float)docstyle.Layout.LeftMargin + tmp;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (RNOContinueOnly)
|
|
{
|
|
// The following line was added for McGuire APs/AP/1/5500/12, Step 13
|
|
//if (msg_yLocation < yBottomMargin + SixLinesPerInch) msg_yLocation = yBottomMargin + SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
float colR = float.Parse(MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionLayoutData.ColRTable.Split(",".ToCharArray())[MyItemInfo.ColumnMode]);
|
|
xoffB = colR + docstyle.Layout.LeftMargin + docstyle.Continue.Bottom.Margin ?? 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (MyItemInfo.IsInRNO && (docstyle.Continue.Bottom.MarginR ?? 0) > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
xoffB = (float)docstyle.Layout.LeftMargin + (float)docstyle.Continue.Bottom.MarginR;
|
|
MyPageHelper.BottomMessageR = new vlnText(cb, this, myMsg, myMsg, xoffB, msg_yLocation, docstyle.Continue.Bottom.Font);
|
|
xoffB = (float)docstyle.Layout.LeftMargin + (float)docstyle.Continue.Bottom.Margin;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
// FloatingContinueMessage format flag:
|
|
// if breaking at the AER put continue message in left column,
|
|
// if breaking RNO put continue message in Right column.
|
|
else if (MyItemInfo.IsInRNO && MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.FloatingContinueMessage)
|
|
{
|
|
float colR = float.Parse(MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionLayoutData.ColRTable.Split(",".ToCharArray())[MyItemInfo.ColumnMode]);
|
|
xoffB = colR + docstyle.Layout.LeftMargin + docstyle.Continue.Bottom.Margin ?? 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
xoffB = docstyle.Layout.LeftMargin + docstyle.Continue.Bottom.Margin ?? 0;
|
|
//MyPageHelper.BottomMessage = new vlnText(cb, this, myMsg, myMsg, docstyle.Layout.LeftMargin + XOffsetBox + docstyle.Continue.Bottom.Margin ?? 0, msg_yLocation, docstyle.Continue.Bottom.Font);// MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.Font);
|
|
MyPageHelper.BottomMessage.Clear(); // B2017-207 should be only one continue message - was putting an extra continue message in middle of page for V.S.Summer (ex. AOP set, 900.4 Attachment 12)
|
|
MyPageHelper.BottomMessage.Add(new vlnText(cb, this, myMsg, myMsg, xoffB, msg_yLocation, docstyle.Continue.Bottom.Font));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (PageBreakOnStep) MyPageHelper.BottomMessage.Clear();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private void RefreshDocStyle()
|
|
{
|
|
MyItemInfo.ActiveSection = null;
|
|
MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle = null;
|
|
MyPageHelper.MySection = MyItemInfo as SectionInfo;
|
|
MyPageHelper.ResetSvg();
|
|
MyPageHelper.PrintedSectionPage = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private string ReplaceStepBottomContinue(string myMsg)
|
|
{
|
|
string tb = null;
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsSection)
|
|
tb = MyItemInfo.MyTab.CleanText.Trim();
|
|
else
|
|
tb = MyItemInfo.MyHLS.MyTab.CleanTextNoSymbols;
|
|
// if the tab ends with .0, remove it if it was added because of the virtualdotinhls flag.
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionLayoutData.VirtualDotInHLSTab && tb.Contains(".0")) tb = tb.Replace(".0", "");
|
|
if (myMsg.IndexOf(@"%d") > -1)
|
|
myMsg = myMsg.Replace(@"%d", tb.Trim());
|
|
if (myMsg.IndexOf(@"%0d") > -1)
|
|
myMsg = myMsg.Replace(@"%0d", tb.Trim(" .".ToCharArray()));
|
|
if (myMsg.IndexOf(@"%2d") > -1)
|
|
myMsg = myMsg.Replace(@"%2d", tb.Trim(" .".ToCharArray()).PadLeft(2));
|
|
if (myMsg.IndexOf(@"%3d") > -1)
|
|
myMsg = myMsg.Replace(@"%3d", MyItemInfo.MyHLS.Ordinal.ToString());
|
|
return myMsg;
|
|
}
|
|
private vlnParagraph TopMostChild
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
if (ChildrenAbove.Count > 0) return ChildrenAbove[0].TopMostChild;
|
|
return this;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private bool EmptyTopMostPart
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
if (TopMostChild.PartsAbove.Count == 0) return false;
|
|
if (TopMostChild.PartsContainer != null && TopMostChild.PartsContainer.Count > 0) return false; // B2016-198: not 'EmptyTopMostPart' if there is a box.
|
|
foreach (vlnPrintObject po in TopMostChild.PartsAbove)
|
|
{
|
|
vlnHeader hd = po as vlnHeader;
|
|
if (hd == null) return false;
|
|
if (hd.Text != "") return false;
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private float OutputOtherPageSteps(PdfContentByte cb, float YTopMost, float yPageStart, float yTopMargin, float yBottomMargin)
|
|
{
|
|
float retval = YTopMost;
|
|
// Find any items remaining in MyPageHelper.MyParagraphs that should be printed on this page.
|
|
vlnParagraphs process = new vlnParagraphs(null);
|
|
foreach (vlnParagraph vPara in MyPageHelper.MyParagraphs.Values)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!vPara.Processed && ((vPara.YOffset + vPara.Height) < YTopMost))
|
|
// B2019-028: Added check for active section in next line so that following section text doesn't overlap or start too far down on page for case where there is a subsection
|
|
// with subsections of type Step/Word/Step
|
|
if (vPara.MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.ItemID == this.MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.ItemID && (this.MyItemInfo.ItemID != vPara.MyItemInfo.ItemID)) // 20150701 Complicated RNO change
|
|
process.Add(vPara);
|
|
else // 20150701 Complicated RNO change
|
|
_MyLog.WarnFormat("Less Than: Step Could Have Fit {0}, {1}", MyItemInfo.ItemID, MyItemInfo.ShortPath);
|
|
else if (!vPara.Processed && ((vPara.YOffset + vPara.Height) == YTopMost))
|
|
// B2019-028: see above comment (same check was added)
|
|
if (vPara.MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.ItemID == this.MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.ItemID && (this.MyItemInfo.ItemID != vPara.MyItemInfo.ItemID)) // RHM20150507 Table Scrunch
|
|
{
|
|
process.Add(vPara);
|
|
_MyLog.WarnFormat("New AerRno PageBreak Logic: Step Could Have Fit {0}, {1}", MyItemInfo.ItemID, MyItemInfo.ShortPath);
|
|
}
|
|
else // RHM20150507 Table Scrunch
|
|
_MyLog.WarnFormat("Equal: Step Could Have Fit {0}, {1}", MyItemInfo.ItemID, MyItemInfo.ShortPath);
|
|
else if (!vPara.Processed && ((vPara.YOffset) < YTopMost))
|
|
retval = Math.Min(retval, vPara.YTopMost);
|
|
}
|
|
foreach (vlnParagraph vPara in process)
|
|
{
|
|
vPara.ParagraphToPdf(cb, yPageStart, yTopMargin, yBottomMargin);
|
|
}
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
private float _YVeryTop = -1;
|
|
public float YVeryTop
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
if (_YVeryTop == -1)
|
|
{
|
|
_YVeryTop = YTop;
|
|
_YVeryTop = VeryTop(PartsAbove, _YVeryTop);
|
|
_YVeryTop = VeryTop(PartsContainer, _YVeryTop);
|
|
}
|
|
return _YVeryTop;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private float VeryTop(vlnPrintObjects parts, float yVeryTop)
|
|
{
|
|
if (parts != null)
|
|
foreach (vlnPrintObject part in parts)
|
|
if (part.YOffset < yVeryTop)
|
|
yVeryTop = part.YOffset;
|
|
return yVeryTop;
|
|
}
|
|
/// <summary>
|
|
/// This gets the height of the step with it's Caution's, Notes and potentially any First Substeps
|
|
/// </summary>
|
|
/// <returns></returns>
|
|
private float GetFirstPieceSize()
|
|
{
|
|
vlnParagraph paraLast = GetFirstPieceLastPart();
|
|
float retval = (paraLast.YBottom) - YTopMost;
|
|
//Console.WriteLine(MyItemInfo.DBSequence);
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
public override float YBottom
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
float bottom = YOffset + Height;
|
|
if (PartsBelow != null)
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (vlnPrintObject part in PartsBelow)
|
|
{
|
|
float partBottom = part.YBottom;
|
|
bottom = Math.Max(partBottom, bottom);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return bottom;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
public float YVeryBottom
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
float bottom = YOffset + Height;
|
|
if (ChildrenBelow != null)
|
|
foreach (vlnParagraph child in ChildrenBelow)
|
|
bottom = Math.Max(child.YVeryBottom, bottom);
|
|
if (ChildrenLeft != null)
|
|
foreach (vlnParagraph child in ChildrenLeft)
|
|
bottom = Math.Max(child.YVeryBottom, bottom);
|
|
if (ChildrenRight != null)
|
|
foreach (vlnParagraph child in ChildrenRight)
|
|
bottom = Math.Max(child.YVeryBottom, bottom);
|
|
if (PartsBelow != null)
|
|
foreach (vlnPrintObject part in PartsBelow)
|
|
bottom = Math.Max(part.YBottom, bottom);
|
|
return bottom;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
public float YBottomText
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
return YOffset + Height;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private float _YBottomForBox = 0;
|
|
public float YBottomForBox
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _YBottomForBox; }
|
|
set { _YBottomForBox = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
private vlnParagraph GetFirstPieceLastPart()
|
|
{
|
|
vlnParagraph para = this;
|
|
if (!MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.PaginateOnFirstSubstep && ChildrenBelow != null && ChildrenBelow.Count > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// If the substep has a separator (OR, AND) then return the last substep rather than the first.
|
|
string mySep = ChildrenBelow[0].MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Sep ?? "{Null}";
|
|
if (mySep != "{Null}" && mySep != "")
|
|
para = ChildrenBelow[ChildrenBelow.Count - 1].GetFirstPieceLastPart();
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// MNS Pagination - Mike Weiner Case 1a to keep step together with any non-sequential substeps (ANDs, EQ List)
|
|
bool keepEqListTogether = ChildrenBelow[0].MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.PutOnPageByItself;
|
|
if (keepEqListTogether && !ChildrenBelow[0].MyItemInfo.IsSequential && !this.MyItemInfo.IsHigh) // Extend to the last Item.
|
|
para = ChildrenBelow[ChildrenBelow.Count - 1].GetFirstPieceLastPart();
|
|
else
|
|
para = ChildrenBelow[0].GetFirstPieceLastPart();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (ChildrenRight != null && ChildrenRight.Count > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (vlnParagraph paraRight in ChildrenRight)
|
|
{
|
|
vlnParagraph paraRightLast = paraRight.GetFirstPieceLastPart();
|
|
if (paraRightLast.YBottom > para.YBottom)
|
|
para = paraRightLast;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return para;
|
|
}
|
|
/// <summary>
|
|
/// Find items from previous page (yLocation less than yTop) and remove them from the list.
|
|
/// yTop is the new starting location on the next page for this step.
|
|
/// </summary>
|
|
/// <param name="myList"></param>
|
|
/// <param name="yTop"></param>
|
|
private void RemoveProcessedParagraphs(StepLevelList myList, float yTop)
|
|
{
|
|
// the two CleanUpLists are used to remove items from
|
|
// the original list because list items cannot be removed in a
|
|
// 'foreach'.
|
|
List<int> CleanupListStepLevel = new List<int>();
|
|
foreach (int stepLevel in myList.Keys)
|
|
{
|
|
List<float> CleanupListYLocation = new List<float>();
|
|
SortedList<float, float> AdjustYLocation = new SortedList<float, float>();
|
|
foreach (float yLocation in myList[stepLevel].Keys)
|
|
{
|
|
if (-yLocation <= yTop)
|
|
CleanupListYLocation.Add(yLocation);
|
|
else
|
|
AdjustYLocation.Add(-yLocation, yLocation); // order in ascending order
|
|
}
|
|
foreach (float yLocation in CleanupListYLocation)
|
|
myList[stepLevel].Remove(yLocation);
|
|
foreach (float yLocation in AdjustYLocation.Keys)
|
|
{
|
|
vlnParagraph para = myList[stepLevel][-yLocation];
|
|
myList[stepLevel].Remove(-yLocation);
|
|
// shift yLocation by yTop to work with items whose locations
|
|
// are defined from the top of the new page rather than
|
|
// from the beginning of the step.
|
|
// Note that yLocation is negative to have items in descending
|
|
// order so that adding yTop decrements their values.
|
|
if (!myList[stepLevel].ContainsKey(yTop - yLocation))
|
|
myList[stepLevel].Add(yTop - yLocation, para);
|
|
}
|
|
if (myList[stepLevel].Count == 0)
|
|
CleanupListStepLevel.Add(stepLevel);
|
|
}
|
|
foreach (int stepLevel in CleanupListStepLevel)
|
|
myList.Remove(stepLevel);
|
|
}
|
|
/// <summary>
|
|
/// Builds a list of paragraphs by StepLevel and yLocation in descending order.
|
|
/// </summary>
|
|
/// <param name="yTopMost"></param>
|
|
/// <param name="myList"></param>
|
|
private void BuildLocationList(float yTopMost, ParagraphLocations myLocations)
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (vlnParagraph child in ChildrenAbove)
|
|
child.BuildLocationList(yTopMost, myLocations);
|
|
foreach (vlnParagraph child in ChildrenLeft)
|
|
child.BuildLocationList(yTopMost, myLocations);
|
|
|
|
// Add a list entry consisting of StepLevel, yoffset from the beginning of this step, paragraph itself
|
|
myLocations.Add(this, yTopMost);
|
|
|
|
foreach (vlnParagraph child in ChildrenRight)
|
|
child.BuildLocationList(yTopMost, myLocations);
|
|
foreach (vlnParagraph child in ChildrenBelow)
|
|
child.BuildLocationList(yTopMost, myLocations);
|
|
}
|
|
private int COL_WID_ADJ = 6; // adjusts for incorrect use of WidSTable when breaking a line (it breaks 6 chars too short)
|
|
private bool IsTitleType(ItemInfo itm)
|
|
{
|
|
if (itm.FormatStepData != null && (itm.FormatStepData.Index == 42 || itm.FormatStepData.Index == 43)) return true;
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
private static VlnFlexGrid _MyFlexGrid = new VlnFlexGrid(1, 1);
|
|
public static VlnFlexGrid MyFlexGrid
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _MyFlexGrid; }
|
|
}
|
|
private pkParagraph _MyPlaceKeeper = null;
|
|
public pkParagraph MyPlaceKeeper
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _MyPlaceKeeper; }
|
|
set { _MyPlaceKeeper = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
private pkParagraph _MyContAct = null;
|
|
public pkParagraph MyContAct
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _MyContAct; }
|
|
set { _MyContAct = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
public static bool InList(int id, params int[] ids)
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (int listid in ids)
|
|
if (id == listid) return true;
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
private bool _PrefixSpecialCharacter = false;
|
|
public bool PrefixSpecialCharacter
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _PrefixSpecialCharacter; }
|
|
set { _PrefixSpecialCharacter = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
private string _Prefix;
|
|
public string Prefix
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _Prefix; }
|
|
set { _Prefix = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
private string _Suffix;
|
|
public string Suffix
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _Suffix; }
|
|
set { _Suffix = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
private float RoughSizeOfPage
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
return (float)(MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageLength /*- MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.TopMargin*/ - MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.FooterLength);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private PromsPrinter _MyPromsPrinter;
|
|
public PromsPrinter MyPromsPrinter
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _MyPromsPrinter; }
|
|
set { _MyPromsPrinter = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
public static float _yPageStartForSupInfo = 0;
|
|
public vlnParagraph(vlnParagraph parent, PdfContentByte cb, ItemInfo itemInfo, float xoff, float yoff, int rnoLevel, int maxRNO, FormatInfo formatInfo, string prefix, string suffix, float yoffRightParent, bool loadChildren, PromsPrinter pp)
|
|
{
|
|
MyPromsPrinter = pp ?? parent.MyPromsPrinter;
|
|
int profileDepth = ProfileTimer.Push(">>>> vlnParagraph");
|
|
Prefix = prefix;
|
|
Suffix = suffix;
|
|
MyItemInfo = itemInfo;
|
|
MyContentByte = cb;
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsFootnote && loadChildren)
|
|
{
|
|
// notestofootnoteshls is a list, a hls can have more than one note
|
|
if (MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotesHLS.ContainsKey(itemInfo.MyHLS.ItemID))
|
|
MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotesHLS[itemInfo.MyHLS.ItemID].Add(itemInfo.ItemID);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
List<int> notesList = new List<int>();
|
|
notesList.Add(itemInfo.ItemID);
|
|
MyPageHelper.NotesToFootNotesHLS.Add(itemInfo.MyHLS.ItemID, notesList);
|
|
}
|
|
Processed = true; // don't want to print during normal ToPdf/ParagraphToPdf cycle - print in vlnsvgpagehelper
|
|
ProfileTimer.Pop(profileDepth);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
// do some 'setup' for Calvert Alarms:
|
|
if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm)
|
|
{
|
|
// The CONDITION/RESPONSE portion of the alarm uses a macro to print the 'table' heading,
|
|
// i.e. the lines/boxes and text for CONDITION and RESPONSE. This does not have a tab,
|
|
// tabs are where the macros are usually stored, so flag this for future reference.
|
|
// The 2nd if is executed when the step is at the same y offset as the parent, i.e. DEVICE & SETPOINT text.
|
|
if (itemInfo.TemplateIndex > 0 && itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.Templates[itemInfo.TemplateIndex].hmacro > 0)
|
|
HasCalvertMacro = true;
|
|
if (KeepOnParentLine(itemInfo)) yoff = parent.YOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
float yOffOrig = yoff;
|
|
// Save step text information to be used to create a PlaceKeeper (Calver Cliffs)
|
|
BuildPlacekeeper(parent, itemInfo);
|
|
|
|
// Save step text information to be used to create a Continuous Action Summary
|
|
BuildContinuousActionSummary(parent, itemInfo);
|
|
if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.BoxLeftAdj != null)
|
|
_MyBoxLeftAdj = float.Parse(itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.BoxLeftAdj);
|
|
ShowSectionTitles = formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionLayoutData.ShowSectionTitles || itemInfo.MyDocStyle.ShowSectionTitles;
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsSection && itemInfo.ActiveSection.DisplayText.ToUpper().Contains("<NO TITLE>") && !itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.ProcData.PrintNoTitle) ShowSectionTitles = false;
|
|
HasIndent = itemInfo.IsStep && itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.DontResetIndentOnNewline;
|
|
|
|
int MetaLevel = 0; // if meta section, stores what level this section is.
|
|
float savCheckListBottomMost = 0;
|
|
//int[] problemIDs = { 889 };
|
|
//List<int> lProblemIDs = new List<int>(problemIDs);
|
|
//if (lProblemIDs.Contains(itemInfo.ItemID))
|
|
// Console.WriteLine("Found Item {0}", itemInfo.ItemID);formatInfochecko
|
|
MyParent = parent;
|
|
// The following code determines the last paragraph for an RNO
|
|
// MyTopRNO finds the Top paragraph for an RNO
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsInRNO)
|
|
{
|
|
if (rnoLevel <= maxRNO && itemInfo.IsRNOPart) // Not top level RNO
|
|
MyTopRNO = this;
|
|
else
|
|
MyTopRNO = MyParent.MyTopRNO;
|
|
if (MyTopRNO != null) MyTopRNO.LastRNO = this;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!MyPageHelper.MyParagraphs.ContainsKey(itemInfo.ItemID) && !itemInfo.IsFootnote) MyPageHelper.MyParagraphs.Add(itemInfo.ItemID, this);
|
|
|
|
// if this a continuous subsection, refresh the style.
|
|
// This was commented out to fix a Westinghouse print issue 3-21-2014, orignally put in for Farley
|
|
//if (itemInfo.IsStepSection && !(itemInfo as SectionInfo).IsSeparatePagination() && itemInfo.MyParent.IsSection)
|
|
// RefreshDocStyle();
|
|
|
|
XOffset = xoff;
|
|
if (!MyItemInfo.IsStep && !MyItemInfo.IsStepSection && MyItemInfo.MyContent.MyEntry != null)
|
|
{
|
|
IsWordDocPara = true;
|
|
// special case - this is a 'Word Doc' paragraph. The Processed flag is used to know
|
|
// that steps need put out on a page for the pagination logic, and since there are no steps
|
|
// we don't want to have to worry about putting this out for pagination logic.
|
|
Processed = true;
|
|
ProfileTimer.Pop(profileDepth);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
YTopMost = YOffset = yoff;
|
|
vlnTab mytab = null;
|
|
bool doSectTab = false;
|
|
// if this substep has a caution or note as its parent, then there may have been a special indent done on the
|
|
// substep... check the CautionOrNoteSubstepIndent value, this is the additional indent amount in number
|
|
// of characters.
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyParent.IsCaution || itemInfo.MyParent.IsNote)
|
|
{
|
|
// if this is a Note or Caution off of a Note or Caution (Catawba EG/1A/CSAM/SACGR1 step 1)
|
|
// then indent it the length of its tab
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsCaution || itemInfo.IsNote)
|
|
XOffset += (!itemInfo.IsBackgroundStep()) ? (itemInfo.FormatStepData.TabData.IdentPrint.Length - 1) * 6 : 0; // B2018-139 don't adjust XOffset when processing a Caution, or Note background text is is off of Caution or Note WCN BG SAG-10 step 4
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.DevNoteOrCautionTabOffset != null)
|
|
XOffset = float.Parse(itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.DevNoteOrCautionTabOffset);
|
|
else
|
|
XOffset += 72 * (itemInfo.FormatStepData.CautionOrNoteSubstepIndent == null ? 0 : (float)itemInfo.FormatStepData.CautionOrNoteSubstepIndent / (float)itemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CPI);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsStep && itemInfo.MyHLS != null && itemInfo.MyHLS.FormatStepData.UseSmartTemplate &&
|
|
itemInfo.FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.AlignWithParentTab
|
|
|| (itemInfo.Steps != null && itemInfo.Steps.Count > 0 && itemInfo.Steps[0].FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.AlignWithParentTab))
|
|
itemInfo.MyTab = null;
|
|
|
|
float xMetaAdj = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsFootnote) itemInfo.MyTab = null;
|
|
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsSupInfoPart) XOffset = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin;
|
|
|
|
//if (itemInfo.MyTab != null && itemInfo.MyTab.Text != null && itemInfo.MyTab.Text != "")
|
|
// bug fix - if the section does not have a section number, then we need to build an empty tab for the itemInfo
|
|
// so that we place the section title in the correct location. so we need to go into this IF code block
|
|
// even if itemInfo has a MyTab that is an empty string when itemInfo is a section - 2/11/2015
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyTab != null && itemInfo.MyTab.Text != null && (itemInfo.MyTab.Text != "" || itemInfo.IsSection))
|
|
{
|
|
float localXOffset = XOffset;
|
|
bool doprint = true;
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsSection)
|
|
{
|
|
MyItemInfo.ActiveSection = null;
|
|
MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle = null;
|
|
DocStyle ds = MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle;
|
|
|
|
if (!ds.ComponentList && ShowSectionTitles
|
|
&& !MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.CancelSectTitle
|
|
&& !MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.SpecialStepsFoldout) // Don't ouput the Step Section title
|
|
{
|
|
SectionConfig sch = MyItemInfo.MyConfig as SectionConfig;
|
|
if (sch != null && sch.Section_PrintHdr != "Y")
|
|
{
|
|
doprint = false;
|
|
YTopMost = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
doprint = false;
|
|
}
|
|
// if printing the supplemental info facing page, don't put out the section title. ToPdf will put out 'Supplemental Information' title.
|
|
if (MyPromsPrinter.SupInfoPrintType == E_SupInfoPrintType.Merge && MyPageHelper.CreatingSupInfoPage && itemInfo.IsSection) doprint = false;
|
|
if (doprint && itemInfo.IsSection && !itemInfo.MyDocStyle.CancelSectTitle && itemInfo.MyTab.Text.ToUpper() != "FOLDOUT")
|
|
{
|
|
doSectTab = true;
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsStepSection && formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionNumber.Just.Contains("PSLeft"))
|
|
{
|
|
float offset = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin;
|
|
if (formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionNumber.Pos != null)
|
|
{
|
|
ItemInfo iilvl = itemInfo;
|
|
while (!iilvl.IsProcedure)
|
|
{
|
|
// see if this metasection, walking up the tree, has its header printed,
|
|
// if so, indent for it.
|
|
SectionConfig sch1 = iilvl.MyConfig as SectionConfig;
|
|
if (sch1.Section_PrintHdr == "Y" || MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.UseMetaSections)
|
|
MetaLevel++;
|
|
iilvl = iilvl.MyParent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvert)
|
|
{
|
|
if (MetaLevel == 1)
|
|
offset += (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionNumber.Pos;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
SectionConfig sc = itemInfo.MyParent.MyConfig as SectionConfig;
|
|
if (MyParent != null)
|
|
{
|
|
// if the parent is not printed, then adjust the xoffset based on
|
|
// the level of the metasection. Note that the 'if (MetaLevel==20) MetaLevel = 1'
|
|
// line of code was added so that the xoffsets between 16 & 32 bit are closer.
|
|
// This code was added to fix problems in BGE OI34, Appendix sections/subsection xoffsets.
|
|
if (sc != null && sc.Section_PrintHdr == "N")
|
|
{
|
|
if (MetaLevel == 2) MetaLevel = 1;
|
|
xMetaAdj = (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.MetaSectionList[0].ColSByLevel;
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < MetaLevel; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
xMetaAdj += (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionHeader.Pos - (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionNumber.Pos;
|
|
xMetaAdj += (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.MetaSectionList[i].SecNumPositionAdj;
|
|
}
|
|
offset += xMetaAdj;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
offset = (sc != null && sc.SubSection_AutoIndent == "Y") ? MyParent.XOffset
|
|
: (MyParent.MyTab != null) ? MyParent.MyTab.XOffset : XOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
MetaLevel = MetaLevel <= 2 ? 1 : MetaLevel - 1;
|
|
if (MetaLevel == 1)
|
|
offset += (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionNumber.Pos;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
xMetaAdj = (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.MetaSectionList[0].ColSByLevel;
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < MetaLevel; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
xMetaAdj += (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionHeader.Pos - (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionNumber.Pos;
|
|
xMetaAdj += (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.MetaSectionList[i].SecNumPositionAdj;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
offset += xMetaAdj;
|
|
itemInfo.MyTab.Text = itemInfo.MyTab.Text.TrimEnd(" ".ToCharArray());
|
|
itemInfo.MyTab.CleanText = itemInfo.MyTab.CleanText.TrimEnd(" ".ToCharArray());
|
|
if (((itemInfo.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.DSS_SameXOffSubsections) == E_DocStructStyle.DSS_SameXOffSubsections))
|
|
offset += (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionNumber.Pos;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
localXOffset = offset;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!itemInfo.IsSection || doSectTab)
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsSupInfoPart) // get combined tab if on a supinfo facing page:
|
|
mytab = GetSupInfoTab(cb, itemInfo, yoff, mytab, doSectTab, localXOffset);
|
|
else if (itemInfo.MyTab.AltPrintTab != null)
|
|
mytab = new vlnTab(cb, this, itemInfo.MyTab.AltPrintTab, itemInfo.MyTab.AltPrintTab, localXOffset, yoff, itemInfo.MyTab.MyFont, doSectTab, StepRTB.MySymbolFontName, itemInfo.MyTab.RemovedStyleUnderline);
|
|
else
|
|
mytab = new vlnTab(cb, this, itemInfo.MyTab.Text, itemInfo.MyTab.CleanText, localXOffset, yoff, itemInfo.MyTab.MyFont, doSectTab, StepRTB.MySymbolFontName, itemInfo.MyTab.RemovedStyleUnderline);
|
|
PartsLeft.Add(mytab);
|
|
if (mytab.MyMacro != null) PartsLeft.Add(mytab.MyMacro);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo.IsSupInfoPart) // if it was an empty tab - it may have been a caution/note
|
|
{
|
|
mytab = GetSupInfoTab(cb, itemInfo, yoff, mytab, doSectTab, XOffset);
|
|
PartsLeft.Add(mytab);
|
|
}
|
|
// if this is the High Level RNO step (MyTopRNO) and we are numbering the RNO, adjust the xoffset to start the tab
|
|
// at the x location rather than starting the text at the x location:
|
|
AdjustWidth(itemInfo, maxRNO, formatInfo, mytab);
|
|
bool adjustAgain = ((itemInfo.MyTab != null && itemInfo.MyTab.Position == 0) || (itemInfo.MyPrevious != null && itemInfo.MyPrevious.FormatStepData != null && itemInfo.MyPrevious.FormatStepData.TabData.IsTransition)) ? true : false;
|
|
if (!itemInfo.IsSection && itemInfo.FormatStepData.NumberHighLevel && itemInfo.IsRNOPart && (MyTopRNO == null || itemInfo.ItemID == MyTopRNO.MyItemInfo.ItemID))
|
|
{
|
|
// adjust the x-offset of the RNO to include the tab.
|
|
if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.RNOWidthSameAsHighParent)// && !itemInfo.MyParent.IsHigh)
|
|
{
|
|
vlnParagraph hls = GetHighLevelParagraph();
|
|
float RnoOffset1 = ToInt(formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.ColRTable, maxRNO);
|
|
float offset = hls.Width + RnoOffset1 + hls.XOffset;
|
|
vlnTab tb = hls.MyTab;
|
|
//offset += tb.Width;
|
|
if (MyTopRNO == null)
|
|
Width -= (float)itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.SingleColumnRNOIndent;
|
|
offset -= Width;
|
|
float inc = offset - XOffset;
|
|
if (mytab != null)
|
|
mytab.XOffset += inc;// +(itemInfo.MyParent.IsHigh ? 6.8f : 0);
|
|
XOffset += inc;
|
|
adjustAgain = false;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo.FormatStepData.AdjHighLevelTab != null && itemInfo.ColumnMode > 0)
|
|
// For Farley (only plant format to use AdjHighLevelTab), determine the xoffset based on
|
|
// where the right edge of the text is. Their RNO's are numbered with parent numbering
|
|
// so the calculations for determining the xoffset backs up from the right edge.
|
|
{
|
|
float rightTextEdge = this.MyHighLevelParagraph.XOffset + this.MyHighLevelParagraph.Width;
|
|
int colRx = int.Parse(formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.ColRTable.Split(",".ToCharArray())[itemInfo.ColumnMode]);
|
|
rightTextEdge += (colRx + (itemInfo.FormatStepData.AdjHighLevelTab ?? 0));
|
|
float diff = rightTextEdge - (XOffset + Width);
|
|
if (mytab != null) mytab.XOffset += diff;
|
|
XOffset += diff;
|
|
adjustAgain = false;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (mytab != null)
|
|
{
|
|
float adjusttab = (itemInfo.MyParent.IsHigh) ? itemInfo.FormatStepData.AdjHighLevelTab ?? 0 : 0;
|
|
mytab.XOffset += (mytab.Width + adjusttab);
|
|
XOffset = mytab.XOffset + mytab.Width;
|
|
if (adjusttab != 0) Width += (mytab.Width);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (adjustAgain)
|
|
{
|
|
AdjustXOffsetForTab(itemInfo, maxRNO, formatInfo, mytab, xMetaAdj);
|
|
// Used in Ginna's Attachment format.
|
|
// if the Note/Caution is off of a sub-step, then adjust the width so that the Caution/Note text box does not extend past the HLS text box
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsCautionOrNotePart && maxRNO == 0 && (itemInfo.ActiveSection != null && itemInfo.ActiveSection.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.LimitCautionNoteWidthToHLS)) // C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
{
|
|
float wMax = MyHighLevelParagraph.Width + MyHighLevelParagraph.XOffset - XOffset;
|
|
if (wMax < Width && (Width + XOffset > MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageWidth)) Width = wMax;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsSection && MyParent == null && itemInfo.MyDocStyle.SupplementalInformation && MyPromsPrinter.SupInfoPrintType == E_SupInfoPrintType.Merge)
|
|
{
|
|
_SupInfoSection = new vlnParagraph(this, cb, itemInfo, xoff, yoff, rnoLevel, maxRNO, formatInfo, null, null, yoffRightParent, false, pp);
|
|
MyPromsPrinter.SupInfoPdfPageCount = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
// For Calvert Alarms: if within the CONDITION/RESPONSE table, indent by 1 character.
|
|
// Sequential substeps are ok because of the tab string, but items without a tab & other step
|
|
// types were writing over the CONDITION/RESPONSE vertical table line. This code uses
|
|
// 7.2 for the character size to match 16bit output.
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsStep && !itemInfo.IsSequential && !itemInfo.IsCaution && !itemInfo.IsNote && MyParent.HasCalvertMacro)
|
|
{
|
|
XOffset += 7.2f;
|
|
if (mytab != null) mytab.XOffset += 7.2f;
|
|
}
|
|
if ((itemInfo.IsCaution || (itemInfo.IsNote && !itemInfo.IsFootnote)) && (itemInfo.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.DoubleBoxHLS) == E_DocStructStyle.DoubleBoxHLS)
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsInRNO)
|
|
{
|
|
XOffset = MyTopRNO.MyTab != null ? MyTopRNO.MyTab.XOffset : MyTopRNO.XOffset;
|
|
Width = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageWidth - XOffset - 10;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
XOffset = MyHighLevelParagraph.MyTab.XOffset;
|
|
Width = MyHighLevelParagraph.MyTab.Width + MyHighLevelParagraph.Width - 6; // make width 1/2 char smaller so it doesn't touch line
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (UseTemplateWidthOrXOff(itemInfo))
|
|
{
|
|
float txoff = GetWidthOrStartFromTemplate(itemInfo, itemInfo.ActiveFormat, false);
|
|
if (txoff > 0) XOffset = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + txoff; // GetWidthOrStartFromTemplate(itemInfo, itemInfo.ActiveFormat, false);
|
|
}
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyHeader != null && itemInfo.MyHeader.Text != null && !doSectTab)
|
|
yoff += SetHeader(this, cb, itemInfo, formatInfo);
|
|
else if (itemInfo.FormatStepData != null && itemInfo.FormatStepData.SeparateBox && itemInfo.FirstSibling.MyHeader != null && itemInfo.FirstSibling.MyHeader.Text != null)
|
|
yoff += SetHeader(this, cb, itemInfo.FirstSibling, formatInfo);
|
|
float yoffLeft = yoff;
|
|
if (ChildrenAbove != null)
|
|
ChildrenAbove.StepDesignator = null; //reset StepDesignator
|
|
if (DoSubs && itemInfo.Cautions != null && (!itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm || itemInfo.Cautions[0].FormatStepData.Type != "Caution1") && !(itemInfo.IsCaution || itemInfo.IsNote))
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.Dev_Format)
|
|
{
|
|
// For deviations, the Cautions are always in the same place.
|
|
// Fix for Catawba E-1 deviation for step 10. Has note/caution off of a paragraph instead of HLS
|
|
float xoffDev = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin;
|
|
if (loadChildren) yoffLeft = ChildrenLeft.Add(cb, itemInfo.Cautions, xoff, yoff, yoff, rnoLevel, maxRNO, formatInfo);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (yoffRightParent > yoff && ((itemInfo.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.DoubleBoxHLS) != E_DocStructStyle.DoubleBoxHLS)) yoff = yoffRightParent;
|
|
if (loadChildren) yoff = ChildrenAbove.Add(cb, itemInfo.Cautions, xoff, yoff, yoff, rnoLevel, maxRNO, formatInfo);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (DoSubs && itemInfo.Notes != null && !(itemInfo.IsCaution || itemInfo.IsNote))
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.Dev_Format)
|
|
{
|
|
// For deviations, the Cautions are always in the same place.
|
|
// Fix for Catawba E-1 deviation for step 10. Has note/caution off of a paragraph instead of HLS
|
|
float xoffDev = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + 6 + (float)(itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.WidT);
|
|
if (loadChildren) yoffLeft = Math.Max(yoffLeft, ChildrenLeft.Add(cb, itemInfo.Notes, xoffDev, yoff, yoff, rnoLevel, maxRNO, formatInfo));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// Notes/Cautions span the page. If the right (RNO) column is below current yoff, use the
|
|
// yoff from this. Without this, an overlap of text between the note and the bottom of the
|
|
// RNO was occurring for FNP - Unit 2/AOP, AOP-4.0.
|
|
if (yoffRightParent > yoff && ((itemInfo.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.DoubleBoxHLS) != E_DocStructStyle.DoubleBoxHLS)) yoff = yoffRightParent;
|
|
if (loadChildren)
|
|
{
|
|
float yoffadj = 0;
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsTable && MyFlexGrid.BorderStyle == C1.Win.C1FlexGrid.Util.BaseControls.BorderStyleEnum.None && !MyFlexGrid.TopRowHasBorder())
|
|
yoffadj = SixLinesPerInch; // adjust the yoffset if the note is off of a borderless table
|
|
yoff = ChildrenAbove.Add(cb, itemInfo.Notes, xoff, yoff + yoffadj, yoff + yoffadj, rnoLevel, maxRNO, formatInfo) - yoffadj;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (itemInfo is StepInfo && ((itemInfo as StepInfo).MyConfig as StepConfig).Step_PreferredPagebreak) HasPrefPageBreak = true;
|
|
// The following adds supplemental information items to the SupInfoSection list off of the section level paragraph for printing
|
|
// of the sup info pdf. The SupInfoSection list is just a flat list of all supplemental information within the section.
|
|
if (MyPromsPrinter.SupInfoPrintType == E_SupInfoPrintType.Merge && loadChildren && itemInfo.SupInfos != null)
|
|
{
|
|
SupInfoSection.ChildrenBelow.Add(cb, itemInfo.SupInfos, XOffset, 0, 0, rnoLevel, maxRNO, formatInfo);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Without the following, BGE had gaps in y-direction if the AER/RNO both had cautions/notes.
|
|
// The only time this needs done is if caution/notes are printed in separate columns in dual
|
|
// column mode (used the DoubleBoxHLS BGE flag for this - if another plant needs this, make it
|
|
// a more generic flag).
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsRNOPart && ((itemInfo.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.DoubleBoxHLS) == E_DocStructStyle.DoubleBoxHLS) &&
|
|
rnoLevel == maxRNO && ChildrenAbove.Count > 0 && MyParent.ChildrenAbove.Count > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
float yDeltaRno = yoff - yOffOrig;
|
|
float yDeltaAer = SixLinesPerInch + yOffOrig - MyParent.ChildrenAbove[0].YTopMost;
|
|
if (yDeltaRno > yDeltaAer)
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (vlnParagraph chlda in MyParent.ChildrenAbove)
|
|
{
|
|
chlda.AdjustYOffset(yDeltaAer - yDeltaRno);
|
|
}
|
|
foreach (vlnParagraph chld in ChildrenAbove)
|
|
chld.AdjustYOffset(yDeltaAer);
|
|
yoff -= yDeltaAer;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (vlnParagraph chld in ChildrenAbove)
|
|
chld.AdjustYOffset(yDeltaRno);
|
|
yoff -= yDeltaRno;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// Comanche Peak uses CAUTION2 type to enter a Step Designator, which is placed to the left of the step number.
|
|
// The Step Designator information is saved during the processing of the Cautions (ChildrenAbove)
|
|
// defined in the vlnParagraphs class (of which ChildrenAbove is defined)
|
|
if (ChildrenAbove.StepDesignator != null)
|
|
{
|
|
string pref = ChildrenAbove.StepDesignator;
|
|
float colOvrd = (float)(ChildrenAbove.StepDesignatorColumn ?? 0);
|
|
float xPref = (colOvrd > 0) ? colOvrd : mytab.XOffset - (pref.Length * (72 / (float)_MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CPI));
|
|
PartsLeft.Add(new vlnText(cb, this, pref, pref, xPref, yoff, ChildrenAbove.StepDesignatorFont));
|
|
ChildrenAbove.StepDesignator = null;
|
|
ChildrenAbove.StepDesignatorColumn = null;
|
|
}
|
|
DoAnnotationPrintableText(cb, itemInfo, yoff); // Look in annotation type to see if annotation has text that should be printed (like a step designator)
|
|
|
|
// if this is a hls with a box, adjust the starting y location for the hls. this is done here
|
|
// in case this hls had a boxed caution and/or note before it. Also, this code is here rather
|
|
// than in the vlnparagraphs.add code because the yoff in that code will position the box, but
|
|
// this code positions the hls (in y direction), without this, the hls starts on the box line.
|
|
int bxIndx = itemInfo.IsSection ? 0 : itemInfo.FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.STBoxindex ?? 0;
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsHigh && bxIndx > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
int boxLnAdjust = itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionPrintData.DiffContActBox ? 1 : 2;
|
|
yoff += (boxLnAdjust * SixLinesPerInch); // this yoff is where the BOX starts (boxLnAdjust was added for WEP2)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the format has that extra space should be put out before the step, then
|
|
// handle this by using the 'PartsAbove' structure. By using the parts above, the extra
|
|
// space above will be done regardless of where page breaks fall.
|
|
float addExtraSpace = 0;
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.FormatStepData != null && MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.CustomSpacing)
|
|
addExtraSpace = MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.STExtraSpace ?? 0;
|
|
//if (MyItemInfo.MyParent != null && MyItemInfo.MyParent.FormatStepData != null &&
|
|
// MyItemInfo.MyParent.FormatStepData.Type != "TitleWithTextRight")
|
|
// addExtraSpace = (MyItemInfo.FormatStepData == null) ? 0 : MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.STExtraSpace ?? 0;
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.MyParent != null && MyItemInfo.MyParent.FormatStepData != null)
|
|
addExtraSpace = (MyItemInfo.MyParent.FormatStepData.Type == "TitleWithTextRight" || MyItemInfo.FormatStepData == null) ? 0 : MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.STExtraSpace ?? 0;
|
|
// If a high level step, the 16bit code uses the value of the extra space
|
|
// from the high level step format regardless of what type of high level step it is:
|
|
// Added check for UseSTExtraRealValue, if set, we want to use what is set for the specific step type
|
|
// Added check for CustomSpacing (was also in 16-bit logic)
|
|
if (!MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.UseSTExtraRealValue &&
|
|
!MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.CustomSpacing &&
|
|
MyItemInfo.IsHigh)
|
|
addExtraSpace = MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.StepDataList[2].StepLayoutData.STExtraSpace ?? 0;
|
|
// If CustomSpacing flag is true
|
|
// then use the STExtraSpace from the step type called "Default" (index number 25)
|
|
//if (YOffset != 0 && MyItemInfo.IsSection && MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionLayoutData.CustomSpacing)
|
|
if (YOffset != 0 && MyItemInfo.IsSection && MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.CustomSpacing)
|
|
addExtraSpace = (float)MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.StepDataList[25].StepLayoutData.STExtraSpace;
|
|
if (YOffset != 0 && MyItemInfo.FormatStepData != null &&
|
|
MyItemInfo.MyPrevious == null && MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.ThreeBlanksAbove && (!MyItemInfo.IsNote || MyItemInfo.MyParent.Cautions == null))
|
|
addExtraSpace = 24; // already has one blank line above, added two more
|
|
//if (YOffset != 0 && MyItemInfo.FormatStepData != null && MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.STExtraSpace > 0)
|
|
// addExtraSpace = (float)MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.STExtraSpace;
|
|
// if this plant has the AlwaysUseExtraLines and there are notes/cautions above the hls, don't add in the
|
|
// extra space:
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsHigh && (itemInfo.Cautions != null || itemInfo.Notes != null))
|
|
{
|
|
if ((itemInfo.Cautions != null && itemInfo.Cautions[0].FormatStepData.AlwaysUseExtraLines) || (itemInfo.Notes != null && itemInfo.Notes[0].FormatStepData.AlwaysUseExtraLines))
|
|
addExtraSpace = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
if (addExtraSpace > 0 && MyItemInfo.FormatStepData != null)
|
|
{
|
|
// We need to strip out the underline style from the font before putting out
|
|
// the extra line.
|
|
VE_Font vf = MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font;
|
|
E_Style sty = (E_Style)vf.Style;
|
|
if ((sty & E_Style.Underline) != 0)
|
|
sty ^= E_Style.Underline;
|
|
vf = new VE_Font(vf.Family, (int)vf.Size, sty, (float)vf.CPI);
|
|
this.PartsAbove.Add(new vlnText(cb, this, " ", " ", 72, yoff, vf));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
yoff += addExtraSpace;
|
|
|
|
YTop = yoff;
|
|
YOffset = yoff;
|
|
if (mytab != null && mytab.SeparateBullet)
|
|
{
|
|
string identB = formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.IdentB;
|
|
vlnText myBullet = new vlnText(cb, this, identB, identB, XOffset - 12, YOffset, MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.TabData.Bullet.Font);
|
|
myBullet.Rtf = myBullet.Rtf.Replace("\u25CF", @"\f1\u9679?\f0 ");
|
|
PartsLeft.Add(myBullet);
|
|
}
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyTab != null && itemInfo.MyTab.AsteriskOffset != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// the '-24' in x-direction & '+4' in y-direction was used for the SHE format to get the continuous
|
|
// HLS's asterisk to match 16bit. The font size was set at 16 to make it match also:
|
|
VE_Font astFont = new VE_Font(MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.TabData.Font.Family, 16, E_Style.Bold, 10);
|
|
vlnText myAsterisk = new vlnText(cb, this, "*", "*", mytab.XOffset - 24, YOffset + 4, astFont);
|
|
PartsLeft.Add(myAsterisk);
|
|
}
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsRNOPart && rnoLevel > maxRNO)
|
|
{
|
|
// the DoubleSpace & SpaceDouble flags seem redundant. The 2nd line was added for foldout
|
|
// line spacing for IP2 foldouts (one example can be found in E-1)
|
|
if (!itemInfo.FormatStepData.SpaceDouble && itemInfo.MyParent.IsHigh)
|
|
{
|
|
// but it we are in single column mode, don't remove the blank line. (Wolf Creek Admin Instructions - wcn1)
|
|
if (itemInfo.ActiveSection != null && (itemInfo.ActiveSection as SectionInfo).SectionConfig.Section_ColumnMode != SectionConfig.SectionColumnMode.One) // C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
yoff = YOffset = yoff - SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo.FormatStepData.NoSpaceMultipleRNOs) yoff = YOffset = yoff - SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
if (itemInfo.FormatStepData.DoubleSpace && itemInfo.FormatStepData.SpaceDouble) yoff = YOffset = yoff + SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
}
|
|
AddMacros(itemInfo, mytab);
|
|
if (mytab != null)
|
|
{
|
|
mytab.YOffset = yoff;
|
|
if (mytab.MyMacro != null) mytab.MyMacro.YOffset = yoff;
|
|
}
|
|
// For background formats, HLS's or Caution or any Notes have tab on line and then text
|
|
// on line below (with space in between)
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsBackgroundStep() && itemInfo.MyTab != null && itemInfo.MyTab.AltPrintTab != null && itemInfo.MyTab.AltPrintTab.Trim() != "")
|
|
yoff = YOffset = yoff + (2 * SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
CheckOff co = itemInfo.GetCheckOffStep();
|
|
float yForCheckoff = yoff; //0; - default checkoff row is same as FIRST line of text
|
|
// if dropCheckoff is true, then the checkoff is place on the same of row as the LAST line of text
|
|
bool dropCheckoff = itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.ProcData.CheckOffData.DropCheckOff
|
|
|| (co != null && co.DropCheckOff);
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyContent.MyGrid != null)
|
|
{
|
|
vlnCells.DefaultFont = itemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.WindowsFont;// Set the default text font based upon the format
|
|
int profileDepth1 = ProfileTimer.Push(">>>> Before vlnParagraph.Grid");
|
|
//Use Static MyFlexGrid - BWD INST2 - FlexGrid Errors
|
|
MyFlexGrid.LoadGrid(itemInfo);
|
|
MyGrid = new vlnTable(MyFlexGrid, cb);
|
|
Height = MyGrid.Height;
|
|
Width = MyGrid.Width;
|
|
// Adjust the XOffset before determining if the table will overlap the RNO column RHM 20150529
|
|
CalculateXOffsetGridOrFigure(itemInfo, maxRNO, formatInfo);
|
|
|
|
yoff = AdjustLocIfLongerRNO(itemInfo, yoff, yoffRightParent);
|
|
// if the table does not have a border, only move down one line:
|
|
float yoffForBorder = 2 * SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
if (MyFlexGrid.BorderStyle == C1.Win.C1FlexGrid.Util.BaseControls.BorderStyleEnum.None && !MyFlexGrid.TopRowHasBorder())
|
|
yoffForBorder -= SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
//yForCheckoff = yoff + Height - SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
if (dropCheckoff)
|
|
yForCheckoff += Height - SixLinesPerInch; // place checkoff on last row of text
|
|
yoff += (Height + yoffForBorder); //(2 * SixLinesPerInch));
|
|
yoff = (float)Math.Ceiling(yoff);
|
|
ProfileTimer.Pop(profileDepth1);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo.IsRtfRaw)
|
|
{
|
|
CalculateXOffsetGridOrFigure(itemInfo, maxRNO, formatInfo);
|
|
YOffset = yoff;
|
|
yoff += Height * .6f; // .6 is used as a scale factor in RtfRawAt (rtf2pdf). Use it here too for moving down page after equation.
|
|
yoff = (float)Math.Ceiling(yoff);
|
|
yoff += AdjustForBlankLines();
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo.IsFigure) // if a figure we've got to determine the size:
|
|
{
|
|
int profileDepth2 = ProfileTimer.Push(">>>> Before vlnParagraph.Figure");
|
|
string erMsg = null;
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyContent.Text != null) // ro image
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyContent.Text != "") // also check for text, there is an RO image then:
|
|
{
|
|
ProcedureInfo proc = itemInfo.MyProcedure;
|
|
DocVersionInfo dvi = proc.MyDocVersion;
|
|
ROFstInfo rofst = dvi.DocVersionAssociations[0].MyROFst;
|
|
//rofst.docVer = dvi;
|
|
ROFSTLookup lookup = rofst.GetROFSTLookup(dvi);
|
|
string linkInfoText = itemInfo.MyContent.Text.Replace(@"\v ", "");
|
|
Match m = Regex.Match(linkInfoText, @"(.*)[#]Link:([A-Za-z]*):(.*)");
|
|
string val = null;
|
|
if (m.Length > 0) // if m.lengh is zero, then no match was found - no RO was entered in the figure substep
|
|
{
|
|
if (m.Groups.Count < 4)
|
|
{
|
|
//erMsg = "RO was not found during data migration.";
|
|
// added newlines in the RO number (shown in figure substep type with figure RO)
|
|
// if we are here, then there is no RO link information, use this number to find the RO image to print
|
|
val = string.Format("{0}\n{1}\n{2}\n{3}",
|
|
linkInfoText.Substring(0, linkInfoText.Length - 16),
|
|
linkInfoText.Substring(linkInfoText.Length - 16, 8),
|
|
linkInfoText.Substring(linkInfoText.Length - 8, 4),
|
|
linkInfoText.Substring(linkInfoText.Length - 4, 4));
|
|
val = val.Replace(@"\u8209?", "-").Replace(@"\u9586?", @"\"); // replace dash and backslash symbols with dash and backslash characters
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
string[] subs = m.Groups[3].Value.Split(" ".ToCharArray());
|
|
val = lookup.GetRoValue(subs[1]);
|
|
if (val == null || val == "?") val = lookup.GetRoValue(subs[1].Substring(0, 12));
|
|
if (val == "?")
|
|
{
|
|
erMsg = string.Format("Referenced Object does not exist.");
|
|
_MyLog.WarnFormat("\r\nMissing Referenced Object {0} in {1}", subs[1], itemInfo.ShortPath);
|
|
yoff += 2 * SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
GC.Collect(); // memory garbage collection (Regex memory bug)
|
|
if (val != null && val != "?")
|
|
{
|
|
string[] vals = val.Split("\n".ToCharArray());
|
|
Width = Int32.Parse(vals[3], System.Globalization.NumberStyles.AllowHexSpecifier) * MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CharsToTwips;
|
|
int lines = Int32.Parse(vals[2], System.Globalization.NumberStyles.AllowHexSpecifier);
|
|
// Check that the Height of figure isn't too big to fit on the page, if it is
|
|
// set the Height to the printable part of page - Height of the HLS and an extra line
|
|
// for between HLS & figure.
|
|
float h1 = lines * SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
float h2 = RoughSizeOfPage - MyParent.Height - SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
Height = Math.Min(h1, h2);
|
|
if (h1 > h2)
|
|
{
|
|
Width *= (h2 / h1);
|
|
}
|
|
StepConfig sc = new StepConfig(MyItemInfo as StepInfo);
|
|
if (sc != null && sc.Step_ImageWidth != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
Width = sc.Step_ImageWidth;
|
|
Height = sc.Step_ImageHeight;
|
|
}
|
|
yoff = AdjustLocIfLongerRNO(itemInfo, yoff, yoffRightParent);
|
|
if (dropCheckoff)
|
|
yForCheckoff += Height - SixLinesPerInch; // place checkoff on last row of text
|
|
bool noborder = MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Type.ToUpper().Contains("BORDERLESS");
|
|
yoff += (Height + ((noborder ? 1 : 2) * SixLinesPerInch)); // RHM 20120925 - Eliminate extra space after Figure }
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
ROImageInfo roImage = ROImageInfo.GetByROFstID_FileName(rofst.ROFstID, vals[0]);
|
|
if (roImage != null)
|
|
ImageText = val;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
roImage = rofst.GetROImageByFilename(vals[0], MyItemInfo);// need code to go and get an ROImaage if it exists
|
|
if (roImage == null)
|
|
erMsg = string.Format("Image {0} does not exist.", vals[0]);
|
|
else
|
|
ImageText = val;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
catch (Exception ex)
|
|
{
|
|
erMsg = string.Format("Image {0} does not exist, error = {1}.", vals[0], ex.Message);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (erMsg != null) Rtf = GetRtf(erMsg, itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.Font);
|
|
}
|
|
CalculateXOffsetGridOrFigure(itemInfo, maxRNO, formatInfo);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// figure
|
|
ImageText = "figure";
|
|
}
|
|
if (ImageText == null && erMsg == null)
|
|
{
|
|
ImageText = "figure";
|
|
ImageConfig ic = new ImageConfig(MyItemInfo.MyContent.MyImage);
|
|
// B2016-277: add a try catch in case of there being 'bad' data in the text field for an image/figure
|
|
try
|
|
{
|
|
byte[] idata = (ic != null && ic.Image_DataSize > 0) ? ROImageInfo.Decompress(MyItemInfo.MyContent.MyImage.Data, ic.Image_DataSize) : MyItemInfo.MyContent.MyImage.Data;
|
|
MemoryStream ms = new MemoryStream(idata);
|
|
System.Drawing.Image img = System.Drawing.Image.FromStream(ms);
|
|
Width = img.Width;
|
|
Height = img.Height;
|
|
if (ic != null && ic.Image_Height != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
Width = ic.Image_Width;
|
|
Height = ic.Image_Height;
|
|
}
|
|
yoff = AdjustLocIfLongerRNO(itemInfo, yoff, yoffRightParent);
|
|
bool noborder = MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Type.ToUpper().Contains("BORDERLESS");
|
|
yoff += (Height + ((noborder ? 2 : 3) * SixLinesPerInch));
|
|
CalculateXOffsetGridOrFigure(itemInfo, maxRNO, formatInfo);
|
|
}
|
|
catch (Exception ex)
|
|
{
|
|
_MyLog.WarnFormat("Bad figure content data: item = {0}, {1}", MyItemInfo.ItemID, MyItemInfo.ShortPath);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
ProfileTimer.Pop(profileDepth2);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// For Calvert Alarms, the 'CONDITION/RESPONSE' portion uses a macro to print
|
|
// the CONDITION and RESPONSE text with the lines around it. Add the macro here because
|
|
// there is no tab for the step & that's where the macro is usually stored:
|
|
if (HasCalvertMacro) PartsLeft.Add(new vlnMacro(xoff - 12f, yoff, "H4"));
|
|
|
|
//if (itemInfo.IsSection)
|
|
// Rtf = GetRtf(itemInfo, prefix, " (Continued)");
|
|
//else
|
|
// BuildRtf(); // not necessary, RTF is lazyloaded
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsStep && itemInfo.MyHLS != null && itemInfo.MyHLS.FormatStepData.UseSmartTemplate)
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.AlignWithParentTab
|
|
|| (itemInfo.Steps != null && itemInfo.Steps.Count > 0 && itemInfo.Steps[0].FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.AlignWithParentTab))
|
|
{
|
|
int stplevl = TheStepLevel(itemInfo);
|
|
if (stplevl >= 0 && MyItemInfo.MyHLS.FormatStepData.VertPos[stplevl] > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.StepPrintData.Justify == "Center")
|
|
{
|
|
string[] vertPos = MyItemInfo.MyHLS.FormatStepData.VertPos.Split(",".ToCharArray());
|
|
float hloc = (float.Parse(vertPos[stplevl]) + ((float.Parse(vertPos[stplevl + 1]) - float.Parse(vertPos[stplevl])) / 2));
|
|
Chunk chk = (Chunk)IParagraph.Chunks[0];
|
|
hloc = hloc - (chk.GetWidthPoint() / 2);
|
|
XOffset = hloc + (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
XOffset = float.Parse(MyItemInfo.MyHLS.FormatStepData.VertPos.Split(",".ToCharArray())[stplevl]) + (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsTablePart) // Not for grid, this is for old-style tables.
|
|
{
|
|
Width = GetTableWidth(cb, IParagraph, MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageWidth);
|
|
CalculateXOffsetGridOrFigure(itemInfo, maxRNO, formatInfo);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
if (itemInfo.FormatStepData != null && itemInfo.FormatStepData.StepPrintData != null && (itemInfo.IsHigh || (!itemInfo.IsHigh && itemInfo.MyContent.Type != itemInfo.MyParent.MyContent.Type))) XOffset += (float)(itemInfo.FormatStepData.StepPrintData.PosAdjust ?? 0);
|
|
|
|
// point beach wpb subformats 20 & 22 were printing some text past right margin. Limit the width to the right margin, i.e. pagewid
|
|
if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionPrintData.LimitWidToPageWid)
|
|
{
|
|
float lim = (MyTab == null ? (XOffset - (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin) : MyTab.XOffset + MyTab.Width) + Width;
|
|
float docStyleLim = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageWidth - (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin;
|
|
|
|
if (lim > docStyleLim)
|
|
{
|
|
WidthNoLimit = Width; // Use this width to calculate childrens' width, without this, code was making children to narrow!
|
|
Width = docStyleLim - (MyTab == null ? (XOffset - (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin) : MyTab.XOffset + MyTab.Width);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsSection && ShowSectionTitles
|
|
&& !MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.CancelSectTitle)
|
|
{
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.SectionMacro != null)
|
|
{
|
|
string macro = GetMacroName(MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.SectionMacro);
|
|
PartsAbove.Add(new vlnMacro(xoff, yoff, macro));
|
|
yoff += SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
YOffset = yoff;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// if this step has a prefix but it's not checklist... do a partsleft for prefix
|
|
if (_MyItemInfo.IsStep && !_MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.UseSmartTemplate)
|
|
{
|
|
if (_MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Prefix != null && _MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Prefix != "")
|
|
{
|
|
string pref = _MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Prefix.Replace("{Backspace}", "");
|
|
float xPref = XOffset - (pref.Length * (72 / (float)_MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CPI));
|
|
E_Style es = (E_Style)_MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.Style & E_Style.Bold;
|
|
VE_Font tmpFont = new VE_Font(_MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.Family, (int)_MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.Size, es, (float)_MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CPI);
|
|
PartsLeft.Add(new vlnText(cb, this, pref, pref, xPref, yoff, tmpFont));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// If checklists, the substeps are printed in a row, need to keep track of the 'longest' in
|
|
// y direction (bottommost) across the row.
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsStep && itemInfo.MyHLS != null && (itemInfo.MyHLS.FormatStepData.UseSmartTemplate || (itemInfo.MyHLS.FormatStepData.UseOldTemplate && itemInfo.MyDocStyle.ComponentList)) && (TheStepLevel(itemInfo) >= 0))
|
|
savCheckListBottomMost = yoff + Height + (itemInfo.MyHLS.FormatStepData.UseSmartTemplate ? SixLinesPerInch : 0);
|
|
|
|
// The following was added for BGE valve lists, this format (BGEVLV) used caution1 as
|
|
// a subheader within the valve list. To print correctly, a line needs to be added to
|
|
// where the bottom of this (subheader) is located and XOffset is set to the leftmargin.
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsStep && itemInfo.MyHLS != null && !itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm && itemInfo.IsCaution1 && itemInfo.MyHLS.FormatStepData.UseOldTemplate && itemInfo.MyDocStyle.ComponentList)
|
|
{
|
|
savCheckListBottomMost += SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
yoff += Height;
|
|
XOffset = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm && itemInfo.IsCaution1) savCheckListBottomMost = yoff + Height;
|
|
// Get Y offset for regular steps, or if section title is output or if not within row (not last column of
|
|
// text) for wcn checklist, i.e.
|
|
if ((!itemInfo.IsStepSection && itemInfo.MyHLS != null && !itemInfo.MyHLS.FormatStepData.UseSmartTemplate) // regular step
|
|
|| (ShowSectionTitles
|
|
&& !MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.CancelSectTitle
|
|
&& !MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.SpecialStepsFoldout)
|
|
// In Checklist: I don't have children or if I have children the first child doesn't alignwithparent.
|
|
|| (!itemInfo.IsStepSection && itemInfo.MyHLS != null && itemInfo.MyHLS.FormatStepData.UseSmartTemplate
|
|
&& ((itemInfo.Steps == null || itemInfo.Steps.Count == 0)
|
|
|| !itemInfo.Steps[0].FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.AlignWithParentTab))
|
|
|| ((MyItemInfo.IsNote || MyItemInfo.IsCaution) && MyItemInfo.MyParent.IsSection)) // B2016-222 check if is a caution or note and parent is a section
|
|
{
|
|
bool doprint = !(MyPageHelper.DidHLSText && MyItemInfo.ItemID == MyPageHelper.HasHLSTextId);
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsSection)
|
|
{
|
|
SectionConfig sch = MyItemInfo.MyConfig as SectionConfig;
|
|
if (sch != null && sch.Section_PrintHdr != "Y") doprint = false;
|
|
}
|
|
if (doprint && !UseTemplateKeepOnCurLine(itemInfo))
|
|
{
|
|
float tyoff = yoff;
|
|
if (itemInfo.Steps != null)
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.FormatStepData != null && itemInfo.FormatStepData.Type == "TitleWithTextRight")
|
|
if (loadChildren) tyoff = ChildrenRight.Add(cb, itemInfo.Steps, XOffset + 72, yoff, yoff, rnoLevel, maxRNO, formatInfo);
|
|
}
|
|
yoff += Height;
|
|
yoff = Math.Max(yoff, tyoff);
|
|
yoff += AdjustForBlankLines();
|
|
if (dropCheckoff)
|
|
yForCheckoff += Height - SixLinesPerInch; // place checkoff on last row of text
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm)
|
|
{
|
|
// For Calvert Alarms, the row has formatting that makes this template item have a header & box
|
|
// (CONDITION/RESPONSE), header with box around it is defined in genmac whereas the lines around
|
|
// substeps are drawn in pagehelper. Adjust some yoffsets around this box.
|
|
// Need to:
|
|
// 1) move the text down a bit for top line (1.5f * SixLinesPerInch)
|
|
// 2) move the substep down 2 lines (2 * SixLinesPerInch) for bottom of box
|
|
// and space before substep
|
|
// 3) if the previous item had this condition, add space for the
|
|
// line below.
|
|
if (HasCalvertMacro)
|
|
{
|
|
YOffset += (1.5f * vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
yoff += (2 * vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
}
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyPrevious != null && itemInfo.MyPrevious.TemplateIndex > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyPrevious.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.Templates[itemInfo.MyPrevious.TemplateIndex].hmacro > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
YOffset += (3 * vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
yoff += (3 * vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (co != null && !MyItemInfo.IsInSupInfo) // C2018-002: don't print checkboxes on supplemental infromation pages.
|
|
{
|
|
// if this item's content is empty, and the flag is set to 'notonempty', don't print out the
|
|
// checkoff - this was added for shearon harris:
|
|
if (!(co.NotOnEmpty && itemInfo.MyContent.Text.Replace(@"\u160?", " ").TrimEnd() == ""))
|
|
{
|
|
float xloc_co = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin;
|
|
// if the format has 'SkipSpaces', look at the tab, and back up the macros to the number of
|
|
// spaces in the tab.
|
|
if (formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.ProcData.CheckOffData.SkipSpaces)
|
|
{
|
|
if (mytab != null)
|
|
xloc_co = mytab.XOffset;
|
|
else
|
|
xloc_co = XOffset; //there's no tab - put checkoff at step's xoff. Macro should back up from step's x.
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.ProcData.CheckOffData.XLocation != 0)
|
|
xloc_co += (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.ProcData.CheckOffData.XLocation;
|
|
else if (formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.ProcData.CheckOffData.RelXLocation != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
float relX = (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.ProcData.CheckOffData.RelXLocation;
|
|
xloc_co = XOffset + (relX > 0 ? Width : 0) + relX;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// if there is ucf value for adjusting the alignment for checkoffs, use it:
|
|
FormatConfig fc = PlantFormat.GetFormatConfig(formatInfo);
|
|
if (fc != null && fc.PlantFormat.FormatData.CheckOffXOffAdj != null)
|
|
{
|
|
if (co.Index > 99) xloc_co += ((float)fc.PlantFormat.FormatData.CheckOffXOffAdj * 72);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CheckOffXtraLines was introduced for the additional lines needed for the longer signoffs
|
|
// for VCBA (&WST1), for F2016-061.
|
|
float checkOffNumberOfLines = (co.CheckOffNumberOfLines ?? 0);
|
|
if (checkOffNumberOfLines > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
yForCheckoff += (2 * SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
PartsRight.Add(new vlnMacro(xloc_co, yForCheckoff/* + xtraCheckOffLines */, co.Macro));
|
|
yoff += ((checkOffNumberOfLines *= SixLinesPerInch) + (2 * SixLinesPerInch));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// if xtraCheckOffLines is a negative number, start the checkoff on the same line
|
|
// as text and adjust the y-offset after the checkoff by the amount of the absolute
|
|
// value of xtraCheckOffLines.
|
|
// if xtraCheckOffLines is a positive number, start the checkoff xtraCheckOffLines - 1
|
|
// down from the text and adjust the y-offset after the checkoff by the amount
|
|
// of xtraCheckOffLines.
|
|
float xtraCheckOffLines = (co.CheckOffXtraLines ?? 0);
|
|
if (xtraCheckOffLines < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
xtraCheckOffLines = -xtraCheckOffLines;
|
|
xtraCheckOffLines *= SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
PartsRight.Add(new vlnMacro(xloc_co, yForCheckoff/* + xtraCheckOffLines */, co.Macro));
|
|
yoff += xtraCheckOffLines;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
xtraCheckOffLines *= SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
xtraCheckOffLines -= ((xtraCheckOffLines > 0) ? SixLinesPerInch : 0);
|
|
PartsRight.Add(new vlnMacro(xloc_co, yForCheckoff + xtraCheckOffLines, co.Macro));
|
|
yoff += (xtraCheckOffLines != 0) ? xtraCheckOffLines + SixLinesPerInch : 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// for WCNTRN, do the responsibility:
|
|
if (formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.WCNTraining) DoResponsibility(cb, YOffset);
|
|
float yOffRight = yoff;
|
|
float RnoOffset = ToInt(formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.ColRTable, maxRNO);
|
|
if (DoSubs && rnoLevel < maxRNO && itemInfo.RNOs != null)
|
|
{
|
|
if (loadChildren) yOffRight = ChildrenRight.Add(cb, itemInfo.RNOs, XOffset + RnoOffset, YTop, YTop, rnoLevel + 1, maxRNO, formatInfo);
|
|
if (ChildrenRight[0].ChildrenAbove.Count > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
float adj = ChildrenRight[0].YOffset - YOffset;
|
|
YOffset = ChildrenRight[0].YOffset;
|
|
yoff += adj;
|
|
if (MyTab != null) MyTab.YOffset = ChildrenRight[0].YOffset;
|
|
if (PartsRight.Count > 0) PartsRight[0].YOffset = ChildrenRight[0].YOffset;
|
|
if (ChildrenAbove.Count == 0)
|
|
YTopMost = ChildrenRight[0].ChildrenAbove[0].YOffset;
|
|
else
|
|
YTopMost = ChildrenAbove[0].YOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// if this hls had a box drawn, add a line for substeps.
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsHigh && ((itemInfo.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.DoubleBoxHLS) == E_DocStructStyle.DoubleBoxHLS)) yoff += vlnPrintObject.SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
|
|
// Need code to determine if the table will overlap the Right Column if it does then
|
|
// use YOffRight rather than yoff
|
|
if (DoSubs && itemInfo.Tables != null)
|
|
{
|
|
bool aerTableOrFigure = itemInfo.Tables[0].FormatStepData.Type.Contains("AER");
|
|
// get the first table & see if it is borderless. If borderless, 16bit code removed a
|
|
// line (yoffset) before printing it:
|
|
float yoffadj = 0;
|
|
if (itemInfo.Tables[0].IsTable)
|
|
{
|
|
MyFlexGrid.LoadGrid(itemInfo.Tables[0]);
|
|
// B2018-077 added check for caution and note parts in which case we want the blank line - fix for Calvert OI-27B 6.11.B and 6.12.B
|
|
if (MyFlexGrid.BorderStyle == C1.Win.C1FlexGrid.Util.BaseControls.BorderStyleEnum.None && !MyFlexGrid.TopRowHasBorder() && !MyItemInfo.IsCautionOrNotePart)
|
|
yoffadj = -SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (yOffRight < yoffRightParent) yOffRight = yoffRightParent;
|
|
// find the very bottom Yoffset (don't do this is in single column mode for cautions/notes: B2016-261)
|
|
vlnParagraph parentPar = parent;
|
|
if (!((MyItemInfo.IsCaution || MyItemInfo.IsNote) && itemInfo.RNOLevel == 0))
|
|
{
|
|
while (parentPar != null && parentPar.MyItemInfo.IsStep)
|
|
{
|
|
float vb = parentPar.YVeryBottom;
|
|
if (yOffRight < vb) yOffRight = vb;
|
|
parentPar = parentPar.MyParent;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
bool rightLonger = yOffRight > yoff;
|
|
if (!aerTableOrFigure && itemInfo.RNOLevel == 0) // Centered Table
|
|
{
|
|
if (loadChildren)
|
|
yoff = ChildrenBelow.Add(cb, itemInfo.Tables, XOffset, rightLonger ? yOffRight : yoff + yoffadj, yOffRight + yoffadj, rnoLevel, maxRNO, formatInfo);
|
|
}
|
|
else // AER or RNO Table
|
|
if (loadChildren)
|
|
yoff = ChildrenBelow.Add(cb, itemInfo.Tables, XOffset, yoff + yoffadj, yOffRight + yoffadj, rnoLevel, maxRNO, formatInfo);
|
|
}
|
|
yOffRight = Math.Max(yOffRight, yoffLeft);
|
|
// Look for the meta section case where the 'Editable' flag is set to 'N', which means that
|
|
// these steps should not be printed:
|
|
bool printsteps = true;
|
|
if (itemInfo.Steps != null && itemInfo.IsSection && itemInfo.Sections != null && itemInfo.Sections.Count > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
SectionConfig sc = itemInfo.MyConfig as SectionConfig;
|
|
if (sc != null && sc.SubSection_Edit != "Y") printsteps = false;
|
|
}
|
|
bool rnoBefore = false;
|
|
bool rnoAfter = false;
|
|
if (rnoLevel >= maxRNO && itemInfo.RNOs != null &&
|
|
!itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.WolfCreekBackgroundFormat &&
|
|
!itemInfo.RNOs[0].FormatStepData.InPageList)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionPrintData.HLRNOStpSeparatorString ?? "") != "" ||
|
|
(itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionPrintData.HLStpSeparatorString ?? "") != "")
|
|
rnoBefore = true;
|
|
else
|
|
rnoAfter = true;
|
|
}
|
|
if (rnoBefore)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionPrintData.HLStpSeparatorString ?? "") != "")
|
|
{
|
|
string tmpSepStr = itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionPrintData.HLStpSeparatorString;
|
|
float tmpSepLen = itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionPrintData.HLStpSeparatorString.Length;
|
|
float xsep = MyHighLevelParagraph.PartsLeft.Count > 0 ? MyHighLevelParagraph.PartsLeft[0].XOffset : MyHighLevelParagraph.XOffset;
|
|
vlnRNOSeparator mySep = new vlnRNOSeparator(this, cb, tmpSepStr, xsep, yoff, itemInfo.ActiveFormat, false);
|
|
PartsBelow.Add(mySep);
|
|
yoff += mySep.Height;// +SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
}
|
|
if (loadChildren) yoff = ChildrenBelow.Add(cb, itemInfo.RNOs, MyTab.XOffset, yoff, yoff, rnoLevel + 1, maxRNO, formatInfo);
|
|
if ((itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionPrintData.HLRNOStpSeparatorString ?? "") != "")
|
|
{
|
|
string tmpSepStr = itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionPrintData.HLRNOStpSeparatorString;
|
|
float tmpSepLen = itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionPrintData.HLRNOStpSeparatorString.Length;
|
|
float xsep = MyHighLevelParagraph.PartsLeft.Count > 0 ? MyHighLevelParagraph.PartsLeft[0].XOffset : MyHighLevelParagraph.XOffset;
|
|
vlnRNOSeparator mySep = new vlnRNOSeparator(this, cb, tmpSepStr, xsep, yoff, itemInfo.ActiveFormat, false);
|
|
PartsBelow.Add(mySep);
|
|
yoff += mySep.Height;// +SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// For Calvert Alarms, 'Caution1' was used to implement the Annunciator Window, i.e. is printed
|
|
// below the HLS and close to the right margin.
|
|
if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm && itemInfo.Cautions != null && itemInfo.Cautions[0].FormatStepData.Type == "Caution1")
|
|
{
|
|
if (loadChildren)
|
|
yoff = ChildrenBelow.Add(cb, itemInfo.Cautions, xoff, yoff, yoff, rnoLevel, maxRNO, formatInfo);
|
|
savCheckListBottomMost = yoff;
|
|
}
|
|
if (DoSubs && itemInfo.Steps != null && printsteps)
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.FormatStepData == null || itemInfo.FormatStepData.Type != "TitleWithTextRight")
|
|
if (rnoBefore)
|
|
{
|
|
if (loadChildren)
|
|
yoff = ChildrenBelow.Add(cb, itemInfo.Steps, MyTab.XOffset, yoff, yOffRight, rnoLevel, maxRNO, formatInfo);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
if (loadChildren) yoff = ChildrenBelow.Add(cb, itemInfo.Steps, XOffset, yoff, yOffRight, rnoLevel, maxRNO, formatInfo);
|
|
}
|
|
if (itemInfo.Sections != null)
|
|
if (loadChildren)
|
|
yoff = ChildrenBelow.Add(cb, itemInfo.Sections, xoff, yoff, yoff, rnoLevel, maxRNO, formatInfo, pp);
|
|
if (itemInfo.Procedures != null)
|
|
if (loadChildren)
|
|
yoff = ChildrenBelow.Add(cb, itemInfo.Procedures, xoff, yoff, yoff, rnoLevel, maxRNO, formatInfo);
|
|
// Don't add the RNO to print if doing backgrounds. That piece of data is part of the pagelist item.
|
|
if (rnoAfter)
|
|
if (loadChildren)
|
|
yoff = ChildrenBelow.Add(cb, itemInfo.RNOs, XOffset, yoff, yoff, rnoLevel + 1, maxRNO, formatInfo);
|
|
yoff = Math.Max(yoff, yOffRight);
|
|
// TODO - use RNOSepAfterAER flag too:
|
|
string tmpRnoSepStr = formatInfo.MyStepSectionPrintData.RNOSepString;
|
|
float tmpRnoSepLen = formatInfo.MyStepSectionPrintData.RNOSepLineLength ?? 0;
|
|
if (rnoLevel < maxRNO && itemInfo.RNOs != null && (tmpRnoSepStr != null || tmpRnoSepLen != 0))
|
|
{
|
|
vlnParagraph rno = ChildrenRight[0];
|
|
vlnParagraph bottomChild = BottomChild;
|
|
float xsep = MyHighLevelParagraph.XOffset + RnoOffset;
|
|
|
|
// ip3 has an rno separator and also has asterisk boxes around continous HLS. If
|
|
// the hls has RNOs off of it, then the rno separator line is outside of the box. If
|
|
// there are RNOs, but not off of HLS, then rno separator line is within the box (this is
|
|
// how 16bit proms did this). The following use of yadjSep and YBottomForBox handle that
|
|
float yadjSep = (MyItemInfo.MyHLS.FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.STBoxindex != null && MyItemInfo.MyHLS.FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.STBoxindex >= 0 &&
|
|
MyItemInfo.MyHLS.RNOs != null && MyItemInfo.MyHLS.RNOs.Count > 0) ? 2 * SixLinesPerInch : 0;
|
|
vlnRNOSeparator myRnoSep = new vlnRNOSeparator(this, cb, tmpRnoSepStr, xsep, yoff + yadjSep, formatInfo, bottomChild == null ? true : bottomChild.MyItemInfo.HasChangeBar);
|
|
// TODO: May need to handle more than one RNO column for RNO Separator
|
|
if ((rno.LastRNO.MyItemInfo.HasChangeBar == false && bottomChild != null && bottomChild.MyItemInfo.HasChangeBar)
|
|
|| (bottomChild != null && bottomChild.YBottom > rno.LastRNO.YBottomMost))
|
|
bottomChild.PartsBelow.Add(myRnoSep);
|
|
else
|
|
rno.LastRNO.PartsBelow.Add(myRnoSep);
|
|
MyHighLevelParagraph.YBottomForBox = 0;
|
|
if (yadjSep > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
MyHighLevelParagraph.YBottomForBox = yoff; // if hlrno, box before sep
|
|
YBottomMostAdjust = SixLinesPerInch; // added for IP3 pagination, the RNO separator is outside asterisk box
|
|
}
|
|
yoff += (myRnoSep.Height + SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
}
|
|
// if in WCNTRN (Wolf Creek Training), need to consider the ysize of the Responsibility text when setting
|
|
// YBottomMost, i.e. if the Responsibilty has more height (y-direction) compared to the actual step text,
|
|
// need to move down on page the height of the responsibility.
|
|
if (formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.WCNTraining && MyItemInfo.IsHigh)
|
|
{
|
|
if (PartsLeft.Count > 0 && PartsLeft[0] is vlnText)
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (vlnText vt in PartsLeft)
|
|
yoff = Math.Max(yoff, vt.YOffset + vt.Height);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
YBottomMost = yoff;
|
|
|
|
if ((MyItemInfo.IsHigh || MyItemInfo.IsCaution1) && MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.LandscapePageList && MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.ComponentList)
|
|
{
|
|
// put out line after step (for BGEVLV format)
|
|
float macroY = YBottomMost - (0.25f * SixLinesPerInch);
|
|
PartsLeft.Add(new vlnMacro((float)MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin, macroY, "B9"));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// For Checklist, the substeps are in rows of data. The YBottomMost is the bottom most for
|
|
// the row.
|
|
if (savCheckListBottomMost != 0) YBottomMost = Math.Max(savCheckListBottomMost, YBottomMost);
|
|
if (XOffsetCenter != null) XOffset = (float)XOffsetCenter;
|
|
ProfileTimer.Pop(profileDepth);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private vlnTab GetSupInfoTab(PdfContentByte cb, ItemInfo itemInfo, float yoff, vlnTab mytab, bool doSectTab, float localXOffset)
|
|
{
|
|
string strmytab = null;
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyParent.IsHigh)
|
|
strmytab = itemInfo.MyTab.CleanText;
|
|
else if (itemInfo.MyParent.IsCaution)
|
|
strmytab = "Caution";
|
|
else if (itemInfo.MyParent.IsNote)
|
|
strmytab = "Note";
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// B2018-022: use flag to determine whether to pre-pend the parent's tab as part of the supplemental info tab
|
|
// (if the procedure tab is long, such as in Farley, the tab overwrites text in the supplemental info pages)
|
|
strmytab = itemInfo.ActiveSection.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SupInfoIncludeParTab
|
|
? ItemInfo.GetCombinedTab(itemInfo.MyParent, itemInfo.MyParent.MyParent.CombinedTab)
|
|
: itemInfo.MyTab.CleanText;
|
|
}
|
|
strmytab = strmytab.Trim();
|
|
mytab = new vlnTab(cb, this, strmytab, strmytab, localXOffset, yoff, itemInfo.MyTab.MyFont, doSectTab, StepRTB.MySymbolFontName, itemInfo.MyTab.RemovedStyleUnderline);
|
|
return mytab;
|
|
}
|
|
private static VE_Font _AnnotationFont;
|
|
public static VE_Font AnnotationFont
|
|
{
|
|
get { return vlnParagraph._AnnotationFont; }
|
|
set { vlnParagraph._AnnotationFont = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
private void DoAnnotationPrintableText(PdfContentByte cb, ItemInfo itemInfo, float yoff)
|
|
{
|
|
// if this step has an Annotation and it has config data to define location, parse out '[xx]' and print it at the location
|
|
// this was added for VC Summer (unit 2 & 3) but is available for any data that has defined the location in the config (from the folder properties
|
|
// at the top node - annotationtype tab.
|
|
if (itemInfo.ItemAnnotationCount > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (AnnotationInfo ai in itemInfo.ItemAnnotations)
|
|
{
|
|
// get the annotation type from the annotation, and see if it has a print location:
|
|
AnnotationTypeInfo at = ai.MyAnnotationType;
|
|
AnnotationTypeConfig atc = new AnnotationTypeConfig(at.Config);
|
|
if (atc.PrintableText_XLocation != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
int st = ai.SearchText.IndexOf("[");
|
|
int end = ai.SearchText.IndexOf("]");
|
|
if (st != -1 && end != -1 && end > st)
|
|
{
|
|
string pref = ai.SearchText.Substring(st + 1, end - st - 1); // annotation - parse out [xx]
|
|
pref = Regex.Replace(pref, "{Up}", @"\u8593?", RegexOptions.IgnoreCase);
|
|
pref = Regex.Replace(pref, "{Down}", @"\u8595?", RegexOptions.IgnoreCase);
|
|
float xPref = atc.PrintableText_XLocation;
|
|
if (AnnotationFont == null)
|
|
AnnotationFont = new VE_Font(_MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.Family, 6, (E_Style)_MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.Style, 20F);
|
|
PartsLeft.Add(new vlnText(cb, this, pref, pref, xPref, yoff, AnnotationFont));
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private float AdjustLocIfLongerRNO(ItemInfo itemInfo, float yoff, float yoffRightParent)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!itemInfo.IsInRNO && yoffRightParent > yoff && itemInfo.FormatStepData.Type.Contains("AER"))
|
|
{
|
|
// is the width of this table going to cause the table to overlap the RNO
|
|
vlnParagraph parRno = FindParentRNO();
|
|
float xMinRno = FindMinXOffsetRno(parRno);
|
|
if (XOffset + Width > xMinRno - 12) // 12 = 2 characters, so that tables don't almost touch & look like an overlap
|
|
{
|
|
if ((float)MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + Width > xMinRno)
|
|
{
|
|
yoff = yoffRightParent;
|
|
YOffset = yoff;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
XOffset = (float)MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return yoff;
|
|
}
|
|
private float FindMinXOffsetRno(vlnParagraph parRno)
|
|
{
|
|
// Find the minimum xoffset in the rno column that overlaps in the y direction with
|
|
// the table that is currently being processed. This is necessary in order to fix the
|
|
// case where the AER table overlaps an RNO table (or tab/text)
|
|
float xcur = 0;
|
|
// YOffset/Height is for the current table, check it against the rno's yoffset & height
|
|
// if aer & rno are within y range of each other
|
|
if (YOffset <= (parRno.YOffset + parRno.Height) && (YOffset + Height) >= parRno.YOffset)
|
|
{
|
|
xcur = parRno.XOffset;
|
|
if (parRno.MyTab != null) xcur = parRno.MyTab.XOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
// recursively look at steps in the rno column to get the smallest xoffset which will
|
|
// then be used to compare to table's xoffset/width to see if there is an overlap
|
|
if (parRno.ChildrenBelow != null)
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (vlnParagraph vp in parRno.ChildrenBelow)
|
|
{
|
|
// yoffset is past where the table is, so don't consider it:
|
|
if (vp.YOffset > (YOffset + Height)) return xcur;
|
|
|
|
float xchild = FindMinXOffsetRno(vp);
|
|
if (xchild > 0 && (xcur == 0 || xchild < xcur))
|
|
xcur = xchild;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return xcur;
|
|
}
|
|
private void DoResponsibility(PdfContentByte cb, float yoff) // WCNTRN's text in 1st column (saved in config for HLS)
|
|
{
|
|
StepConfig sc2 = MyItemInfo.MyConfig as StepConfig;
|
|
if (sc2 != null)
|
|
{
|
|
string resp = sc2.Step_Responsibility;
|
|
|
|
if (resp != null && resp != "") // lines are separated by "\r\n"
|
|
{
|
|
resp = DelimitResponse((int)MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.SectTop.MaxLen, resp);
|
|
if (!resp.EndsWith("\r\n")) resp = resp + "\r\n"; // parsing needs this.
|
|
int indx = resp.IndexOf("\r\n");
|
|
int stindx = 0;
|
|
float y = yoff;
|
|
while (indx > -1)
|
|
{
|
|
string subresp = resp.Substring(stindx, indx - stindx);
|
|
float respWidth = subresp.Length * 6;
|
|
float ctr = (float)MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.SectTop.Margin;
|
|
float respcntrX = (float)MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + ctr - (respWidth / 2);
|
|
vlnText myResp = new vlnText(cb, this, subresp, subresp, respcntrX, y, MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font);
|
|
PartsLeft.Add(myResp);
|
|
y += SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
stindx = indx + 2;
|
|
indx = stindx < resp.Length ? resp.IndexOf("\r\n", stindx) : -1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private string DelimitResponse(int maxLen, string responsStr)
|
|
{
|
|
// This code handles whether user enters \r\n to separate lines or not. The
|
|
// max width that a line can be in the Responsibility column is a format flag (passed in)
|
|
List<string> results = new List<string>();
|
|
int width = 0; // keep track of current width of current 'line' while looking for space to break
|
|
int start = 0; // start of line (index into string 'text')
|
|
int lastspace = 0; // location of lastspace (index into string)
|
|
for (int indx = 0; indx < responsStr.Length; indx++)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((indx + 1) < responsStr.Length && responsStr.Substring(indx, 2) == "\r\n")
|
|
{
|
|
results.Add(responsStr.Substring(start, indx - start).Trim(" ".ToCharArray()) + "\r\n");
|
|
start = indx + 2;
|
|
width = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (responsStr[indx] == ' ') lastspace = indx;
|
|
width++;
|
|
if (width > maxLen)
|
|
{
|
|
// what should be done if lastspace == 0
|
|
// cannot find space char to split on, so break the word
|
|
bool spFound = true;
|
|
if (lastspace == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
lastspace = indx;
|
|
spFound = false;
|
|
}
|
|
results.Add(responsStr.Substring(start, lastspace - start).Trim(" ".ToCharArray()) + "\r\n");
|
|
start = lastspace + (spFound ? 1 : 0); // increment start based on whether a space is found, i.e. if no space keep at 'indx'
|
|
// width either is equal to width of text after the last space, or is zero if at the maxlen of width:
|
|
width = (indx - lastspace - 1) > 0 ? indx - lastspace - 1 : 0;
|
|
lastspace = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (width > 0 || start < responsStr.Length) results.Add(responsStr.Substring(start).Trim(" ".ToCharArray()));
|
|
string retval = null;
|
|
foreach (string st in results) retval = retval + st;
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
public override string Rtf
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
if (_Rtf == null) BuildRtf();
|
|
return _Rtf;
|
|
}
|
|
set { _Rtf = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
private void BuildRtf()
|
|
{
|
|
int profileDepth = ProfileTimer.Push(">>>> BuildRtf");
|
|
if (_Rtf == null)
|
|
{
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm && MyItemInfo.IsCaution1 &&
|
|
MyItemInfo.MyContent.Text.StartsWith(@"\u") && !MyItemInfo.MyContent.Text.StartsWith(@"\u160?"))
|
|
{
|
|
Rtf = GetRtf(MyItemInfo, " " + (Prefix ?? ""), Suffix);
|
|
PrefixSpecialCharacter = true;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Rtf = GetRtf(MyItemInfo, Prefix, Suffix);
|
|
}
|
|
// Need the following with some modifications for WCNCKL format:
|
|
if (Rtf.Contains("{Backspace}"))
|
|
{
|
|
XOffset -= 25;
|
|
Width += 24;
|
|
Rtf = Rtf.Replace("{Backspace}", "");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
Rtf = FixRTFToPrint(MyItemInfo, Rtf);
|
|
ProfileTimer.Pop(profileDepth);
|
|
}
|
|
// C2018-024 I in Arial font changed to I in TimesNewRoman
|
|
private static System.Drawing.Font _TNR;
|
|
// F2018-013 Changed to static and public so that it can be used with step identifiers for bullets
|
|
public static string FixRTFToPrint(ItemInfo myItemInfo, string rtf)
|
|
{
|
|
// Only do this if the text contains symbols.
|
|
if ((rtf.Contains("VESymbFix") || rtf.Contains(Volian.Base.Library.vlnFont.ProportionalSymbolFont))) // C2017-036 get best available proportional font for symbols
|
|
{
|
|
// bug fix: B2017-117 was getting an out of window handles error when doing a print all for Bryon
|
|
// add the using statment to free up window handle that is created doing a New RichTextBox()
|
|
using (System.Windows.Forms.RichTextBox rtb = new System.Windows.Forms.RichTextBox())
|
|
{
|
|
rtb.Rtf = rtf.Replace(@"\\", "<dblbs>"); // rename backslash character to avoid RTF confusion
|
|
//string showRTF = rtf;
|
|
bool changed = false;
|
|
// C2018-024 I in Arial font changed to I in TimesNewRoman
|
|
if (myItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.ChangeFontUpperCaseIinArial)
|
|
{
|
|
bool lastWasNumber = false;
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < rtb.TextLength - 1; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
rtb.Select(i, 2);
|
|
if (rtb.SelectionLength == 2)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((rtb.SelectedText == ".I") && rtb.SelectionFont.FontFamily.Name == "Arial")
|
|
{
|
|
if (_TNR == null)
|
|
_TNR = new System.Drawing.Font("Times New Roman", rtb.SelectionFont.Size, rtb.SelectionFont.Style);
|
|
if (lastWasNumber)
|
|
{
|
|
rtb.SelectionFont = _TNR;
|
|
changed = true;
|
|
lastWasNumber = false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
lastWasNumber = Regex.IsMatch(rtb.SelectedText, @"[0-9]\.");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// C2017-008 - WCN wants the box symbol to look like their checkoff/signoff box
|
|
// Check for a list of replacement character for symbols in the format file
|
|
// ReplaceSymbolChars lets you do one or more of the following with a symbol character:
|
|
// - change the point size
|
|
// - change the style
|
|
// - change the font family
|
|
// - change the symbol character
|
|
//
|
|
// below is taken from the BaseAll format file - is currently commentout and there for reference
|
|
// Wolf Creek (WCN) currently uses this to increase the size of the box symbol
|
|
//
|
|
//<!--example of replacing a symbol character (VESymbFix)-->
|
|
//<!--ReplaceSymbolChars>
|
|
// <ReplaceChar Index="#" Unicode=[decimal char #] Replace=[optional char #] Family=[option font family name] Style=[optional font style] Size=[optional font size]>
|
|
//</ReplaceSymbolChars-->
|
|
//
|
|
// get the list of symbol replacements
|
|
FormatData fmtdata = (myItemInfo.ActiveFormat != null) ? myItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData : FormatInfo.PROMSBaseFormat.FormatData;
|
|
ReplaceSymbolCharList SymReplaceList = (fmtdata != null && fmtdata.SectData.ReplaceSymbolCharList != null) ? fmtdata.SectData.ReplaceSymbolCharList : null;
|
|
// Look at one character at a time
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < rtb.TextLength; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
rtb.Select(i, 1);
|
|
if ((rtb.SelectedRtf.Contains("VESymbFix") || rtb.SelectedRtf.Contains(Volian.Base.Library.vlnFont.ProportionalSymbolFont)) && rtb.SelectedText.Length > 0) // C2017-036 get best available proportional font for symbols
|
|
{
|
|
for (int j = 0; j < SymReplaceList.MaxIndex; j++)
|
|
{
|
|
ReplaceChar rc = SymReplaceList[j];
|
|
if (rc.Unicode != null && (rc.Family != null || rc.Size != null || rc.Style != null))
|
|
{
|
|
char rc_uchar = Convert.ToChar(Convert.ToInt32(rc.Unicode));
|
|
if (rc_uchar == rtb.SelectedText[0])
|
|
{
|
|
//use bolding underline italics from local font
|
|
System.Drawing.Font fnt = rtb.SelectionFont;
|
|
// follow through in fixing an Out of Window Handles bug, use new function to see if
|
|
// we can retrieve the font from a dictionary instead a doing a New and using another
|
|
// window handle B2017-117
|
|
//System.Drawing.Font fntw = new System.Drawing.Font((rc.Family != null) ? rc.Family : fnt.FontFamily.Name, (rc.Size != null) ? (float)rc.Size : fnt.Size, (rc.Style != null) ? (System.Drawing.FontStyle)rc.Style : fnt.Style);
|
|
System.Drawing.Font fntw = VE_Font.GetWinSysFont((rc.Family != null) ? rc.Family : fnt.FontFamily.Name, (rc.Size != null) ? (float)rc.Size : fnt.Size, (rc.Style != null) ? (System.Drawing.FontStyle)rc.Style : fnt.Style);
|
|
rtb.SelectionFont = fntw;
|
|
if (rc.Replace != null)
|
|
{
|
|
char rc_RplChar = Convert.ToChar(Convert.ToInt32(rc.Replace));
|
|
rtb.SelectedText = rc_RplChar.ToString();
|
|
}
|
|
changed = true;
|
|
break; // break out of foreach loop since we changed the character
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (changed)
|
|
{
|
|
if (rtb.Rtf.EndsWith(" \\par\r\n}\r\n") && rtf.EndsWith(" }")) //B2018-060 rtb.RTF added extra new line characters and commands to the end. so remove it.
|
|
rtf = rtb.Rtf.Replace(" \\par\r\n}\r\n", " }");
|
|
else
|
|
rtf = rtb.Rtf;
|
|
return rtf.Replace("<dblbs>", @"\\"); // put back the backslash character
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return rtf;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// for Calvert (BGE) alarms, some step text is kept on the same line as its parent. This
|
|
// is flagged by the -1 row in the template definition.
|
|
private bool KeepOnParentLine(ItemInfo itemInfo)
|
|
{
|
|
int tindx = itemInfo.TemplateIndex;
|
|
if (tindx < 0) return false;
|
|
if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.Templates[tindx].row == -1) return true;
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private void AdjustYOffset(float yDelta)
|
|
{
|
|
YOffset -= yDelta;
|
|
foreach (vlnPrintObject vpo in PartsAbove)
|
|
vpo.YOffset -= yDelta;
|
|
foreach (vlnParagraph vp in ChildrenBelow)
|
|
vp.AdjustYOffset(yDelta);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private void BuildPlacekeeper(vlnParagraph parent, ItemInfo itemInfo)
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo is SectionInfo && (itemInfo as SectionInfo).SectionConfig.Section_Placekeeper.ToUpper() != "N") // if is a section type and the section is marked to create placekeeper
|
|
{
|
|
MyPlaceKeeper = new pkParagraph(this);
|
|
if (parent != null && parent.MyItemInfo.IsSection)
|
|
parent.MyPlaceKeeper = MyPlaceKeeper;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (parent != null && parent.MyPlaceKeeper != null && itemInfo is StepInfo)//InList(parent.MyItemInfo.ItemID, 513, 514, 519, 520, 525))
|
|
{
|
|
StepConfig sc = itemInfo.MyConfig as StepConfig;
|
|
if (sc != null && sc.Step_Placekeeper.ToUpper() != "N")
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsCautionPart || itemInfo.IsNotePart)
|
|
MyPlaceKeeper = parent.MyPlaceKeeper.AddCautionsAndNotes(this);
|
|
else
|
|
MyPlaceKeeper = parent.MyPlaceKeeper.AddChild(this);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private void BuildContinuousActionSummary(vlnParagraph parent, ItemInfo itemInfo)
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo is SectionInfo)
|
|
{
|
|
MyContAct = new pkParagraph(this);
|
|
if (parent != null && parent.MyItemInfo.IsSection)
|
|
parent.MyContAct = MyContAct;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo is StepInfo)
|
|
{
|
|
StepConfig sc = itemInfo.MyConfig as StepConfig;
|
|
if ((sc != null && sc.Step_CAS == "True") || ((sc == null || sc.Step_CAS == null) && itemInfo.IncludeOnContActSum))
|
|
{
|
|
// save this step info for use on the Continuous Action Summary
|
|
vlnParagraph tparent = parent;
|
|
while (tparent != null && tparent.MyContAct == null)
|
|
tparent = tparent.MyParent;
|
|
if (parent.MyContAct != null)
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsCautionPart || itemInfo.IsNotePart)
|
|
MyContAct = parent.MyContAct.AddCautionsAndNotes(this);
|
|
else
|
|
MyContAct = parent.MyContAct.AddChild(this);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
MyContAct = tparent.MyContAct.AddChild(this);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private vlnParagraph FindParentRNO()
|
|
{
|
|
if (ChildrenRight != null && ChildrenRight.Count > 0) return ChildrenRight[0];
|
|
return MyParent.FindParentRNO();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private string GetMacroName(string str)
|
|
{
|
|
int mindx = str.IndexOf(@"{!");
|
|
string macro = str.Substring(mindx + 2, str.Length - 3);
|
|
return macro;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private int TheStepLevel(ItemInfo itemInfo)
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsHigh) return -1;
|
|
int lev = 0;
|
|
ItemInfo ii = itemInfo;
|
|
while (!ii.MyParent.IsHigh)
|
|
{
|
|
lev++;
|
|
ii = ii.MyParent;
|
|
}
|
|
return lev;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private string SectionHasCheckOffHeader(ItemInfo itemInfo, ref VE_Font font)
|
|
{
|
|
// If the passed in itemInfo is not a section, get it's parent section. This may be a subsection, so
|
|
// it will be found here, versus using 'MyActiveSection'.
|
|
while (!itemInfo.IsSection)
|
|
{
|
|
itemInfo = itemInfo.MyParent;
|
|
}
|
|
// See if this section has a checkoffheading index - this value, if set is stored in the config field.
|
|
// -1 flags no entries in the format's CheckOffHeaderList & 0 flags the first
|
|
// entry which is always '{NO HEADING}'. So only continue if it's greater than 0.
|
|
//SectionInfo si = SectionInfo.Get(itemInfo.ItemID); // sometimes the itemInfo isn't a section info
|
|
SectionInfo si = itemInfo.GetSectionInfo(); // sometimes the itemInfo isn't a section info
|
|
int sindx = si.CheckOffHeadingIndex();
|
|
|
|
// If there is a checkoff header for this section, see if this section has subsections.
|
|
// If this has a header but no subsections, put out the header.
|
|
// Else if this section has a header AND subsections, don't put it out...
|
|
// the subsection's checkoff header will be processed (or lack there of).
|
|
bool doCheckoffHeader = sindx > 0 && (itemInfo.Sections == null || itemInfo.Sections.Count == 0);
|
|
|
|
// if doing it, then grab the string from the format.... CHECK if this works for subsection, it is
|
|
// getting ActiveSection which may return the top section, not subsections.
|
|
if (doCheckoffHeader && itemInfo.SectionCheckOffHeader != "")
|
|
{
|
|
font = itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.ProcData.CheckOffData.CheckOffHeaderList[sindx].Font;
|
|
return itemInfo.SectionCheckOffHeader;
|
|
}
|
|
return null;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private void DoCheckOffHeader(PdfContentByte cb, ItemInfo itemInfo, float yLocation, float yTopMargin, float yPageStart)
|
|
{
|
|
// CheckOffHeaders are handled in two different ways:
|
|
// 1) Where the pagelist item puts them - this is at the 'top' of the page, when the current section on the
|
|
// page has a checkoff header defined. Support for this is here AND in the VlnSvgPageHelper pagelist code.
|
|
// 2) If a continuous section, and it doesn't start at 'top' of the page, then the checkoff header is
|
|
// printed on the same line as the continuous section. Support for this is here, the check off header is added
|
|
// to the 'PartRight' off of the section's VlnParagraph.
|
|
|
|
// First see if there is any checkoff data in the format file and that there
|
|
// is a pagelist item for the checkoff header.
|
|
int maxindx = itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.ProcData.CheckOffUCF ? itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.ProcData.CheckOffData.CheckOffList.MaxIndex : itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.ProcData.CheckOffData.CheckOffList.MaxIndexNoInherit;
|
|
if (maxindx <= 0) return;
|
|
if (MyPageHelper.PageListCheckOffHeader == null) return;
|
|
|
|
VE_Font font = null;
|
|
ItemInfo mySectionInfo = itemInfo.ActiveSection; // C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
ItemInfo mySubSectionInfo = itemInfo;
|
|
|
|
// If the passed in itemInfo is not a section, get it's parent section. This may be a subsection, so
|
|
// it will be found here, versus using 'MyActiveSection' which is the topmost section. The passed in
|
|
// item may be a regular step, i.e. if a page break had occurred.
|
|
if (!itemInfo.IsSection)
|
|
{
|
|
while (!mySubSectionInfo.IsSection)
|
|
{
|
|
mySubSectionInfo = mySubSectionInfo.MyParent;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
mySubSectionInfo = (mySectionInfo == null || mySectionInfo.Sections == null) ? null : mySectionInfo.Sections[0];
|
|
|
|
if (mySectionInfo == mySubSectionInfo) mySubSectionInfo = null;
|
|
|
|
// The following duplicates the 16bit logic. The 16bit logic only put out a header if:
|
|
// there is no subsection and section has a header (from config);
|
|
// OR there is a subsection and the first subsection has a header.
|
|
// For locating the header in 16bit logic:
|
|
// If no subsections, output with section
|
|
// If subsections and continuous section, put out on same line as subsection. (done here)
|
|
// If subsections and starts at top of page, (on top of page, use pagelist code in VlnSvgPageHelper)
|
|
|
|
// Get SectionInfos to access specific section config items...
|
|
//SectionInfo si = SectionInfo.Get(mySectionInfo.ItemID);
|
|
SectionInfo si = (mySectionInfo != null)? mySectionInfo.GetSectionInfo() : null;
|
|
int sindx = si.CheckOffHeadingIndex();
|
|
//SectionInfo subi = mySubSectionInfo == null ? null : SectionInfo.Get(mySubSectionInfo.ItemID);
|
|
SectionInfo subi = mySubSectionInfo == null ? null : mySubSectionInfo.GetSectionInfo();
|
|
int subindx = subi == null ? -1 : subi.CheckOffHeadingIndex();
|
|
|
|
// if there is no subsections & the main section doesn't use a header OR
|
|
// if there is a subsection, & it does not use a header... Return.
|
|
if ((subi == null && sindx < 1) || (subi != null && subindx < 1)) return;
|
|
|
|
// figure out location now:
|
|
// if step, it uses pagelist logic to locate it (this is a page break condition).
|
|
// if continuous, put out with subsection if there is one, otherwise section.
|
|
// otherwise, use pagelist logic.
|
|
bool usePageListCOHdr = false;
|
|
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsStep)
|
|
usePageListCOHdr = true;
|
|
else if (subi == null) //no subsection
|
|
{
|
|
if ((yPageStart - YOffset) == yTopMargin) usePageListCOHdr = true;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (mySectionInfo == itemInfo && ((yPageStart - YOffset) == yTopMargin)) usePageListCOHdr = true;
|
|
if (!usePageListCOHdr && mySubSectionInfo != itemInfo) return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// grab the string from the format, depending on whether it should get it from the section or subsection.
|
|
string cohead = (mySubSectionInfo != null) ? mySubSectionInfo.SectionCheckOffHeader : (mySectionInfo != null)? mySectionInfo.SectionCheckOffHeader : null;
|
|
if (cohead == "" || cohead == null) return;
|
|
|
|
// PageListCheckOffHeader is an svgtext - but really we only need the x/y location for this (pagelist support)
|
|
// The actual text is from the checkoff header selection in the section config.
|
|
if (cohead != MyPageHelper.PageListLastCheckOffHeader)
|
|
{
|
|
font = mySectionInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.ProcData.CheckOffData.CheckOffHeaderList[sindx].Font;
|
|
float chkOffY = CalculateYLocation(YTop, yTopMargin);
|
|
if (MyPageHelper.YMultiplier != 1)
|
|
{
|
|
chkOffY = -1 + yTopMargin - (yTopMargin - yLocation) * MyPageHelper.YMultiplier;
|
|
if (Rtf != null)
|
|
IParagraph.Leading = _SevenLinesPerInch;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!usePageListCOHdr)
|
|
{
|
|
vlnText myCOHead = new vlnText(cb, this, cohead, cohead, MyPageHelper.PageListCheckOffHeader.X.Value + (float)MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin, chkOffY, font);
|
|
PartsRight.Add(myCOHead);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
MyPageHelper.PageListTopCheckOffHeader = cohead;
|
|
MyPageHelper.PageListLastCheckOffHeader = cohead;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
internal vlnParagraph BottomChild
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
float bottomChildYBottomText = YBottomText;
|
|
vlnParagraph bottomChild = this;
|
|
foreach (vlnParagraph child in ChildrenRight)
|
|
{
|
|
vlnParagraph grandChild = child.BottomChild;
|
|
if (grandChild != null && grandChild.YBottomText > bottomChildYBottomText) bottomChild = grandChild;
|
|
if (grandChild != null && grandChild.YBottomText == bottomChildYBottomText && grandChild.MyItemInfo.HasChangeBar) bottomChild = grandChild;
|
|
bottomChildYBottomText = bottomChild.YBottomText;
|
|
}
|
|
foreach (vlnParagraph child in ChildrenBelow)
|
|
{
|
|
vlnParagraph grandChild = child.BottomChild;
|
|
if (grandChild != null && grandChild.YBottomText > bottomChildYBottomText) bottomChild = grandChild;
|
|
if (grandChild != null && grandChild.YBottomText == bottomChildYBottomText && grandChild.MyItemInfo.HasChangeBar) bottomChild = grandChild;
|
|
bottomChildYBottomText = bottomChild.YBottomText;
|
|
}
|
|
return bottomChild;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private void CalculateXOffsetGridOrFigure(ItemInfo itemInfo, int maxRNO, FormatInfo formatInfo)
|
|
{
|
|
float scale = itemInfo.IsRtfRaw ? 0.6f : 1.0f;
|
|
bool aerTableOrFigure = itemInfo.FormatStepData.Type.Contains("AER");
|
|
vlnParagraph hls1 = MyParent;
|
|
if (!formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm && !itemInfo.IsInSupInfo)
|
|
while (hls1.MyParent != null && !hls1.MyItemInfo.IsHigh) hls1 = hls1.MyParent;
|
|
else if (itemInfo.IsInSupInfo)
|
|
while (hls1.MyParent != null && !hls1.MyItemInfo.IsSupInfoPart) hls1 = hls1.MyParent;
|
|
float colR = float.Parse(formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.ColRTable.Split(",".ToCharArray())[itemInfo.ColumnMode]);
|
|
float xLowerLimit = (aerTableOrFigure && hls1.PartsLeft != null && hls1.PartsLeft.Count > 0) ? hls1.PartsLeft[0].XOffset : hls1.XOffset;
|
|
float xUpperLimit = 0;
|
|
float pageWidth = ((float)itemInfo.ActiveSection.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageWidth); // C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
float leftMargin = ((float)itemInfo.ActiveSection.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin); // C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsInRNO)
|
|
// if in rno column, the upper limit is width of the page (right margin). Subtract off size of a character
|
|
xUpperLimit = pageWidth - (72 / (float)MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CPI);
|
|
else
|
|
// in the following calculation, the hls width (hls1.Width) == rno column width, so xUpperLimit is
|
|
// the around the right margin, i.e. 'hls xoffset' + 'location of rno (colR) * columnmode' + 'width of rno'
|
|
xUpperLimit = hls1.XOffset + hls1.Width + hls1.CheckOffWidth + colR * itemInfo.ColumnMode;
|
|
|
|
// If a table is within the alarm section and its parent is a template item is single column
|
|
// adjust the xoffset so that the table is centered around center of page
|
|
bool ctrCalvertAlarmTbl = false;
|
|
if (formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm)
|
|
ctrCalvertAlarmTbl = MyItemInfo.IsWithInSingleColumnTemplate();
|
|
|
|
float TableCenterPos = float.Parse(formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.TableCenterPos.Split(",".ToCharArray())[itemInfo.ColumnMode]);
|
|
if (ctrCalvertAlarmTbl || formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionLayoutData.TieTabToLevel)
|
|
XOffset = leftMargin + (pageWidth - leftMargin - (scale * Width)) / 2;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aerTableOrFigure && itemInfo.RNOLevel == 0 && TableCenterPos != 0) // Only adjust TableCenterPos for Non-RNO Cenetered Tables
|
|
{
|
|
XOffset = TableCenterPos;
|
|
XOffset = XOffset - (this.Width / 2) + (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo.RNOLevel != 0) // RNO
|
|
XOffset = MyParent.XOffset + (MyParent.Width / 2) - ((scale * Width) / 2);
|
|
else if (aerTableOrFigure)
|
|
{
|
|
// if in the BGE alarm format and the hls is a Window (upper right corner when it prints), use the parent of the table
|
|
// to print in aer column (B2014-105)
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsInCalvertConditionResponse)
|
|
XOffset = hls1.XOffset + hls1.Width / 2 - Width / 2;
|
|
else
|
|
XOffset = MyHighLevelParagraph.XOffset + MyHighLevelParagraph.Width / 2 - Width / 2;
|
|
}
|
|
else // Centered Table or Figure
|
|
{
|
|
// Determine center of hls
|
|
XOffset = hls1.XOffset + hls1.Width / 2;
|
|
// Determine left edge of the table by subtracting 1/2 of its width.
|
|
XOffset -= Width / 2;
|
|
// Add in 1/2 of the width of all RNO columns
|
|
XOffset += (colR * itemInfo.ColumnMode) / 2;
|
|
|
|
if (!aerTableOrFigure && !MyItemInfo.IsRtfRaw)
|
|
{
|
|
// 05/14/12 - 16bit code adjusts the center depending upon the CPI of the table font.
|
|
// Start with XOffset of table, then calculate the XOffset adjusted for the table font,
|
|
// based on the default CPI of 12. Adjust the XOffset by the difference of these
|
|
// two numbers.
|
|
XOffset -= (XOffset - (XOffset * (float)MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CPI / 12));
|
|
}
|
|
XOffset -= 12; // This makes the 16bit & 32bit align very closely.
|
|
// if outside of the page margins then center within the page margins
|
|
float xOffset2 = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin;
|
|
float xWidth2 = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageWidth;
|
|
if (XOffset + Width > xOffset2 + xWidth2)
|
|
XOffset = xOffset2 / 2 + xWidth2 / 2 - Width / 2;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
// 05/14/12 - The PosAdjust is a format flag from 16bit. For WCN2, it appears that this amount equals
|
|
// the amount of difference from a 10 CPI to a 12 CPI font. See comment above.
|
|
float posAdjust = (float)(itemInfo.FormatStepData.StepPrintData.PosAdjust ?? 0);
|
|
if (itemInfo.FormatStepData != null && itemInfo.FormatStepData.StepPrintData != null &&
|
|
posAdjust > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (Width < hls1.Width - posAdjust)
|
|
XOffset += posAdjust;
|
|
else if (Width < hls1.Width)
|
|
XOffset = hls1.XOffset + hls1.Width - Width; // align with the right edge of hls text
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.CenterToStepThenPage)
|
|
{
|
|
if (Width > hls1.Width)
|
|
{
|
|
float XOffsetPage = leftMargin + ((pageWidth - leftMargin) - Width) / 2;
|
|
float fraction = (Width - hls1.Width) / ((pageWidth - leftMargin) - hls1.Width);
|
|
float XOffsetNew = (1 - fraction) * XOffset + fraction * XOffsetPage;
|
|
_MyLog.WarnFormat("***XOffsetAdjust-CenterToStepThenPage*** ItemID, XOffset, XOffsetPage, XOffsetNew ={0},{1},{2},{3}", itemInfo.ItemID, XOffset, XOffsetPage, XOffsetNew);
|
|
XOffset = XOffsetNew;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// if the XOffset < High Level Step Text's XOffset , then align with the High Level Step Text
|
|
if (XOffset < xLowerLimit && Width < (xUpperLimit - xLowerLimit))
|
|
XOffset = xLowerLimit;
|
|
|
|
// if the right margin exceeds the right edge of the rightmost RNO, then adjust right edge to match.
|
|
// In lines below, the 12 was used for Wolf Creek 2 column format, the pagewidth goes beyond the right border line so that
|
|
// the tables, figures & equations were beyond the border. -12 takes it enough so that if boxed, it won't print out of border
|
|
// We know this is not ideal.
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsRtfRaw && (XOffset + (scale * Width) > xUpperLimit - 12))
|
|
XOffset = xUpperLimit - (scale * Width) - 12;
|
|
if (!MyItemInfo.IsRtfRaw && XOffset + Width > xUpperLimit)
|
|
XOffset = xUpperLimit - Width;
|
|
// because of the above, if it pushes beyond the left margin, use the left margin.
|
|
if (XOffset < (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin)
|
|
XOffset = XOffsetBox = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private float AdjustForBlankLines()
|
|
{
|
|
if (MyParent != null && MyParent.MyItemInfo.FormatStepData != null && MyParent.MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Type == "TitleWithTextRight") return 0;
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.SpecialStepsFoldout) return 0;
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.FormatStepData != null && MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Prefix != null && MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Suffix != null && MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.UseSmartTemplate) return 0;
|
|
int everyNLines = MyItemInfo.FormatStepData == null ? 1 : MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.EveryNLines ?? 1;
|
|
if (everyNLines == -99) return 0;
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm ||
|
|
(MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvert && MyItemInfo.IsStep && MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.STBoxindex != null))
|
|
{
|
|
if ((MyItemInfo.IsCaution || MyItemInfo.IsNote || MyItemInfo.MyParent.IsCaution || MyItemInfo.MyParent.IsNote) && !MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.SpaceIn
|
|
&& (MyItemInfo.Steps == null || MyItemInfo.Steps.Count == 0)
|
|
&& (MyItemInfo.NextItem == null || MyItemInfo.MyContent.Type != MyItemInfo.NextItem.MyContent.Type))
|
|
{
|
|
// C2014-009: Don't add another blank line - print the calvert Condition/Response RNO Caution/Notes without it.
|
|
if (!(MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm && MyItemInfo.IsInRNO))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
if (everyNLines == 99 && MyItemInfo.NextItem == null)
|
|
{
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.Steps != null && MyItemInfo.Steps.Count > 0 && MyItemInfo.Steps[0].MyContent.Type == MyItemInfo.MyContent.Type) return 0;
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.MyParent.NextItem != null && MyItemInfo.MyParent.NextItem.MyContent.Type == MyItemInfo.MyContent.Type) return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// B2015-005: if there isn't a blank line after this step && it has children, see if there shouldn't be
|
|
// a blank line, i.e. if the first substep child's type is the same as this.
|
|
if (!MyItemInfo.IsHigh && everyNLines == 99 && MyItemInfo.NextItem == null && MyItemInfo.HasChildren)
|
|
{
|
|
ItemInfo chld = MyItemInfo.FirstChild(E_FromType.Step);
|
|
if (chld != null && chld.MyContent.Type == MyItemInfo.MyContent.Type) return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.Ordinal % everyNLines == 0 || MyItemInfo.NextItem == null) return SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
// If the next table child is a figure, equation or a visio drawing add a blank line
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.Tables != null && MyItemInfo.Tables.Count > 0 && MyItemInfo.Tables[0].MyContent.MyGrid == null) return SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
// Pagination issue to be used with yEndsWithBlankLine in Pagination code, but not checked in yet.
|
|
//if (MyItemInfo.Ordinal % everyNLines == 0 || MyItemInfo.NextItem == null) return SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
private void AddMacros(ItemInfo itemInfo, vlnTab mytab)
|
|
{
|
|
float y = YOffset;
|
|
float x = mytab == null ? XOffset : mytab.XOffset + mytab.TabOffset;
|
|
List<Macro> myMacros = itemInfo.MyMacros;
|
|
if (myMacros != null)
|
|
{
|
|
int colMode = (MyItemInfo.ActiveSection != null)? MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.ColumnMode : 0; // C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
foreach (Macro myMacro in myMacros)
|
|
{
|
|
// if the format has the 'LocWithXOff' locate the macro along with the tab's offset.
|
|
// however, if the tab is more than 2 characters long, adjust so that it aligns with the
|
|
// last two characters, not the first 2.
|
|
string tabText = mytab == null ? null : mytab.Text.Trim(" .".ToCharArray());
|
|
int tablen = (tabText == null) ? 0 : (tabText.Length <= 2) ? 0 : tabText.Length - 2;
|
|
if (myMacro.LocWithXOff ?? false) x = mytab == null ? XOffset : ((float)mytab.XOffset + (tablen * (float)mytab.MyFont.CharsToTwips));
|
|
if (colMode == 0 && myMacro.SingleColMacroDef != null && myMacro.SingleColMacroDef.Length > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
float macroXOffset = myMacro.MacroXOffSet ?? 0;
|
|
float widthAdj = myMacro.SingleColWidthAdjust ?? 0; // set as negative number in format
|
|
float rightTextEdge = (itemInfo.IsHigh) ? XOffset + Width + mytab.XOffset : this.MyHighLevelParagraph.XOffset + this.MyHighLevelParagraph.Width;
|
|
x = (macroXOffset > 0) ? macroXOffset : rightTextEdge;
|
|
if (rightTextEdge > x)
|
|
Width += widthAdj;
|
|
PartsRight.Add(new vlnMacro(x, y, myMacro.SingleColMacroDef));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
PartsLeft.Add(new vlnMacro(x, y, myMacro.MacroDef));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// HLP Change bar flags in format file:
|
|
// Locations: With Text, Outside Box, AER on Left RNO on Right, To The Left of Text
|
|
// Text: Date & Change ID, Revision Number, Change ID, None, Custom (use input data)
|
|
// Flag AERChgBarMsgRNOChgBarNoMsg and AERMsgRNONoMsg are NOT Used in 16-bit.
|
|
private string cbMess = null;
|
|
private vlnChangeBar DoChangeBar(PdfContentByte cb, ItemInfo itemInfo, VlnSvgPageHelper myPageHelper, float xoff, float yoff, int maxRNO, FormatInfo formatInfo) //, vlnChangeBar myCB)
|
|
{
|
|
// find column for the change bar based on format flags - this is code from 16-bit
|
|
// if AbsoluteFixedChangeColumn
|
|
// if FixedAERChangeColumn
|
|
// if col>ColsS+ColR+COL_WID+ADJ
|
|
// FixedChangeColumn
|
|
// else
|
|
// AERLeftChangeBarLocation()
|
|
// else
|
|
// FixedChangeColumn
|
|
// else
|
|
// ChangeBarLocation()
|
|
ChangeBarData cbd = formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.ProcData.ChangeBarData;
|
|
float cols = formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.ColS ?? 0;
|
|
float colr = ToInt(formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.ColRTable, maxRNO);
|
|
// FixedChangeColumn + - Column location for change bars
|
|
// 0 - Separate AER and RNO change bars to the right of the text
|
|
// -10 to -1 - Change bars on left (specify # of columns from the text)
|
|
// <-10 - AER change bars on the left and RNO change bars on the right.
|
|
// FixedAERChangeColumn overrides the -5 default setting in chgbar.c, value is converted to a negative by the code
|
|
|
|
float col = (cbd.AbsoluteFixedChangeColumn) ?
|
|
((cbd.FixedAERChangeColumn ?? 0) > 0) ?
|
|
(xoff > (cols + colr + COL_WID_ADJ)) ?
|
|
cbd.FixedChangeColumn ?? 0 : AERLeftChangeBarLocation(formatInfo) :
|
|
cbd.FixedChangeColumn ?? 0 : ChangeBarLocation(xoff, this, formatInfo, maxRNO);
|
|
string chgIdTxt = null;
|
|
if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.ProcData.ChangeBarData.ChangeIds)
|
|
{
|
|
StepConfig sc = itemInfo.MyConfig as StepConfig;
|
|
chgIdTxt = sc == null ? null : sc.Step_ChangeID;
|
|
}
|
|
if (myPageHelper.ChangeBarDefinition.MyChangeBarText == PrintChangeBarText.ChgID)
|
|
cbMess = chgIdTxt != null ? chgIdTxt : itemInfo.MyContent.UserID;
|
|
else if (myPageHelper.ChangeBarDefinition.MyChangeBarText == PrintChangeBarText.DateChgID)
|
|
{
|
|
string fmtDate = itemInfo.MyContent.DTS.ToShortDateString();
|
|
if (fmtDate.Length != 10) // need to add zeros
|
|
{
|
|
if (fmtDate.IndexOf("/") == 1)
|
|
fmtDate = "0" + fmtDate;
|
|
if (fmtDate.IndexOf("/", 3) == 1)
|
|
fmtDate = fmtDate.Substring(0, 3) + "0" + fmtDate.Substring(3, fmtDate.Length - 3);
|
|
}
|
|
cbMess = (chgIdTxt != null ? chgIdTxt : itemInfo.MyContent.UserID) + @"\n" + fmtDate;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (myPageHelper.ChangeBarDefinition.MyChangeBarText == PrintChangeBarText.RevNum)
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
string lRev = myPageHelper.Rev;
|
|
// Now check the format flags to determine if/how the Rev string should be parsed.
|
|
if ((itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.DoRevDate && lRev.Contains("/"))
|
|
|| (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.RevDateWithForwardSlash && lRev.Contains("\\")))
|
|
{
|
|
int indx = lRev.IndexOf(itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.DoRevDate ? '/' : '\\');
|
|
cbMess = lRev.Substring(0, indx > -1 ? indx : lRev.Length);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
cbMess = lRev;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (myPageHelper.ChangeBarDefinition.MyChangeBarText == PrintChangeBarText.UserDef)
|
|
cbMess = myPageHelper.ChangeBarDefinition.MyChangeBarMessage;
|
|
|
|
int msgAlign = Element.ALIGN_LEFT;
|
|
if (myPageHelper.ChangeBarDefinition.MyChangeBarLoc == PrintChangeBarLoc.LeftOfText ||
|
|
(myPageHelper.ChangeBarDefinition.MyChangeBarLoc == PrintChangeBarLoc.AERleftRNOright &&
|
|
!itemInfo.IsInRNO)) msgAlign = Element.ALIGN_RIGHT;
|
|
float coltotwips = col * itemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CharsToTwips;
|
|
if (cbd.AbsoluteFixedChangeColumn) coltotwips = col * itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.Font.CharsToTwips;
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsFigure) coltotwips = col * itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.Font.CharsToTwips;
|
|
return new vlnChangeBar(cb, this, (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + coltotwips, yoff, msgAlign,
|
|
myPageHelper.ChangeBarDefinition.MyChangeBarText == PrintChangeBarText.RevNum,
|
|
itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.ProcData.ChangeBarData.ChangeIds);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// changed this function to return a float instead of an int to correct a rounding error which cause change bars
|
|
// to inconsistantly position next to changed text. Bug B2015-033
|
|
private float ChangeBarLocation(float c, vlnParagraph paragraph, FormatInfo formatInfo, int maxRNO)
|
|
{
|
|
int fixedChgCol = formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.ProcData.ChangeBarData.FixedChangeColumn ?? 0;
|
|
float cols = formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.ColS ?? 0;
|
|
int colr = ToInt(formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.ColRTable, maxRNO);
|
|
float tmpc = c;
|
|
Box bxCautNote = null; // used for notes and cautions in the Prairie Island Alarms format
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsCaution || MyItemInfo.IsNote)
|
|
{
|
|
// Temporary fix for change bars on Notes and Cautions where the FixedChgCol < -10
|
|
tmpc = (float)formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.ColT + (float)formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.WidT; // end position of Caution / Note
|
|
int typ = (int)(MyItemInfo.MyContent.Type % 10000);
|
|
int? bxIndx = formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.StepDataList[typ].StepLayoutData.STBoxindex;
|
|
if (bxIndx != null)
|
|
{
|
|
bxCautNote = formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.BoxList[(int)bxIndx];
|
|
if (bxCautNote != null)
|
|
tmpc = (float)bxCautNote.Start + (float)bxCautNote.End; // end position of a boxed Caution / Note
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// if this is a caution or note, put the change bar to the right of the text:
|
|
//if ((paragraph.MyItemInfo.IsCaution || paragraph.MyItemInfo.IsNote) && fixedChgCol < -10) return -fixedChgCol;
|
|
if ((fixedChgCol == 0))// && paragraph.MyItemInfo.IsCaution || paragraph.MyItemInfo.IsNote)
|
|
//if ((fixedChgCol==0) || paragraph.MyItemInfo.IsCaution || paragraph.MyItemInfo.IsNote)
|
|
{
|
|
float rightEdge = (paragraph.XOffset + paragraph.Width + 5);
|
|
rightEdge -= (float)paragraph.MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin;
|
|
if (bxCautNote != null)
|
|
rightEdge = (float)bxCautNote.End + 10; // used for notes and cautions in the Prairie Island Alarms format
|
|
rightEdge = rightEdge / paragraph.MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CharsToTwips;
|
|
return MyItemInfo.IsFigure ? rightEdge + 1 : rightEdge; // B2017-111: Add a little more space between figure & change bar
|
|
}
|
|
if (fixedChgCol < -10 || fixedChgCol >= 0)
|
|
return ((fixedChgCol > 0) ? fixedChgCol :
|
|
(fixedChgCol == 0) ? (int)c + 1 :
|
|
(tmpc > (cols + colr + COL_WID_ADJ)) ? -fixedChgCol :
|
|
//(c > (cols + colr + COL_WID_ADJ) || (MyItemInfo.IsCaution || MyItemInfo.IsNote)) ? -fixedChgCol :
|
|
AERLeftChangeBarLocation(formatInfo));
|
|
else
|
|
return (fixedChgCol + (((c < cols + Width + colr) || TableTest()
|
|
|| MyItemInfo.IsCaution || MyItemInfo.IsNote) ? 0 : cols + colr)); // || (GetColumnMode() == 0)) ? 0 : cols + colr));
|
|
/* Change bars to left of text -- ColS+WidS+ColR is the end of RNO col*/
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
** Centered tables whose width exceeds the end of the RNO column should
|
|
** still have their change bars printed on the left. This procedure checks
|
|
** to make sure the step is a table and that it is not an RNO.
|
|
*/
|
|
private bool TableTest()
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
//return ((s->Type == TABLE || s->Type == BORDERLESSTABLE) &&
|
|
//!(strchr((char *)&s->dbseq[2],RNO_MARKER)));
|
|
}
|
|
private float GetBottomYoff(float bottomY)
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (vlnParagraph child in ChildrenBelow)
|
|
{
|
|
if (child.YOffset > bottomY) bottomY = child.YOffset;
|
|
bottomY = child.GetBottomYoff(bottomY);
|
|
}
|
|
return bottomY;
|
|
}
|
|
private int AERLeftChangeBarLocation(FormatInfo formatInfo)
|
|
{
|
|
// use -5 default unless it is format specified
|
|
int fixedAERChgCol = formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.ProcData.ChangeBarData.FixedAERChangeColumn ?? 0;
|
|
return (fixedAERChgCol != 0) ?
|
|
(fixedAERChgCol > 100) ?
|
|
(fixedAERChgCol % 100) : -fixedAERChgCol : -5;
|
|
}
|
|
private StringBuilder _RtfSB = null;
|
|
public string GetRtf(ItemInfo itemInfo, string prefix, string suffix)
|
|
{
|
|
int profileDepth = ProfileTimer.Push(">>>> GetRtf");
|
|
_RtfSB = new StringBuilder();
|
|
DisplayText vlntxt = new DisplayText(itemInfo, E_EditPrintMode.Print, E_ViewMode.View, true, E_FieldToEdit.StepText, false, prefix, suffix, MyPageHelper.MyPromsPrinter.RemoveTrailingHardReturnsAndManualPageBreaks);
|
|
System.Drawing.Font myFont = vlntxt.TextFont.WindowsFont;
|
|
if (!itemInfo.IsTable && StepRTB.MyFontFamily != null)
|
|
// follow through in fixing an Out of Window Handles bug, use new function to see if
|
|
// we can retrieve the font from a dictionary instead a doing a New and using another
|
|
// window handle B2017-117
|
|
//myFont = new System.Drawing.Font(StepRTB.MyFontFamily, myFont.Size, myFont.Style);
|
|
myFont = VE_Font.GetWinSysFont(StepRTB.MyFontFamily, myFont.Size, myFont.Style);
|
|
|
|
string stText = null; // if Calvert (BGE) Alarms, the text is included in the macro, so save text as a blank:
|
|
if (HasCalvertMacro)
|
|
{
|
|
stText = " ";
|
|
// turn underline off
|
|
// follow through in fixing an Out of Window Handles bug, use new function to see if
|
|
// we can retrieve the font from a dictionary instead a doing a New and using another
|
|
// window handle B2017-117
|
|
//myFont = new System.Drawing.Font(myFont.FontFamily, myFont.Size, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Regular); //myFont.Style. | FontStyle.Underline);
|
|
myFont = VE_Font.GetWinSysFont(myFont.FontFamily, myFont.Size, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Regular); //myFont.Style. | FontStyle.Underline);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
stText = vlntxt.StartText;
|
|
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsHigh && itemInfo.MyDocStyle.UndSpecialStepsFoldout)
|
|
{
|
|
// follow through in fixing an Out of Window Handles bug, use new function to see if
|
|
// we can retrieve the font from a dictionary instead a doing a New and using another
|
|
// window handle B2017-117
|
|
//myFont = new System.Drawing.Font(myFont.FontFamily, myFont.Size, myFont.Style | System.Drawing.FontStyle.Underline);
|
|
myFont = VE_Font.GetWinSysFont(myFont.FontFamily, myFont.Size, myFont.Style | System.Drawing.FontStyle.Underline);
|
|
stText = stText.Replace(@"\ulnone ", "");
|
|
stText = stText.Replace(@"\ulnone", "");
|
|
}
|
|
if (stText.Contains("{IND}")) stText = stText.Replace("{IND}", "\x5");
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsSection && itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionNumber.Level0Big && itemInfo.MyParent.IsProcedure)
|
|
// follow through in fixing an Out of Window Handles bug, use new function to see if
|
|
// we can retrieve the font from a dictionary instead a doing a New and using another
|
|
// window handle B2017-117
|
|
//myFont = new System.Drawing.Font(myFont.FontFamily, 14, myFont.Style | System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold);
|
|
myFont = VE_Font.GetWinSysFont(myFont.FontFamily, 14, myFont.Style | System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold);
|
|
_RtfSB.Append(AddFontTable(myFont));
|
|
_RtfSB.Append(stText);
|
|
if (_MyItemInfo.IsStep && !itemInfo.FormatStepData.UseSmartTemplate && _MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Suffix != null && _MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Suffix != "")
|
|
_RtfSB.Append(_MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Suffix.Replace("{ulnone}", @"\ulnone "));
|
|
_RtfSB.Append("}");
|
|
string rtf = _RtfSB.ToString();
|
|
UnderlineTerminateList utl = MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.UnderlineTerminateList;
|
|
if (utl != null && myFont.Underline)
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (UnderlineTerminate ut in utl)
|
|
{
|
|
MatchCollection mc = Regex.Matches(rtf, "(?<!Link|ReferencedObject|Transition|TransitionRange)" + ut.Text);
|
|
if (mc.Count > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
Match m = mc[mc.Count - 1];
|
|
rtf = rtf.Substring(0, m.Index) + @"\ulnone " + rtf.Substring(m.Index);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
ProfileTimer.Pop(profileDepth);
|
|
return rtf;
|
|
}
|
|
private float _XOffsetBox = 0;
|
|
public float XOffsetBox
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _XOffsetBox; }
|
|
set { _XOffsetBox = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
private float _MyBoxLeftAdj = 0;
|
|
private float SetHeader(vlnParagraph para, PdfContentByte cb, ItemInfo itemInfo, FormatInfo formatInfo)
|
|
{
|
|
float xoff = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin;
|
|
// The '6' below is really converting from characters to Twips. But instead of considering the CPI, 16bit assumed
|
|
// it was 12 to center the header. That's where the 6 comes from.
|
|
float hdrWidth = (itemInfo.MyHeader.CleanText == null) ? 0 : itemInfo.MyHeader.CleanText.Length * 6;
|
|
int typ = ((int)itemInfo.MyContent.Type) % 10000;
|
|
int? bxIndx = formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.StepDataList[typ].StepLayoutData.STBoxindex;
|
|
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyHeader.Justify == System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter)
|
|
{
|
|
if (bxIndx != null)
|
|
{
|
|
Box bx = formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.BoxList[(int)bxIndx];
|
|
if (bx.TabPos > 0)
|
|
xoff += (float)bx.TabPos; // xoff starts as left margin
|
|
else
|
|
xoff += (float)((bx.TxtStart + _MyBoxLeftAdj + XOffsetBox + (bx.TxtWidth / 2)) - (hdrWidth / 2)); // xoff starts as left margin
|
|
}
|
|
else if (formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm && itemInfo.IsInRNO && (itemInfo.IsCaution || itemInfo.IsNote)) // C2014-009
|
|
xoff = XOffset + (para.Width / 2) - (hdrWidth / 2);
|
|
else if (formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.Separator.Location > 0)
|
|
xoff = XOffset + AdjustToCharPosition((float)((para.Width - hdrWidth) / formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.Separator.Location), itemInfo.MyHeader.MyFont.CPI);
|
|
else if (itemInfo.IsInRNO && itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.StepDataList[40].NumberWithLevel)
|
|
xoff = XOffset + (para.Width / 2) - (hdrWidth / 2);
|
|
else if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.StepDataList[40].NumberWithLevel)
|
|
xoff = XOffset + (para.Width / 2) - (hdrWidth / 2);
|
|
else
|
|
xoff = XOffset + (para.Width / 2) + (hdrWidth / 2); // XOffset has left margin included
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
xoff = XOffset; // XOffset has left margin included
|
|
// KEEP: This may be needed in the future to fix location of 'OR's when Separator location="0"
|
|
// the following code would place the 'OR' at the location of the tab rather than text. This
|
|
// is how 16bit was. However, a number of plants had been sent out with the xoffset at the xlocation
|
|
// of text (does not match 16bit) when this was found for BGE OI3/OI-1B/6.1.B.4. Previous releases
|
|
// went to CAT, MCG, FPL, NSP.
|
|
//{
|
|
// if (this.MyTab != null)
|
|
// xoff = this.MyTab.XOffset;
|
|
// else
|
|
// xoff = XOffset;
|
|
//}
|
|
// B2018-096 AEP 082.002CD Note Box overlapping Step Box
|
|
vlnHeader myHeader = new vlnHeader(this, cb, itemInfo.MyHeader.Text, itemInfo.MyHeader.CleanText.TrimStart(" ".ToCharArray()), xoff + AdjustHeader + _MyBoxLeftAdj, YOffset, itemInfo.MyHeader.MyFont);
|
|
PartsAbove.Add(myHeader);
|
|
//return myHeader.Height + (!MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.SpecialStepsFoldout || (MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.ExtraLineHeader && (MyItemInfo.IsCaution || MyItemInfo.IsNote)) ? SixLinesPerInch : 0);
|
|
// Only use SpaceIn property for Cautions or Notes
|
|
bool bSpaceIn = (MyItemInfo.IsCaution || MyItemInfo.IsNote) ? MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.SpaceIn : true;
|
|
return myHeader.Height + (!MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.SpecialStepsFoldout || (MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.ExtraLineHeader && (MyItemInfo.IsCaution || MyItemInfo.IsNote)) ? bSpaceIn ? SixLinesPerInch : 0 : 0);
|
|
}
|
|
private float AdjustToCharPosition(float position, float? CPI)
|
|
{
|
|
int iPosition = (int)position;
|
|
int charsToTwips = (int)(72 / (CPI ?? 12));
|
|
iPosition = (iPosition / charsToTwips) * charsToTwips;
|
|
position = (position / 7.2F) * 7.2F;
|
|
return (float)iPosition;
|
|
}
|
|
private bool _SectionPageBreak = false;
|
|
public bool SectionPageBreak
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _SectionPageBreak; }
|
|
set { _SectionPageBreak = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
private bool _Processed = false;
|
|
public bool Processed
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _Processed; }
|
|
set { _Processed = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
private vlnParagraph _LastRNO;
|
|
public vlnParagraph LastRNO
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _LastRNO; }
|
|
set { _LastRNO = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
private vlnParagraph _MyTopRNO;
|
|
public vlnParagraph MyTopRNO
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _MyTopRNO; }
|
|
set { _MyTopRNO = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
private static string _PathPrefix = "";
|
|
public static string PathPrefix
|
|
{
|
|
get { return vlnParagraph._PathPrefix; }
|
|
set { vlnParagraph._PathPrefix = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
protected float _YBottomMost; // Bottom of the paragraph including the children
|
|
public float YBottomMost
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _YBottomMost; }
|
|
set { _YBottomMost = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
protected float _YBottomMostAdjust = 0; // the RNO separator is outside asterisk box, account for additional Y space
|
|
public float YBottomMostAdjust
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _YBottomMostAdjust; }
|
|
set { _YBottomMostAdjust = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
protected float _YTopMost; // Top of the paragraph including the children
|
|
public float YTopMost
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _YTopMost; }
|
|
set { _YTopMost = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
protected float _YTop; // Top of the paragraph including parts
|
|
public float YTop
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _YTop; }
|
|
set
|
|
{
|
|
vlnParagraph vp = this as vlnParagraph;
|
|
_YTop = value;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
public float SmartTemplateAdjust
|
|
{
|
|
// If we're in a smart template (WCNCKL checklists) then account for the bottom line in the
|
|
// table.
|
|
get { return (MyItemInfo.IsHigh && MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.UseSmartTemplate) ? SixLinesPerInch : 0; }
|
|
}
|
|
public float YSize // How big this paragraph is with all of its children
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
float ysize = SmartTemplateAdjust + _YBottomMost - _YTopMost;
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsHigh && ((MyItemInfo.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.DoubleBoxHLS) == E_DocStructStyle.DoubleBoxHLS))
|
|
ysize += SixLinesPerInch;
|
|
return ysize;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private ItemInfo _MyItemInfo;
|
|
public ItemInfo MyItemInfo
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _MyItemInfo; }
|
|
set { _MyItemInfo = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
private vlnParagraph _MyHighLevelParagraph;
|
|
|
|
public vlnParagraph MyHighLevelParagraph
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
if (_MyHighLevelParagraph == null)
|
|
{
|
|
_MyHighLevelParagraph = GetHighLevelParagraph();
|
|
}
|
|
return _MyHighLevelParagraph;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private vlnParagraph GetHighLevelParagraph()
|
|
{
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsHigh) return this;
|
|
return MyParent.GetHighLevelParagraph();
|
|
}
|
|
private vlnParagraph _SupInfoSection;
|
|
public vlnParagraph SupInfoSection
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
if (_SupInfoSection == null)
|
|
{
|
|
_SupInfoSection = GetSupInfoSectionParagraph();
|
|
}
|
|
return _SupInfoSection;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private vlnParagraph GetSupInfoSectionParagraph()
|
|
{
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsSection) return this._SupInfoSection;
|
|
return MyParent.GetSupInfoSectionParagraph();
|
|
}
|
|
// Tab, Separator, ChangeBar, Box, Circle, Checkoff
|
|
private vlnTab _MyTab;
|
|
public vlnTab MyTab
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
if (_MyTab == null)
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (vlnPrintObject po in PartsLeft)
|
|
{
|
|
if (po is vlnTab)
|
|
{
|
|
_MyTab = po as vlnTab;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return _MyTab;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private vlnPrintObjects _PartsAbove;
|
|
public vlnPrintObjects PartsAbove
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
if (_PartsAbove == null) _PartsAbove = new vlnPrintObjects();
|
|
return _PartsAbove;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private vlnPrintObjects _PartsBelow;
|
|
public vlnPrintObjects PartsBelow
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
if (_PartsBelow == null) _PartsBelow = new vlnPrintObjects();
|
|
return _PartsBelow;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private vlnPrintObjects _PartsRight;
|
|
public vlnPrintObjects PartsRight
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
if (_PartsRight == null) _PartsRight = new vlnPrintObjects();
|
|
return _PartsRight;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private vlnPrintObjects _PartsLeft;
|
|
public vlnPrintObjects PartsLeft
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
if (_PartsLeft == null) _PartsLeft = new vlnPrintObjects();
|
|
return _PartsLeft;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private vlnPrintObjects _PartsContainer;
|
|
public vlnPrintObjects PartsContainer
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
if (_PartsContainer == null) _PartsContainer = new vlnPrintObjects();
|
|
return _PartsContainer;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private vlnParagraphs _ChildrenAbove;
|
|
public vlnParagraphs ChildrenAbove
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
if (_ChildrenAbove == null) _ChildrenAbove = new vlnParagraphs(this);
|
|
return _ChildrenAbove;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private vlnParagraphs _ChildrenBelow;
|
|
public vlnParagraphs ChildrenBelow
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
if (_ChildrenBelow == null) _ChildrenBelow = new vlnParagraphs(this);
|
|
return _ChildrenBelow;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private vlnParagraphs _ChildrenRight;
|
|
public vlnParagraphs ChildrenRight
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
if (_ChildrenRight == null) _ChildrenRight = new vlnParagraphs(this);
|
|
return _ChildrenRight;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private vlnParagraphs _ChildrenLeft;
|
|
public vlnParagraphs ChildrenLeft
|
|
{
|
|
get
|
|
{
|
|
if (_ChildrenLeft == null) _ChildrenLeft = new vlnParagraphs(this);
|
|
return _ChildrenLeft;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private float? _XOffsetCenter = null;
|
|
|
|
public float? XOffsetCenter
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _XOffsetCenter; }
|
|
set { _XOffsetCenter = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
public bool IsEnhancedBackgroundFormat(ItemInfo itminfo)
|
|
{
|
|
return ((itminfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PurchaseOptions.Value & E_PurchaseOptions.EnhancedBackgrounds) == E_PurchaseOptions.EnhancedBackgrounds);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
public void AdjustXOffsetForTab(ItemInfo itemInfo, int maxRNO, FormatInfo formatInfo, vlnTab myTab, float xMetaAdj)
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsSupInfoPart)
|
|
{
|
|
// The SupInfoTabOff was added to the base format during initial development to shift the tab over by 3/4 inch (54) to allow for enough space for Note/Caution tab
|
|
int sitabloc = itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SupInfoTabOff == null ? 0 : (int)itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SupInfoTabOff;
|
|
XOffset = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + sitabloc;
|
|
if (myTab != null)
|
|
{
|
|
myTab.XOffset = XOffset - ((myTab == null) ? 0 : myTab.Width) - 12;
|
|
// B2017-253 - Limit the tab offset to 2 points inside the left margin
|
|
myTab.XOffset = Math.Max(myTab.XOffset,itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin ?? 72)+2;
|
|
float mytbwidth = myTab.Width;
|
|
myTab.Width = 2.5f * myTab.Width;
|
|
// C2018-022: adjust xoffset of text by 12 if the tab would overwrite the text and the format flag is on:
|
|
if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SupInfoAdjustXOffForLongTab && ((myTab.XOffset + mytbwidth + 12) > XOffset))
|
|
XOffset = 12F + myTab.XOffset + mytbwidth;
|
|
}
|
|
// B2017-102: need to set width here since using Xoffset because AdjustWidth is called before this adjustment.
|
|
Width = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageWidth - XOffset - (sitabloc / 2);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
float tabWidth = (myTab == null) ? 0 : myTab.Width;
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsStepSection)
|
|
{
|
|
if (formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionHeader.Just == "PSLeft")
|
|
{
|
|
int level = 0;
|
|
ItemInfo iilvl = itemInfo;
|
|
while (!iilvl.IsProcedure)
|
|
{
|
|
level++;
|
|
iilvl = iilvl.MyParent;
|
|
}
|
|
if (formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvert)
|
|
{
|
|
XOffset = (myTab == null ? 0 : myTab.XOffset) + ((float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionHeader.Pos - (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionNumber.Pos);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
level = level <= 2 ? 1 : level - 1;
|
|
if (level == 1)
|
|
XOffset = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + (level * (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionHeader.Pos);
|
|
else if (formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvert)
|
|
XOffset = (myTab == null ? 0 : myTab.XOffset) + ((float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionHeader.Pos - (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionNumber.Pos);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
XOffset = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.MetaSectionList[level].ColSByLevel;
|
|
XOffset += (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.MetaSectionList[level].SecTitlePositionAdj;
|
|
XOffset -= xMetaAdj;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionHeader.Just == "PSCenter")
|
|
{
|
|
float hdrWidth = itemInfo.MyContent.Text.Length * 6;
|
|
float ctr = (((float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageWidth - (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin)) / 2;
|
|
XOffsetCenter = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + ctr - (hdrWidth / 2);
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
int? bxIndx = itemInfo.FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.STBoxindex;
|
|
float? colOvrd = itemInfo.FormatStepData.ColOverride;
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsBackgroundStep())//WolfCreekBackgroundFormat && IsHigh||IsNote||IsCaution or ImplicitOR
|
|
{
|
|
int adj = 2;
|
|
if (myTab != null)
|
|
{
|
|
//B2018-139 use XOffset when processing HLS, Caution, or Note background text and tab
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsHigh || (itemInfo.IsNote && (itemInfo.MyParent.IsHigh || itemInfo.MyParent.IsCaution || itemInfo.MyParent.IsNote)) || (itemInfo.IsCaution && (itemInfo.MyParent.IsHigh || itemInfo.MyParent.IsCaution || itemInfo.MyParent.IsNote)))
|
|
myTab.XOffset = XOffset;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// F2018-041 seq tabs off of TitleWithTextBelow were running into the step text
|
|
myTab.XOffset = XOffset + (itemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CharsToTwips * adj); // F2018-041 move tab over 2 chars so it positions like paragraphs under TitleWithTextBelow
|
|
adj += myTab.Text.Length; // F2018-041 add the length of the tab to the adjustment of the XOffset
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
XOffset += (itemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CharsToTwips * adj); // indent 2 characters for background steps
|
|
// B2018-146 Adjust the width to match the HLS Right Margin.
|
|
//if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.Name.StartsWith("WCN")) -- Not needed since IsBackgroundStep
|
|
Width = this.MyHighLevelParagraph.Width + this.MyHighLevelParagraph.XOffset - this.XOffset;
|
|
//else
|
|
// Width -= (itemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CharsToTwips * adj); // Adjust width by 2 characters
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo.FormatStepData.UseOldTemplate && itemInfo.IsInTemplate() &&
|
|
(MyItemInfo.ActiveSection != null && (MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.DSS_PageListSpBckgrnd) == E_DocStructStyle.DSS_PageListSpBckgrnd)) // C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
{
|
|
if (myTab != null) myTab.XOffset = XOffset;
|
|
XOffset += myTab.Width;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo.FormatStepData != null && itemInfo.FormatStepData.Type == "TitleWithTextBelow")
|
|
{
|
|
if ((colOvrd ?? 0) != 0)
|
|
XOffset = (float)colOvrd;
|
|
else
|
|
XOffset = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin;
|
|
// B2018-146 Adjust the width to match the HLS Right Margin.
|
|
if(itemInfo.IsPartOfBackgroundStep())
|
|
//if(itemInfo.ActiveFormat.Name.StartsWith("WCN"))
|
|
Width = this.MyHighLevelParagraph.Width + this.MyHighLevelParagraph.XOffset - this.XOffset;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo.IsParagraph &&
|
|
(((itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PurchaseOptions.Value & E_PurchaseOptions.EnhancedBackgrounds) == E_PurchaseOptions.EnhancedBackgrounds) ||
|
|
((itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PurchaseOptions.Value & E_PurchaseOptions.EnhancedDeviations) == E_PurchaseOptions.EnhancedDeviations)) &&
|
|
itemInfo.FormatStepData != null && PreviousIsTitleWithTextBelow(itemInfo))
|
|
{
|
|
// This code was needed for fix for B2015-183 &&
|
|
// IP2 backgrounds so that any 'paragraph's that were at the same
|
|
// level as the 'TitleWithTextBelow's would have same left margin (xoffset) as the 'TitleWithTextBelow'.
|
|
// an example of this can be found in IP2 Backgrounds, 2-E-0, Step Description Table, Step 22, PLANT-SPECIFIC INFORMATION.
|
|
// (NOTE that the IP2 exaxmple was no longer in the data when the work on B2015-183 was done)
|
|
if ((colOvrd ?? 0) != 0)
|
|
XOffset = (float)colOvrd;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
//Adjuust Indent for Wolf Creek Background format flag
|
|
float indentBG1 = itemInfo.IsPartOfBackgroundStep() ? itemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CharsToTwips * 2 : 0;
|
|
XOffset = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + indentBG1;
|
|
// B2018-146 Adjust the width to match the HLS Right Margin.
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsPartOfBackgroundStep())
|
|
//if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.Name.StartsWith("WCN"))
|
|
Width = this.MyHighLevelParagraph.XOffset + this.MyHighLevelParagraph.Width - XOffset;
|
|
else
|
|
Width = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageWidth - (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - indentBG1;
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo.MyParent.FormatStepData != null && itemInfo.MyParent.FormatStepData.Type == "TitleWithTextBelow" && (!itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm || (!itemInfo.IsCaution && !itemInfo.IsNote)))
|
|
{
|
|
float childindent = itemInfo.MyParent.FormatStepData.ChildIndent ?? 0;
|
|
if (myTab != null)
|
|
{
|
|
float delta = childindent + MyParent.XOffset - myTab.XOffset;
|
|
myTab.XOffset += delta;
|
|
XOffset += delta;
|
|
// B2018-036: set the width of (background/deviation/alarms/etc) steps that have a tab
|
|
if (!itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm || !UseTemplateWidthOrXOff(itemInfo.MyParent))
|
|
{
|
|
// B2018-146 Adjust the width to match the HLS Right Margin.
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsBackgroundStepOrChild())
|
|
Width = this.MyHighLevelParagraph.Width + this.MyHighLevelParagraph.XOffset - this.XOffset;
|
|
else
|
|
Width = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageWidth - (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - delta;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
//Adjust Indent for Wolf Creek Background format flag
|
|
float indentBG2 = itemInfo.IsPartOfBackgroundStep() ? itemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CharsToTwips * 2 : 0;
|
|
XOffset = childindent + MyParent.XOffset + indentBG2;//(itemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CharsToTwips * 2);
|
|
// B2016-164: Added the following 'if' so that the width is not recalculated if in the alarm format & the parent has a template
|
|
// B2016-168: The fix for 164 broke deviation document printing. The if statement was fixed for both:
|
|
if (!itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm || !UseTemplateWidthOrXOff(itemInfo.MyParent))
|
|
Width = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageWidth - (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin - indentBG2;
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo.FormatStepData != null && itemInfo.FormatStepData.Type == "TitleWithTextRight")
|
|
{
|
|
if ((colOvrd ?? 0) != 0)
|
|
XOffset = (float)colOvrd;
|
|
else
|
|
XOffset = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo.MyParent.FormatStepData != null && itemInfo.MyParent.FormatStepData.Type == "TitleWithTextRight")
|
|
{
|
|
XOffset = MyParent.MyParent.XOffset;
|
|
// if the step text has a tab, then we need to position the tab to the XOffset and then ajust the text XOffset
|
|
// by the length of the tab. - fix for IP2 backgrounds (ex. 2-ECA-3.3, step 6)
|
|
if (myTab != null)
|
|
{
|
|
myTab.XOffset = XOffset;
|
|
XOffset += (myTab.Text.Length * myTab.MyFont.CharsToTwips);//myTab.Width - myTab.XOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsHigh)
|
|
{
|
|
if (formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm ||
|
|
((itemInfo.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.DSS_SameXOffSubsections) == E_DocStructStyle.DSS_SameXOffSubsections))
|
|
{
|
|
// the HLS in the template prints the tab/step on the right edge of page. Don't
|
|
// do the other calculations to relocate it.
|
|
if (itemInfo.FormatStepData.UseOldTemplate && itemInfo.IsInTemplate())
|
|
{
|
|
MyTab.XOffset = XOffset - MyTab.Width;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
// the following code handles the xoffsets of tabs/HLS in the non-alarm sections for
|
|
// the Calvert Alarm format.
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyDocStyle.UseColSByLevel)
|
|
{
|
|
if (myTab != null)
|
|
{
|
|
myTab.Rtf = myTab.Rtf.Replace(myTab.Text, myTab.Text.TrimStart(" ".ToCharArray()));
|
|
myTab.XOffset = MyParent.XOffset;
|
|
XOffset = myTab.XOffset + MyTab.Width;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
XOffset = MyParent.XOffset; // unnumbered hls
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
float x = 0;
|
|
float xoff = 0;
|
|
if ((colOvrd ?? 0) != 0)
|
|
x = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + (float)colOvrd;
|
|
else
|
|
x = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionLayoutData.ColS;
|
|
|
|
xoff = x - XOffset;
|
|
// ColSByLevel will specify the column in which the High Level Step starts with
|
|
// respect to the overall level calculation based on sections & meta-sections.
|
|
// Only a few of the single column formats use this: WCN1, CAL1, RGEBCK
|
|
if (formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionLayoutData.TieTabToLevel
|
|
&& !(itemInfo.MyDocStyle.SpecialStepsFoldout && itemInfo.MyDocStyle.UseColSByLevel))
|
|
{
|
|
int indxLevel = itemInfo.PrintLevel + itemInfo.CurrentSectionLevel();
|
|
float colsbylevel = (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.MetaSectionList[indxLevel % formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.MetaSectionList.MaxIndex].ColSByLevel;
|
|
float seclvlindent = colsbylevel - (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionLayoutData.ColS;
|
|
float adjCols = (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionLayoutData.ColS + seclvlindent;
|
|
float xtabcol = adjCols - ((myTab == null || myTab.Text == null) ? 0 : (myTab.Text.Length * 7.2f));
|
|
if (indxLevel > 1 && myTab != null) myTab.XOffset = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + xtabcol;
|
|
else if (myTab != null) myTab.XOffset = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + colsbylevel;
|
|
if (myTab != null)
|
|
{
|
|
myTab.Rtf = myTab.Rtf.Replace(myTab.Text, myTab.Text.TrimStart(" ".ToCharArray()));
|
|
if (formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionPrintData.LeftJustifyList != null &&
|
|
formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionPrintData.LeftJustifyList.Count > 0)
|
|
XOffset = myTab.XOffset + GetLeftJustify(formatInfo, indxLevel);
|
|
else
|
|
XOffset = myTab.XOffset + (myTab.Text.Length * (float)itemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CPI) - colsbylevel;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
XOffset += xoff;
|
|
// For Calvert, adjust from the left margin and current section's tab. This is used
|
|
// in BGEEOP (see EOP-0/Purpose ). However, it caused BGESTP's to print LossOfAC steps (unnumbered HLS) too
|
|
// far to the left. The ForceAlignNullTabWSectHead was introduced so that for that step type (LossOfAC) in STP/OI format,
|
|
// the SectData.SectionHeader.Pos was used rather than SectData.SectionNumber.Pos
|
|
if (myTab == null && !itemInfo.FormatStepData.ForceAlignNullTabWSectHead && itemInfo.FormatStepData.AlignNullTabWSectHead && itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvert)
|
|
XOffset = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionNumber.Pos;
|
|
else if (myTab == null && itemInfo.FormatStepData.AlignNullTabWSectHead)
|
|
XOffset = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionHeader.Pos;
|
|
if (myTab != null)
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyDocStyle.AlignHLSTabWithSect || itemInfo.FormatStepData.AlignHLSTabWithSectOvride)
|
|
{
|
|
myTab.XOffset = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionHeader.Pos;
|
|
XOffset = myTab.XOffset + myTab.Width;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
myTab.XOffset += xoff;
|
|
if (myTab.MyMacro != null) myTab.MyMacro.XOffset += xoff;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyDocStyle.AlignHLSTabWithSect)
|
|
XOffset = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionHeader.Pos;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (((colOvrd ?? 0) != 0) && (formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionLayoutData.NullBox))
|
|
{
|
|
float tabOffset = (myTab == null ? 0 : myTab.XOffset) - XOffset;
|
|
XOffset = (float)colOvrd;
|
|
if (myTab != null) myTab.XOffset = XOffset + tabOffset;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (((colOvrd ?? 0) != 0) && (IsEnhancedBackgroundFormat(itemInfo) && (itemInfo.IsNote || itemInfo.IsCaution)))
|
|
{
|
|
float tabOffset = (myTab == null ? 0 : myTab.XOffset);
|
|
// Adjust the position of the Note/Caution text by the difference of the colOverride and the tab xoffset
|
|
XOffset += ((float)colOvrd - tabOffset);
|
|
if (myTab != null) myTab.XOffset = (float)colOvrd; // set the note/caution tab offset to the colOverride
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
// put in for Point Beach (wep2) we don't want to do this if we are processing a boxed substep (cont. action substep)
|
|
else if (bxIndx != null && (itemInfo.IsCaution || itemInfo.IsNote ||
|
|
!itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionPrintData.ContActBoxOnSubSteps))
|
|
{
|
|
Box bx = formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.BoxList[(int)bxIndx];
|
|
if (bx == null)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((colOvrd ?? 0) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// 16-bit code subtracted the left margin
|
|
//xoff = ((float)colOvrd - (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin) - XOffset;
|
|
//XOffset += xoff;
|
|
//if (myTab != null) myTab.XOffset += xoff;
|
|
//xoff = MyParent.XOffset - myTab.XOffset;
|
|
//XOffset += xoff;
|
|
float tabOffset = (myTab == null ? 0 : myTab.XOffset) - XOffset;
|
|
|
|
XOffset = (float)colOvrd;
|
|
if (myTab != null) myTab.XOffset = XOffset + tabOffset;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
XOffset = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + tabWidth + XOffsetBox;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
XOffset = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + (float)bx.TxtStart + _MyBoxLeftAdj + tabWidth + XOffsetBox;
|
|
if (myTab != null) myTab.XOffset = XOffset - tabWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo.IsRNOPart && itemInfo.MyParent != null && itemInfo.MyParent.IsRNOPart && itemInfo.FormatStepData.NumberWithLevel)
|
|
{
|
|
// xoffset is same as parent RNO (this is a BGE format flag). Instead of RNO's being siblings,
|
|
// they had a parent/child relationship. So want the child to have same xoffset as parent, i.e.
|
|
// the same xoffset.
|
|
XOffset = MyParent.XOffset;
|
|
myTab.XOffset = MyParent.MyTab.XOffset;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo.IsRNOPart && (colOvrd > 0 || !((ItemInfo)itemInfo.ActiveParent).IsHigh) && itemInfo.FormatStepData.OffsetTab)
|
|
{
|
|
if (colOvrd > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
XOffset = (int)colOvrd;
|
|
if (!((ItemInfo)itemInfo.MyParent).IsHigh)
|
|
{
|
|
ItemInfo hls = itemInfo.MyHLS;
|
|
XOffset -= (itemInfo.MyTab.Offset - hls.MyTab.Offset);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// if this format has the centerline & numberwithlevel (special tabbing for rno) then
|
|
// position rno xoffset of the tab to be close to centerline & text indented from there (only BGE)
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyDocStyle.CenterLineX != null && itemInfo.FormatStepData.NumberWithLevel)
|
|
{
|
|
// if the tab is 3 char or smaller, make the indent amount for the rno text 4 characters.
|
|
// if bigger, make it the additional tab size.
|
|
int len = myTab.Text.Trim().Length;
|
|
int adj = len <= 3 ? 4 : (len - 3) + 4;
|
|
float rnoOffset = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.CenterLineX + 5;
|
|
float tPtPerChar = itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionLayoutData.TabPtsPerChar ?? 6;
|
|
XOffset = rnoOffset + tPtPerChar * adj;
|
|
Width = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageWidth - XOffset - 11; // 11 is about size of char, so don't touch right line.
|
|
if (myTab != null) myTab.XOffset = rnoOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
// if the step is within the rno and we're numbering the high level rno, we've got to account for the
|
|
// indenting (increased x offset) for the top level rno's tab, if there is no top level rno:
|
|
else if (itemInfo.FormatStepData.NumberHighLevel && (itemInfo.MyHLS.RNOs == null || itemInfo.MyHLS.RNOs.Count <= 0))
|
|
{
|
|
// add in the size that an RNO off HLS would take.
|
|
tabWidth += itemInfo.MyTab.RNOTabWidthAdjust;
|
|
XOffset += tabWidth;
|
|
if (myTab != null) myTab.XOffset += tabWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.DevNoteOrCautionTabOffset != null)
|
|
{
|
|
MyTab.XOffset = float.Parse(itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.DevNoteOrCautionTabOffset);
|
|
XOffset = MyTab.XOffset + tabWidth - MyTab.TabAlign;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (MyParent != null)
|
|
{
|
|
if (myTab == null && itemInfo.FormatStepData.AlignNullTabWSectHead && itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvert)
|
|
XOffset = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin + (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionNumber.Pos;
|
|
else if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.DevNoteOrCautionTabOffset != null)
|
|
{
|
|
if (MyTab != null)
|
|
{
|
|
MyTab.XOffset = float.Parse(itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.DevNoteOrCautionTabOffset);
|
|
XOffset = MyTab.XOffset + tabWidth - MyTab.TabAlign;
|
|
if (myTab.MyMacro != null && myTab.MyMacro.XOffset != 0) myTab.MyMacro.XOffset += tabWidth - myTab.TabAlign;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo.IsSequential && itemInfo.MyParent.IsHigh && ((itemInfo.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.Align1StLevSubWHLS) == E_DocStructStyle.Align1StLevSubWHLS))
|
|
{
|
|
XOffset = MyParent.XOffset;
|
|
if (myTab != null) myTab.XOffset = (MyParent.MyTab != null ? MyParent.MyTab.XOffset : XOffset);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo.IsSequential && itemInfo.MyHLS.FormatStepData.AppendDotZero)// F2018-025 shift first level substep to column position of high level step Westinghouse wst1 step type 50
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyParent.IsHigh)
|
|
{
|
|
XOffset = MyParent.XOffset;
|
|
if (myTab != null) myTab.XOffset = (MyParent.MyTab != null ? MyParent.MyTab.XOffset : XOffset);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
myTab.XOffset = MyParent.XOffset;
|
|
XOffset = myTab.XOffset + MyTab.Width;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (myTab != null && itemInfo.IsSequential && formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.UseMetaSections && formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionPrintData.LeftJustifyList.Count > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
int indxLevels = itemInfo.PrintLevel + itemInfo.CurrentSectionLevel();
|
|
float tableftadj = GetLeftJustify(formatInfo, indxLevels);
|
|
if (tableftadj != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// the order of this is important. First adjust the tab's xoffset for the width of
|
|
// the tab. The offset of text needs to be adjusted by the 'leftjustify' format variable
|
|
// if it existed for this level.
|
|
myTab.XOffset += tabWidth;
|
|
if (tableftadj != 0 && myTab.Width < tableftadj)
|
|
tabWidth = myTab.Width = tableftadj;
|
|
XOffset += tabWidth;
|
|
myTab.Rtf = myTab.Rtf.Replace(myTab.Text, myTab.Text.TrimStart(" ".ToCharArray()));
|
|
Width = MyParent.Width - myTab.Width;
|
|
}
|
|
else // if no left justify, right align the tab
|
|
{
|
|
XOffset += tabWidth - (myTab == null ? 0 : myTab.TabAlign);
|
|
if (myTab != null)
|
|
{
|
|
myTab.XOffset += tabWidth - myTab.TabAlign;
|
|
if (myTab.MyMacro != null && myTab.MyMacro.XOffset != 0) myTab.MyMacro.XOffset += tabWidth - myTab.TabAlign;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//else if ((itemInfo.FormatStepData.ColOverride ?? 0) > 0)
|
|
//{
|
|
// XOffset = (float)itemInfo.FormatStepData.ColOverride;
|
|
// MyTab.XOffset = XOffset;
|
|
// return;
|
|
//}
|
|
else // if no left justify, right align the tab
|
|
{
|
|
// The following fixes F2016-033: Print the Verification Point at left margin.
|
|
if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.Name.ToUpper().StartsWith("VCB") && (itemInfo.FormatStepData.ColOverride ?? 0) > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
XOffset = (float)itemInfo.FormatStepData.ColOverride;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
XOffset += tabWidth - (myTab == null ? 0 : myTab.TabAlign);
|
|
if (myTab != null)
|
|
{
|
|
myTab.XOffset += tabWidth - myTab.TabAlign;
|
|
if (myTab.MyMacro != null && myTab.MyMacro.XOffset != 0) myTab.MyMacro.XOffset += tabWidth - myTab.TabAlign;
|
|
}
|
|
// B2018-146 Adjust the width to match the HLS Right Margin.
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsBackgroundStepOrChild())
|
|
Width = this.MyHighLevelParagraph.Width + this.MyHighLevelParagraph.XOffset - this.XOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// if format had a tab adjustment for step type, use it. MyTab.Offset is only set for FNP formats
|
|
// to get the correct xoffset for their tabs/text. The issue is that they use very large tabs
|
|
// because levels of substeps include the parent tab. This code will only be run for FNP.
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyTab != null && itemInfo.MyTab.Offset != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
float xOffTabNew = (MyParent.MyTab != null ? MyParent.MyTab.XOffset : MyParent.XOffset) + itemInfo.MyTab.Offset;
|
|
xOffTabNew += MyParent.MyTab == null ? 0 : MyParent.MyTab.TabOffset;
|
|
float xIncrement = xOffTabNew - MyTab.XOffset;
|
|
myTab.XOffset += xIncrement;
|
|
XOffset += xIncrement;
|
|
Width -= xIncrement;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
private bool PreviousIsTitleWithTextBelow(ItemInfo itemInfo)
|
|
{
|
|
while (itemInfo.MyPrevious != null)
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyPrevious.FormatStepData.Type == "TitleWithTextBelow") return true;
|
|
itemInfo = itemInfo.MyPrevious;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private static float GetLeftJustify(FormatInfo formatInfo, int indxLevels)
|
|
{
|
|
LeftJustifyList jstlst = formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionPrintData.LeftJustifyList;
|
|
float tableftadj = 0;
|
|
foreach (LeftJustify lj in jstlst)
|
|
{
|
|
if (lj.Index == indxLevels)
|
|
{
|
|
tableftadj = lj.Size ?? 0;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return tableftadj;
|
|
}
|
|
private float _CheckOffWidth = 0;
|
|
public float CheckOffWidth
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _CheckOffWidth; }
|
|
set { _CheckOffWidth = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
private float _AdjustHeader = 0;// B2018-096 AEP 082.002CD Note Box overlapping Step Box
|
|
public float AdjustHeader
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _AdjustHeader; }
|
|
set { _AdjustHeader = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
public void AdjustWidth(ItemInfo itemInfo, int maxRNO, FormatInfo formatInfo, vlnTab myTab)
|
|
{
|
|
int? bxIndx = itemInfo.IsStep ? itemInfo.FormatStepData.StepLayoutData.STBoxindex : null;
|
|
float? widOvrd = 0;
|
|
float xwid = 0;
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsStep && itemInfo.MyHLS != null && UseTemplateWidthOrXOff(itemInfo) && (xwid = GetWidthOrStartFromTemplate(itemInfo, formatInfo, true)) > 0)
|
|
widOvrd = xwid;
|
|
else
|
|
widOvrd = itemInfo.FormatStepData == null ? null : itemInfo.FormatStepData.WidthOverride == null ? null :
|
|
(float?)ToInt(itemInfo.FormatStepData.WidthOverride, maxRNO);
|
|
// Calvert subheaders in valve lists - the text gets centered, so the width is the width
|
|
// of the page (also, don't do this for alarms, thus the !SpecialCaseCalvert Alarms, since
|
|
// alarms use Caution1 as the annunciator):
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsStep && itemInfo.MyHLS != null && !itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm &&
|
|
itemInfo.MyHLS.FormatStepData.UseOldTemplate && itemInfo.MyDocStyle.ComponentList && itemInfo.IsCaution1)
|
|
{
|
|
Width = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageWidth - (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.LeftMargin;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Calvert Alarms had a case where the Title With Text Below (type 42) did not match
|
|
// any of the template items, but needed the width from the template. The previous step (of
|
|
// same type) was in the template. Check for this case. The issue can be found in
|
|
// Unit 1 Alarms/1c06/Alarm E-48/'General Information' section.
|
|
if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm && widOvrd == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyPrevious != null && itemInfo.MyPrevious.TemplateIndex > 1) widOvrd = GetWidthOrStartFromTemplate(itemInfo.MyPrevious, itemInfo.MyPrevious.ActiveFormat, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// for IP2 backgrounds, set widths appropriately for template items:
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsStep && (itemInfo.ActiveSection != null && (itemInfo.ActiveSection.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.DSS_PageListSpBckgrnd) == E_DocStructStyle.DSS_PageListSpBckgrnd)) // C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.FormatStepData.Type.ToUpper() == "TITLEWITHTEXTBELOW")
|
|
{
|
|
Width = MyParent.Width;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyPrevious != null && itemInfo.MyPrevious.FormatStepData.Type == "TitleWithTextBelow")
|
|
{
|
|
Width = MyParent.MyParent.Width;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
if (widOvrd == 0 && itemInfo.MyParent.IsStep &&
|
|
(itemInfo.MyParent.FormatStepData.Type.ToUpper() == "TITLEWITHTEXTBELOW" ||
|
|
(((itemInfo.ActiveSection.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.DSS_PageListSpBckgrnd) == E_DocStructStyle.DSS_PageListSpBckgrnd) &&
|
|
itemInfo.FormatStepData != null && MyParent.MyItemInfo.MyPrevious != null && MyParent.MyItemInfo.MyPrevious.FormatStepData.Type == "TitleWithTextBelow")))
|
|
{
|
|
Width = MyParent.MyParent.Width + (MyParent.MyParent.MyTab != null ? MyParent.MyParent.MyTab.Width : 0);
|
|
Width -= (MyTab != null ? MyTab.Width : 0);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//widOvrd = itemInfo.FormatStepData == null ? null : itemInfo.FormatStepData.WidthOverride;
|
|
// Don't adjust the RNO width if in single column mode:
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsRNOPart && itemInfo.MyParent.IsHigh && itemInfo.ActiveSection != null && itemInfo.ActiveSection.ColumnMode != 0 && itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.RNOWidthAlt != null) // C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
{
|
|
string[] splitRNOWidthAlt = itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.RNOWidthAlt.Split(',');
|
|
float ovrd = (itemInfo.RNOLevel < splitRNOWidthAlt.Length) ? float.Parse(splitRNOWidthAlt[itemInfo.RNOLevel]) : 0;
|
|
if (ovrd > 0)
|
|
widOvrd = ovrd; // + 6; // Change bars on RNO column (signoff line) would not line up with 16-bit without this - NSP Alarms
|
|
}
|
|
if ((widOvrd ?? 0) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
Width = (float)widOvrd;
|
|
// if there's a box, we may need to do an adjustment on the width, if the tab data was changed
|
|
// so don't return.
|
|
if (bxIndx == null) return;
|
|
}
|
|
float tabWidth = (myTab == null) ? 0 : myTab.Width;
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsHigh)
|
|
{
|
|
float CheckOffAdj = 0;
|
|
bool ChkOff = itemInfo.MyDocStyle.UseCheckOffs;
|
|
if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvert || itemInfo.ActiveFormat.Name.ToUpper().StartsWith("VCB"))
|
|
{
|
|
SectionInfo si = itemInfo.ActiveSection.GetSectionInfo();
|
|
ChkOff = si.HasInitials; // this determines if any steps within the section have checkoffs.
|
|
}
|
|
bool FmtHasAdj = false;
|
|
if (ChkOff)
|
|
{
|
|
if (formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.ProcData.CheckOffData.CheckOffAdjustment != null)
|
|
{
|
|
FmtHasAdj = true;
|
|
CheckOffAdj = -(float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.ProcData.CheckOffData.CheckOffAdjustment;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!itemInfo.ActiveFormat.Name.ToUpper().StartsWith("VCB")) // Don't do the following if in a vcb format (part of fix F2016-039)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!HasCheckOffHeading(itemInfo, formatInfo) && CheckOffAdj < 0)
|
|
CheckOffAdj += (float)(9 * 7.2); // 9 is the size of the SIGNOFF adjustment
|
|
else if (!FmtHasAdj && HasCheckOffHeading(itemInfo, formatInfo))
|
|
// For Robinson, tried using font's CharsToTwips but it made it too narrow, so used hardcoded 6:
|
|
CheckOffAdj = -((float)9 * 6);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
float adjwidth = CheckOffAdj;
|
|
CheckOffWidth = -CheckOffAdj;
|
|
adjwidth = AdjustMetaWidth(itemInfo, formatInfo, adjwidth, FmtHasAdj);
|
|
Width = ToInt(formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.WidSTablePrint, maxRNO);
|
|
Width += _WidthAdjust;
|
|
Width += adjwidth;
|
|
|
|
// if AlignHLSTabWithSect is set, we moved the starting x location of the HLS, and following steps
|
|
// to be under section header. Adjust the width accordingly, or the text may go out of the margin.
|
|
if (myTab == null && itemInfo.FormatStepData.AlignNullTabWSectHead && itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvert)
|
|
Width = Width + (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionHeader.Pos - (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionNumber.Pos;
|
|
else if (myTab == null && itemInfo.FormatStepData.AlignNullTabWSectHead)
|
|
Width = Width + (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionHeader.Pos;
|
|
else if (itemInfo.MyDocStyle.AlignHLSTabWithSect)
|
|
Width = Width - (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionHeader.Pos;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (bxIndx != null)
|
|
{
|
|
Box bx = formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.BoxList[(int)bxIndx];
|
|
if (bx == null)
|
|
{
|
|
// NOT SURE IF WE NEED TO TEST FOR THE NULLBOX FORMAT FLAG, MAYBE "bx == null" IS THE SAME THING
|
|
//if (formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.NullBox)
|
|
if (widOvrd != 0)
|
|
Width = (float)widOvrd - tabWidth;
|
|
else
|
|
Width = (float)formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.WidT - tabWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
float oldWidth = _WidthAdjustBox + (float)bx.TxtWidth - tabWidth; // add 1 to get it to wrap like 16Bit
|
|
// B2018-096 AEP 082.002CD Note Box overlapping Step Box
|
|
if (MyParent.MyItemInfo.FormatStepData != null && MyParent.MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.BoxIt) // B2018-100 not for parents that are sections // B2018-098 only adjust width if parent has Boxit turned on
|
|
{
|
|
Width = Math.Min(MyParent.Width + MyParent.XOffset - XOffset, oldWidth);
|
|
AdjustHeader = (Width - oldWidth) / 2;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
Width = oldWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if ((itemInfo.IsCaution || itemInfo.IsNote) && !itemInfo.FormatStepData.UseOldTemplate)
|
|
{
|
|
float mycolT = (float)formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.ColT;
|
|
if (formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.Dev_Format)
|
|
Width = (float)formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.WidT + 1;
|
|
else if (itemInfo.IsInRNO)
|
|
{
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.CenterOneLineAdjust) // C2014-009: Condition/Response adjust xoffset & width
|
|
{
|
|
int rnoOff = ToInt(formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.ColRTable, maxRNO);
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm)
|
|
{
|
|
XOffset = MyTopRNO.MyTab.XOffset + 7.2f;
|
|
Width = MyParent.Width + (MyParent.XOffset - XOffset);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
XOffset = rnoOff + MyHighLevelParagraph.XOffset;
|
|
Width = MyParent.Width;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
Width = (MyParent.XOffset + MyParent.Width) - (XOffset + mycolT);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// B2016-269: if caution/note & not boxed, with tab adjust width based on xoffset of tab
|
|
// so text doesn't print out of right border.
|
|
// B2017-027: Added a check for column mode - we only want to do this if in single column mode
|
|
if (!MyItemInfo.MyParent.IsHigh && MyTab != null && MyTab.YOffset == YOffset && MyItemInfo.ActiveSection != null && MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.ColumnMode == 0) // C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
{
|
|
// B2017-xxx if this is a caution/note off of a substep in the supinfo column, need to look up for its supinfo part, not
|
|
// its HLS.
|
|
if (MyItemInfo.IsInSupInfo)
|
|
{
|
|
vlnParagraph supinfopart = this;
|
|
while (supinfopart.MyParent != null && !supinfopart.MyItemInfo.IsSupInfoPart) supinfopart = supinfopart.MyParent;
|
|
XOffset = supinfopart.XOffset;
|
|
MyTab.XOffset = XOffset - MyTab.Width - 10;
|
|
Width = supinfopart.Width;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
Width = MyHighLevelParagraph.Width - MyTab.Width - (MyTab.XOffset - MyHighLevelParagraph.XOffset) - 6;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
Width = (float)formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.WidT - 6 - mycolT;
|
|
}
|
|
XOffset += mycolT; // adjust caution/note text position
|
|
if (PartsLeft != null && PartsLeft.Count > 0)// adjust tab position
|
|
{
|
|
if (myTab != null && (itemInfo.IsNote || itemInfo.IsCaution))
|
|
Width -= myTab.Width;
|
|
foreach (vlnPrintObject vpo in PartsLeft)
|
|
vpo.XOffset += mycolT;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo.IsSection)
|
|
{
|
|
Width = ToInt(formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.WidSTablePrint, maxRNO);
|
|
float adjwidths = 0;
|
|
adjwidths = AdjustMetaWidth(itemInfo, formatInfo, adjwidths, false);
|
|
Width += (adjwidths + _WidthAdjust);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (MyParent == null)
|
|
{
|
|
// 72 points / inch - 7 inches (about width of page)
|
|
Width = 72 * 7;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo.IsRNOPart && itemInfo.ActiveSection != null && itemInfo.ActiveSection.ColumnMode != 0 && itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.RNOWidthAltAll != null) // C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
{
|
|
// This code was added for AEP. Other code that adjusted RNO widths was only adjusting the RNO widths
|
|
// off of the HLS. AEP needed adjusting for all RNOs.
|
|
float ovrd = (float)itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.RNOWidthAltAll;
|
|
if (ovrd > 0)
|
|
Width = ovrd - tabWidth;
|
|
if (XOffset + Width > (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageWidth)
|
|
Width = (float)itemInfo.MyDocStyle.Layout.PageWidth - XOffset - 5;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo.IsRNOPart && !((ItemInfo)itemInfo.ActiveParent).IsHigh)
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.RNOWidthAdj != null && !((ItemInfo)itemInfo.ActiveParent).IsInRNO)
|
|
Width = MyParent.Width + float.Parse(itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.RNOWidthAdj);
|
|
else
|
|
Width = MyParent.Width;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo.IsRtfRaw) // this needs to be before the check for 'IsTablePart' - the rtfraw may be a table part, but the size is defined by raw rtf
|
|
{
|
|
System.Drawing.Size sz = RtfRawItem.GetRtfRawSize(MyItemInfo.MyContent.Text);
|
|
Height = sz.Height;
|
|
Width = sz.Width;
|
|
Rtf = MyItemInfo.MyContent.Text;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo.IsTablePart)
|
|
{
|
|
Width = 72 * 7; // TODO: Need to determine the Width of the Table based upon the contents
|
|
}
|
|
else if (itemInfo.MyParent.IsCaution || itemInfo.MyParent.IsNote)
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.DevNoteOrCautionTabOffset != null)
|
|
Width = MyParent.MyParent.Width - tabWidth + (myTab == null ? 0 : myTab.TabAlign);
|
|
else
|
|
Width = MyParent.Width - tabWidth + (myTab == null ? 0 : myTab.TabAlign);
|
|
Width -= 72 * (itemInfo.FormatStepData.CautionOrNoteSubstepIndent == null ? 0 : (float)itemInfo.FormatStepData.CautionOrNoteSubstepIndent / (float)itemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CPI);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
float adjwidth = 0;
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsRNOPart && itemInfo.ActiveFormat.MyStepSectionLayoutData.RNOWidthSameAsHighParent && itemInfo.MyParent.IsHigh)
|
|
Width = adjwidth + MyParent.Width;
|
|
else if (itemInfo.MyTab != null && itemInfo.MyTab.Position != 0)
|
|
Width = adjwidth + MyParent.Width;
|
|
else if (MyParent.WidthNoLimit != 0)
|
|
Width = adjwidth + MyParent.WidthNoLimit - tabWidth + (myTab == null ? 0 : myTab.TabAlign);
|
|
else if ((itemInfo.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.DSS_PageListSpBckgrnd) == E_DocStructStyle.DSS_PageListSpBckgrnd)
|
|
Width = adjwidth + MyParent.Width - (MyTab != null ? MyTab.Width : 0);
|
|
else
|
|
Width = adjwidth + MyParent.Width - tabWidth + (myTab == null ? 0 : myTab.TabAlign);
|
|
}
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsSequential && itemInfo.MyParent.IsHigh && ((itemInfo.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.Align1StLevSubWHLS) == E_DocStructStyle.Align1StLevSubWHLS))
|
|
Width += 10; // FIX THIS!!!
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private float AdjustMetaWidth(ItemInfo itemInfo, FormatInfo formatInfo, float adjwidth, bool coadj)
|
|
{
|
|
SectData sd = formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData;
|
|
if (((itemInfo.MyDocStyle.StructureStyle.Style & E_DocStructStyle.DSS_SameXOffSubsections) == E_DocStructStyle.DSS_SameXOffSubsections))
|
|
{
|
|
// don't adjust the width if there already was an adjustment for checkoffs - for VCB only (F2016-039)
|
|
if (!(itemInfo.ActiveFormat.Name.ToUpper().StartsWith("VCB") && coadj))
|
|
adjwidth = MyTab != null ? -MyTab.Width : 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (sd.UseMetaSections)
|
|
{
|
|
if (sd.StepSectionData.StepSectionLayoutData.TieTabToLevel)
|
|
{
|
|
if (ShowSectionTitles
|
|
&& !itemInfo.MyDocStyle.CancelSectTitle
|
|
&& !(itemInfo.MyDocStyle.SpecialStepsFoldout && itemInfo.MyDocStyle.UseColSByLevel))
|
|
{
|
|
int indxLevel = itemInfo.PrintLevel + itemInfo.CurrentSectionLevel();
|
|
adjwidth += formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.MetaSectionList[indxLevel % formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.MetaSectionList.MaxIndex].WidSAdjByLevel ?? 0; ;
|
|
float colsbylevel = (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.MetaSectionList[indxLevel % formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.MetaSectionList.MaxIndex].ColSByLevel;
|
|
float seclvlindent = colsbylevel - (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionLayoutData.ColS;
|
|
adjwidth -= seclvlindent;
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsStep) adjwidth -= AdjustForSectionLevelTab();
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsSection && itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.WCNTraining)
|
|
adjwidth -= (float)((itemInfo.MyTab.CleanText.Trim().Length * 72) / itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.SectionHeader.Font.CPI);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.MetaSectionList.MaxIndex > 0)
|
|
adjwidth += (float)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.MetaSectionList[itemInfo.PrintLevel % formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.MetaSectionList.MaxIndex].ColSByLevel;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return adjwidth;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// for Component Table, don't increment yoff unless last item in table that HAS data associated
|
|
// with it (there may be empty cells at end).
|
|
public bool UseTemplateKeepOnCurLine(ItemInfo itemInfo)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!itemInfo.IsStep || !itemInfo.MyDocStyle.ComponentList) return false;
|
|
if (!itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvert
|
|
&& itemInfo.MyHLS.FormatStepData.UseOldTemplate) return true;
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
private bool UseTemplateWidthOrXOff(ItemInfo itemInfo)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!itemInfo.IsStep) return false;
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyHLS == null) return false;
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyHLS.FormatStepData.UseSmartTemplate || (itemInfo.MyDocStyle.ComponentList && itemInfo.MyHLS.FormatStepData.UseOldTemplate))
|
|
{
|
|
ItemInfo useForTemplate = itemInfo.IsHigh ? itemInfo : itemInfo.MyParent;
|
|
int topIndx = useForTemplate.GetSmartTemplateTopLevelIndx();
|
|
int tpIndx = -1;
|
|
if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm)
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsCaution1) return false;
|
|
else tpIndx = useForTemplate.GetSmartTemplateIndex(topIndx, itemInfo.MyContent.Text);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
tpIndx = useForTemplate.GetSmartTemplateIndex(topIndx, (int)useForTemplate.MyContent.Type);
|
|
if (tpIndx > -1) return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
private float GetWidthOrStartFromTemplate(ItemInfo itemInfo, FormatInfo formatInfo, bool bGetWidth)
|
|
{
|
|
int topIndx = itemInfo.GetSmartTemplateTopLevelIndx();
|
|
int tmplIndx = 0;
|
|
if (itemInfo.MyDocStyle.ComponentList && !itemInfo.IsHigh)
|
|
{
|
|
// The following was added so that the Calvert Alarms sequentials under the CONDITION/RESPONSE would be
|
|
// printed as 2 column (data within the template definition set the columns to 2)
|
|
if (itemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PrintData.SpecialCaseCalvertAlarm)
|
|
{
|
|
if (itemInfo.IsSequential && itemInfo.MyParent.TemplateIndex > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (bGetWidth && itemInfo.MyParent.ColumnMode == 1) // 2 columns
|
|
return (ToInt(formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.WidSTablePrint, itemInfo.ColumnMode) - MyTab.Width);
|
|
}
|
|
tmplIndx = itemInfo.TemplateIndex;
|
|
if (tmplIndx == -1) return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// The ComponentTable format (FNP component table as one example), uses a template
|
|
// where the items in the template below the HLS are all paragraphs (the intermediate steps
|
|
// are TitleWithTextRight). Find the ordinal of in this list to get the index. Use the ordinal
|
|
// as an offset from the HLS's index into the template.
|
|
tmplIndx = itemInfo.MyParent.Ordinal + topIndx;
|
|
if (tmplIndx < 0 || tmplIndx > formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.Templates.Count - 1) return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
tmplIndx = itemInfo.GetSmartTemplateIndex(topIndx, (int)itemInfo.MyContent.Type);
|
|
if (tmplIndx == -1) return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
// Calvert Alarms' template defines number of columns & their width.
|
|
if (bGetWidth && formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.Templates[tmplIndx].width == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
int nocol = formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.Templates[tmplIndx].nocolm == 0 ? 0 : formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.Templates[tmplIndx].nocolm - 1;
|
|
return ToInt(formatInfo.MyStepSectionLayoutData.WidSTablePrint, nocol);
|
|
}
|
|
int ncol = bGetWidth ? formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.Templates[tmplIndx].width : formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.Templates[tmplIndx].start;
|
|
// now convert to the units for this format. The template width data is in number of columns.
|
|
return (ncol * itemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CharsToTwips) + (bGetWidth ? 1 : 0); // + 1 is slight adjustment so column doesn't wrap
|
|
}
|
|
private float AdjustForSectionLevelTab()
|
|
{
|
|
string sectTab = MyItemInfo.ActiveSection.MyTab.CleanText.TrimEnd();
|
|
if (sectTab.EndsWith(".0")) return 0;
|
|
string myTab = MyItemInfo.MyTab.CleanText;
|
|
// -1 below code, +1 for '.' and -2 for standard wid of tab
|
|
// standard wid of this tab is 2 (ex: '1.')
|
|
// so adjust width if longer than normal
|
|
return (float)(sectTab.Length - 1) * 72 / (float)MyItemInfo.FormatStepData.Font.CPI;
|
|
}
|
|
private bool HasCheckOffHeading(ItemInfo itemInfo, FormatInfo formatInfo)
|
|
{
|
|
if (formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.ProcData.CheckOffData.CheckOffHeaderList.MaxIndex != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
// does this section have a check off heading?
|
|
SectionConfig sc = (itemInfo.ActiveSection != null) ? itemInfo.MyActiveSection.MyConfig as SectionConfig : null; // C2018-003 fixed use of getting the active section
|
|
if (sc != null && sc.Section_CheckoffHeaderSelection > 0) return true;
|
|
}
|
|
if (formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.ProcData.CheckOffData.CheckOffHeaderInPagelist) return true;
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
// Currently not used.
|
|
//
|
|
//private bool UseCheckOffsDocStyle(int oldToNew, FormatInfo formatInfo)
|
|
//{
|
|
// int bit, retval=0;
|
|
// int mask=1;
|
|
|
|
// for(bit=0; bit < 32; bit++){
|
|
// if ((oldToNew & mask) != 0 && ((int)formatInfo.PlantFormat.FormatData.ProcData.CheckOffData.UseCheckOffsIn & mask) !=0) retval = 1;
|
|
// mask <<= 1;
|
|
// }
|
|
// return retval > 0;
|
|
//}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// <summary>
|
|
/// First order by stepLevel, then within a stepLevel, order by descending yLocation on page.
|
|
/// Want to find maximum y value that fits on page, i.e. put the most on page that can
|
|
/// fit which is defined by the largest yLocation
|
|
/// </summary>
|
|
public class StepLevelList : SortedDictionary<int, SortedDictionary<float, vlnParagraph>>
|
|
{
|
|
public StepLevelList()
|
|
: base()
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
public void Add(int stepLevel, float yLocation, vlnParagraph para)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stepLevel == 0) return;
|
|
if (!this.ContainsKey(stepLevel))
|
|
this.Add(stepLevel, new SortedDictionary<float, vlnParagraph>());
|
|
// using a negative for yLocation so that its in descending order:
|
|
if (!this[stepLevel].ContainsKey(-yLocation))
|
|
this[stepLevel].Add(-yLocation, para);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
public class ParagraphLocations : List<ParagraphLocation>
|
|
{
|
|
public ParagraphLocations()
|
|
: base()
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
public void Add(vlnParagraph myParagraph, float yTopMost)
|
|
{
|
|
ParagraphLocation foundOverlap = FindOverlap(myParagraph);
|
|
if (foundOverlap == null)
|
|
{
|
|
this.Add(new ParagraphLocation(yTopMost, myParagraph));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
ParagraphLocation doubleOverlap = FindOverlap(foundOverlap);
|
|
while (doubleOverlap != null)
|
|
{
|
|
doubleOverlap.Merge(foundOverlap);
|
|
this.Remove(foundOverlap);
|
|
foundOverlap = doubleOverlap;
|
|
doubleOverlap = FindOverlap(foundOverlap);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private ParagraphLocation FindOverlap(vlnParagraph myParagraph)
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (ParagraphLocation paraLoc in this)
|
|
if (paraLoc.Overlap(myParagraph))
|
|
return paraLoc;
|
|
return null;
|
|
}
|
|
private ParagraphLocation FindOverlap(ParagraphLocation myParaLoc)
|
|
{
|
|
foreach (ParagraphLocation paraLoc in this)
|
|
if (paraLoc != myParaLoc && paraLoc.Overlap(myParaLoc))
|
|
return paraLoc;
|
|
return null;
|
|
}
|
|
internal StepLevelList BuildStepLevelList(bool KeepStepsOnPage)
|
|
{
|
|
StepLevelList myList = new StepLevelList();
|
|
foreach (ParagraphLocation paraLoc in this)
|
|
{
|
|
int level = paraLoc.StepLevel;
|
|
if (KeepStepsOnPage && paraLoc.MyParagraph.MyItemInfo.MyContent.Type == 20001)
|
|
{
|
|
if (DontBreakHere(paraLoc))
|
|
//if (paraLoc.MyParagraph.MyItemInfo.MyPrevious == null) // First substep
|
|
level = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
level = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
// For B2015-014, some migrated data for background documents had the TitleWithTextBelow with associated paragraphs
|
|
// as siblings rather than children. Pagination was sometimes putting the TitleWithTextBelow on one page and the
|
|
// paragraphs on next. The following code checks thse types, if in enhanced documents but not the Short Form Deviations.
|
|
if (paraLoc.MyParagraph.MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat != null
|
|
&& ((paraLoc.MyParagraph.MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PurchaseOptions.Value & E_PurchaseOptions.EnhancedBackgrounds) == E_PurchaseOptions.EnhancedBackgrounds)
|
|
|| (((paraLoc.MyParagraph.MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.PurchaseOptions.Value & E_PurchaseOptions.EnhancedDeviations) == E_PurchaseOptions.EnhancedDeviations)
|
|
&& paraLoc.MyParagraph.MyItemInfo.ActiveFormat.PlantFormat.FormatData.SectData.StepSectionData.StepSectionLayoutData.EnhancedShortFormDev))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!paraLoc.MyParagraph.MyItemInfo.IsTitle && paraLoc.MyParagraph.MyItemInfo.MyPrevious != null && paraLoc.MyParagraph.MyItemInfo.MyPrevious.FormatStepData.Type == "TitleWithTextBelow") level = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
myList.Add(level, paraLoc.YTop, paraLoc.MyParagraph);
|
|
}
|
|
return myList;
|
|
}
|
|
private bool DontBreakHere(ParagraphLocation paraLoc)
|
|
{
|
|
if (paraLoc.MyParagraph.MyItemInfo.MyPrevious == null) // First substep
|
|
return true;
|
|
vlnParagraph myPara = paraLoc.MyParagraph;
|
|
while (!myPara.MyItemInfo.IsHigh)
|
|
{
|
|
if (myPara.MyItemInfo.IsCaution) return true;
|
|
if (myPara.MyItemInfo.IsNote) return true;
|
|
myPara = myPara.MyParent;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
public class ParagraphLocation
|
|
{
|
|
public override string ToString()
|
|
{
|
|
return string.Format("{0} {1} - {2} - '{3}'", this.MyParagraph.MyItemInfo.ItemID, this.StepLevel, this.YTop, this.MyParagraph.MyItemInfo.ShortPath);
|
|
}
|
|
private float _YTop;
|
|
public float YTop
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _YTop; }
|
|
set { _YTop = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
private float _YBottom;
|
|
public float YBottom
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _YBottom; }
|
|
set { _YBottom = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
private int _StepLevel;
|
|
public int StepLevel
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _StepLevel; }
|
|
set { _StepLevel = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
private vlnParagraph _MyParagraph;
|
|
public vlnParagraph MyParagraph
|
|
{
|
|
get { return _MyParagraph; }
|
|
set { _MyParagraph = value; }
|
|
}
|
|
public ParagraphLocation(float yTopMost, vlnParagraph myParagraph)
|
|
{
|
|
MyParagraph = myParagraph;
|
|
YTop = myParagraph.YVeryTop - yTopMost;
|
|
YBottom = myParagraph.YBottom - yTopMost;
|
|
StepLevel = myParagraph.MyItemInfo.StepLevel;
|
|
}
|
|
public bool Overlap(vlnParagraph otherParagraph)
|
|
{
|
|
if (Between(otherParagraph.YTop, YTop, YBottom)) return true;
|
|
if (Between(otherParagraph.YBottom, YTop, YBottom)) return true;
|
|
if (Between(YTop, otherParagraph.YVeryTop, otherParagraph.YBottom)) return true;
|
|
if (Between(YBottom, otherParagraph.YVeryTop, otherParagraph.YBottom)) return true;
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
public static bool Between(float x, float lower, float higher)
|
|
{ return x > lower && x < higher; }
|
|
public bool Overlap(ParagraphLocation otherParagraphLocation)
|
|
{
|
|
if (Between(otherParagraphLocation.YTop, YTop, YBottom)) return true; // The top is within the other
|
|
if (Between(otherParagraphLocation.YBottom, YTop, YBottom)) return true; // The bottom is within the other
|
|
if (Between(YTop, otherParagraphLocation.YTop, otherParagraphLocation.YBottom)) return true; // the other top is within this one
|
|
if (Between(YBottom, otherParagraphLocation.YTop, otherParagraphLocation.YBottom)) return true;// I believe this is unnecessary
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
public void Merge(vlnParagraph otherParagraph)
|
|
{
|
|
if (StepLevel < otherParagraph.MyItemInfo.StepLevel) MyParagraph = otherParagraph;
|
|
YTop = Math.Min(YTop, otherParagraph.YVeryTop);
|
|
YBottom = Math.Max(YBottom, otherParagraph.YBottom);
|
|
StepLevel = Math.Max(StepLevel, otherParagraph.MyItemInfo.StepLevel);
|
|
}
|
|
public void Merge(ParagraphLocation otherParagraphLocation)
|
|
{
|
|
if (StepLevel < otherParagraphLocation.StepLevel) MyParagraph = otherParagraphLocation.MyParagraph;
|
|
YTop = Math.Min(YTop, otherParagraphLocation.YTop);
|
|
YBottom = Math.Max(YBottom, otherParagraphLocation.YBottom);
|
|
StepLevel = Math.Max(StepLevel, otherParagraphLocation.StepLevel);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|